Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Kittur Industrial Area

Transcription

Environmental Impact Assessment
of
Proposed Kittur Industrial Area
at Belgaum Dist., Karnataka
(Draft Report for Public Hearing)
Sponsor
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development Board (KIADB)
Bangalore
Consultant
Ramky Enviro Engineers Limited, Hyderabad
(QCI/NABET Approved - Certificate No. NABET/EIA/RA005
rev.01/010 dt.13.06.2014)
April, 2015
Environmental Impact Assessment
of
Proposed “Kittur Industrial Area”
at Kittur Village, Bailhongal Taluk, Belgaum
District, Karnataka
(for Public Hearing)
Submitted to
State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC),
Department of Ecology and Environment
M.S. Building, Bangalore
Sponsor
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development Board (KIADB)
4th & 5th Floors, Khanija Bhavan, East Wing, No.49,
Race course Road, Bangalore- 560001
Consultant
Ramky Enviro Engineers Limited,
Consultancy Division, Rajbhavan Road,
Somajiguda, Hyderabad
(QCI/NABET Approved - Certificate No. NABET/EIA/RA005 rev.01/010 dt.13.06.2014)
April, 2015
Table of Contents
EIA Report for the Proposed Industrial Area, Kittur Village, Bailhongal Taluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka
Table of Contents
QCI/ NABET Certificate
Declaration of Experts
Terms of Reference (TOR)
TOR Compliance
Executive Summary
Chapter 1 - Introduction
1.1
Purpose of the report
1.2
Identification of the Project
1.3
Identification of the Project proponent
1.4
Brief Description of nature, size and location of the project
1.5
Objective of the Study
1.6
Scope of Study
Chapter 2 - Project Description
2.1
Type of Project
2.2
Need of the Project
2.3
Size of the Project
2.4
Identification of Project Proponent
2.5
Significance of the Project
2.6
Land Details
2.7
Salient Features of Location & Landscape Area Details
2.7.1
Infrastructure Facilities in the Proposed Industrial Area
2.8
Power Requirement
2.9
Water and Waste Water Generation
2.10
Man Power
2.11
Road Network
2.12
Effluent Conveyance System
2.13
Common Waste Water Treatment Plants
2.14
Storm Water Management
2.15
Hazardous Waste Management
Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment
3.1
Introduction
3.2
Baseline Environmental Studies
3.2.1
Monitoring Period
3.3
Site Environs
3.4
Meteorology
3.4.1
Climatic Conditions
3.4.2
Temperature
3.4.3
Humidity
3.4.4
Rainfall
3.4.5
Wind Pattern during Post Monsoon Season
3.4.6
Description of the Sampling Locations
3.5
Air Environment
3.5.1
Air Quality Scenario in the Study Area
3.6
Water Quality
3.6.1
Water Quality Assessment
3.6.2
Regional Scenario
3.7
Noise Environment
3.7.1
Sources of Noise
M/s Ramky Enviro Engineers Ltd, Hyderabad
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.4
2.4
2.9
2.9
2.12
2.12
2.12
2.12
2.13
2.13
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.10
3.12
3.15
3.19
3.19
3.27
3.28
3.29
1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.9
3.9.1
3.10
3.10.1
3.10.2
3.10.2.1
3.10.2.2
3.10.2.3
3.10.3
3.10.4
3.10.5
3.10.6
3.10.7
3.10.8
3.10.9
3.11
3.11.1
3.11.2
3.11.3
Noise Levels in the Study Area
Regional Scenario
Soil
Soil Quality
Criteria Adopted for Selection of Sampling Locations
Methodology and Sampling
Regional Scenario
Traffic Study
Traffic Studies - Conclusion
Ecological Environment
Introduction
Terrestrial Ecological Studies
Objectives of Ecological Study
Methods Adopted for the Study
Criteria adopted for Selection of Sampling Locations
Review of Secondary Data and environmental setting of the project site
Phytosociological Studies
Floristic Composition- Primary Survey
Identification of Local Protected Species
Agriculture
Wildlife Studies
Aquatic Ecosystems
Socio Economic Details
Objective
Approach
Conditions at the Proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area Site
and Surroundings
3.11.4
Primary Data Collection
3.11.4.1
Research Instruments Used
3.11.4.2
Community Structure
3.11.4.3
Occupation
3.11.4.4
Income
3.11.4.5
Education
3.11.4.6
Health
3.11.4.7
Infrastructure Facilities
3.11.4.8
Cropping Pattern
3.11.4.9
Food Pattern
3.11.4.10
Live Stock Details
3.11.4.11
Employment Opportunities
3.11.5
Secondary Data
3.11.6
Salient Observations
3.11.7
Suggestions for improvement of CSR activities
3.11.8
Social Services needed
3.12
Land Utilization
Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts& Mitigation Measures
4.1
Introduction
4.2
Impact during Construction Phase
4.2.1
Impact on Air Quality
4.2.1.1
Proposed Mitigation Measures
4.2.2
Impact on Water Quality
4.2.2.1
Mitigation Measures
4.2.3
Impact on Noise Levels
3.29
3.33
3.34
3.34
3.34
3.34
3.39
3.40
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.44
3.44
3.47
3.61
3.63
3.63
3.63
3.65
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.70
3.70
3.71
3.71
3.72
3.72
3.72
3.72
3.73
3.73
3.73
3.74
3.74
3.74
3.79
3.79
3.79
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.4
2
4.2.3.1
Mitigation Measures
4.2.4
Impacts due to Solid Waste Generation
4.2.4.1
Mitigation Measures
4.2.5
Impact on Land Use
4.2.6
Impact on Demography and Socio-economics
4.3
Impacts during Operation
4.3.1
Impact on Topography and Climate
4.3.2
4.3.2.1
Emission Details
4.3.2.2
Stimulation Model for Prediction – (AERMOD)
4.3.2.3
Model inputs and results
4.3.2.4
Line Source Details
4.3.2.5
Mitigation Measures
4.3.3
Impact on Odour
4.3.3.1
Sources of Odour
4.3.3.2
Odour Mitigation Measures
4.3.4
Impact on Water Quality
4.3.4.1
Wastewater Generation
4.3.4.2
Wastewater Treatment Scheme
4.3.4.3
Rainwater Harvesting &Storm Water Runoff
4.3.5
Impact on Traffic
4.3.5.1
Mitigation Measures
4.3.6
Solid Waste Management
4.3.6.1
Solid waste generation during Operational Phase
4.3.6.2
Mitigation Measures
4.3.7
Positive and Negative Socio Economic Impacts in the Study Area
4.3.7.1
Positive Impacts
4.3.7.2
Negative Impacts
4.4
Greenbelt Development
4.4.1
Mitigation of Impacts by Green Belt
4.5
Overall view of impacts due to proposed project
Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives
5.1
Introduction
5.2
Siting Criteria
5.3
Site Selection
5.4
Mitigation Measures
5.5
Alternative Energy
Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program
6.1
Environmental monitoring program
6.1.1
Construction phase
6.1.2
Operational phase
6.2
Environmental Laboratory Equipment
6.3
Organizational Setup of Environmental Management
6.4
Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data
6.5
Budgetary Provision For EMP
Chapter 7 - Additional Studies
7.1
Safety Management Plan
7.2
Safety Organization
7.3
Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
7.3.1
On-Site Disaster Management Plan
7.3.2
Off-site Disaster Management Plan
7.3.3
Risk Assessment Plan
4.4
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.9
4.13
4.17
4.17
4.17
4.19
4.21
4.21
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.27
4.27
4.27
4.28
4.28
4.29
4.29
4.29
4.30
4.30
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.3
5.3
6.1
6.1
6.4
6.6
6.7
6.7
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.12
7.15
3
7.4
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
Process Description and Inventory at Site
Hazard Identification and Preliminary Hazard Analysis
Introduction to Hazard Identification
Identification of Major Hazardous Units
Classification Based On Inventory Rating
Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on MSIHC Rules 1989
and the Amended Rules in October ‘1994
7.5.5
Description of Applicable Provisions of GOI Rules’ 1989
7.6
Short Listed Hazards
7.7
Maximum Credible Accident Analysis
7.8
Injuries Resulting From Flammable Liquids
7.9
Pool Fire Analysis of HSD Tanks
7.9.1
Damage distance computations for MCA (Maximum Credible Accident)
analysis
7.9.2
Pool Fire of HSD Storage Tanks
7.10
Hydrogeology
7.10.1
Hydrological and Geo-Hydrological Conditions of the Project Area
7.10.2
Topography
7.10.3
Geology
7.10.4
Hydrogeology
7.10.5
Natural Drainage
7.10.6
Rainfall
Chapter 8 - Project Benefits
8.1
Improvements in the Social Infrastructure
8.2
Improvement In Physical Infrastructure
8.3
Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled And Unskilled
8.4
Other Tangible Benefits
8.5
Concluded Benefits of the Proposed Project
8.6
Corporate Social Responsibility
8.6.1
Introduction
8.6.2
Planning
8.6.3
Identification
8.6.4
Implementation and Funding
Chapter 9 -Environmental Management Plan
9.1
Introduction
9.2
Environmental Management During Construction
9.2.1
Air Quality Mitigation Measures
9.2.2
Water Quality Mitigation Measures
9.2.3
Noise Mitigation Measures
9.2.4
Solid Waste Mitigation Measures
9.2.5
Ecological Aspects
9.2.6
Site Security
9.3
Management During Operation Stage
9.3.1
Air Quality Management
9.3.2
Water and Wastewater Quality Management
9.3.3
Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management
9.4
Noise Level Management
9.5
9.6
Green Belt Development
9.7
Fire Protection Services
Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusion
10.1
Brief Description 0f the Nature of the Project
7.15
7.15
7.15
7.16
7.16
7.16
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.20
7.22
7.22
7.22
7.25
7.25
7.25
7.25
7.27
7.27
7.29
8.1
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.3
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
9.1
9.1
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.3
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.6
9.6
9.7
9.7
9.8
9.9
10.1
4
10.2
Identification of Project and Project Proponent
10.3
Need of the Project
10.4
Salient Features of Location & Landscape Area Details
10.5
Power Requirement
10.6
Water and Waste Water Generations
10.7
Man Power
10.8
Baseline Environmental Status
10.8.1
Meteorology (Climate)
10.8.2
Air Quality
10.8.3
Water Quality Status
10.8.4
Noise Quality
10.8.5
Soil Quality
10.8.6
Flora & Fauna
10.8.7
Socio Economics
10.9
Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
10.9.1
10.9.1.1
Mitigation Measures
10.9.2
Impact on water quality
10.9.2.1
Mitigation measures
10.9.2.1.1
Common Waste Water Treatment Plants
10.9.2.1.2
Storm Water Management
10.9.3
10.9.3.1
Mitigation Measures
10.9.4
Greenbelt Development
10.9.4.1
Mitigation measures
10.10
Environmental Monitoring Program
10.10.1
Constructional Phase
10.10.2
Operational Phase
10.10.3
Environmental Laboratory Equipment
10.10.4
Organizational Setup of Environmental Management
10.11
Project Benefits
10.11.1
Socio-economic benefits
10.11.2
Physical Infrastructure development
10.11.3
Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled And Unskilled
10.11.4
Other Tangible Benefits
10.12
Budgetary Provisions for EMP
10.13
Budgetary Provisions for CSR
10.14
conclusions
Chapter 11- Disclosure of Consultants
11.1
About the group
11.2
About the accredited consultant organization
11.2.1
Consultancy services
11.2.2
Laboratory services
11.2.3
Training services
11.2.4
Field services
11.2.5
Treatment plant service
11.2.6
Solid waste management services
10.1
10.1
10.2
10.6
10.6
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.9
10.10
10.10
10.11
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.14
10.14
10.15
10.15
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.18
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.20
10.21
10.21
10.22
11.1
11.1
11.1
11.2
11.2
11.3
11.3
11.3
5
List of Tables
Table no
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12(A)
3.12(B)
3.13
3.14
3.15(A)
3.15(B)
3.16
3.17(A)
3.17(B)
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Contents
Land breakup for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
Salient features of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
Details of Power Requirement
Specification for Automotive Diesel Fuel (Bharat Stage IV Emissions Norms) (IS 1460 – 2005
with amendment 2 March 2010)
Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation - (KLD)
Manpower Details
Site Environs
Meteorological Data
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 hours for September 2013
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 hours for October 2013
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 Hours for November 2013
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 Hours for Post monsoon 2013
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Particulate Matter Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
SO2 & NOx Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
Ozone Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
Water Sampling Locations
Ground Water Sample Analysis Results
Surface Water Sample Analysis Results
Noise Monitoring Locations
Noise Levels in the Study Area – dB (A)
Soil Sampling Locations
Soil Analysis Results
Traffic Survey at the Study Area (Near Site)
Details of Environmental Setting
Flora/Vegetation in the Study Area (Core Zone)
Flora/Vegetation With in Buffer Zone in the Study Area
Flora/Vegetation Found in the Area Based On Secondary Data
Details of Species Diversity Index in Study Area
Standards of Shannon Weinner Diversity Index for Terrestrial Plant Community
Class Wise Distribution of Plant Species in the Study Area
Details of Fauna in Buffer Zone
Sampling Locations for Aquatic Ecological Studies
Details of Diversity Indices in Study Area
Standards of Shannon Weinner Diversity Index for Aquatic Community
List of Phytoplankton Species Identified From Study Area
List of Zooplankton Species Identified From Study Area
Secondary data of the visited villages (2011 census data)
Occupational details of the villages
Education Facility Details of the villages
Health Facilities in the Villages
Land Use Details
Amenities Available
Land Use Details
24 Hours Mean Meteorological Data for Post monsoon Season (September - November
2013)
Stack and Emission Details of Proposed DG sets, Boilers & Incinerator for the proposed
development of Kittur industrial Area
Post Project Scenario-Units: μg/m3
Post Project Scenario
Line Source Details
Important Sources of Odour Pollution and Odorous Compounds Emitted
Water Requirement and Wastewater generation (KLD)
Page
no
2.3
2.3
2.9
2.9
2.10
2.10
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.13
3.16
3.17
3.19
3.21
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.30
3.33
3.34
3.36
3.38
3.39
3.43
3.46
3.50
3.51
3.53
3.62
3.63
3.63
3.65
3.68
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.69
3.71
3.72
3.73
3.73
3.76
3.79
3.81
4.9
4.10
4.10
4.13
4.17
4.18
4.22
6
4.8
Industrial wastewater and CETP Characteristics
4.22
4.9
Domestic wastewater and CSTP Characteristics
4.22
4.10
Rain water Harvesting Details
4.25
4.11
Traffic Details
4.26
4.12
V/C ratio details
4.26
4.13
Details of the Hazardous Waste
4.28
4.14
Details of the Non- Hazardous Waste
4.28
4.15
Greenbelt and Landscaping details
4.29
4.16
List of Plant Identified for Greenbelt
4.31
4.17
Overview of Potential Impacts due to the Proposed Project
4.33
5.1
Site Selection Criteria – Areas to be Avoided
5.1
5.2
Siting Criteria of the proposed Project
5.2
6.1
Environmental Monitoring during Constructional Phase of Proposed Development of Kittur
6.2
Industrial Area
6.2
Environmental Monitoring during Operational Phase of Proposed Development of Kittur
6.5
Industrial Area
6.3
List of Equipment Proposed for Environmental Laboratory
6.6
6.4
Manpower for Environmental Management Group
6.7
6.5
Cost towards Environmental Management Measures
6.8
7.1
Storage Capacity in project site for the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area
7.15
7.2
Summary Table on the Inventories
7.16
7.3
Properties of Fuel employed
7.16
7.4
Indicative Criteria for Identification of Toxic, Flammable and Explosive Chemicals (MSIHC
7.17
Rules 1989)
7.5
Applicability of MHIC Rules to Storages
7.18
7.6
Description of GOI Rules
7.18
7.7
Short listed Hazards
7.19
7.8
Mathematical models and analytical models for Hazard Analysis
7.21
7.9
Damage criteria
7.21
7.10
Radiation exposure and lethality
7.21
7.11
Damage due to peak over pressure
7.22
7.12
F&EI and TI of fuels used for the proposed Kittur Industrial Area
7.22
7.13
Annual Rainfall for Kittur Industrial Park
7.29
8.1
Budget for taking CSR Activities
8.6
9.1
Air Pollution Control Measures
9.5
10.1
10.2
10.2
10.6
10.3
10.6
10.4
Manpower Requirement
10.7
10.5
Stack and Emission Details of Proposed DG Set & Boilers for the proposed development of
10.11
Kittur industrial Area
10.6
10.12
10.7
10.13
10.8
10.14
10.9
10.14
10.10
10.16
10.11
10.16
10.12
10.17
10.13
10.19
10.14
1021
7
List of Figures
Figure
No
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4
4.5
4.6
6.1
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Contents
Location details of the Proposed Kittur Industrial Area
Layout of the Proposed Project
Satellite Imagery (Google) of the Study Area - 15 Km buffer
Topographical map of the Study Area – 10 Km buffer
Water Balance Diagram
Wind Rose for the Month of September 2013 (00-23 Hours)
Wind Rose for the Month of October 2013 (00-23 Hours)
Wind Rose for the Month of November 2013 (00-23 Hours)
Wind Rose for the Season of Post monsoon 2013 (00-23 Hours)
Ambient Air Monitoring Locations
Planning and inputs with KIADB personal
Start proofreading at proposed site with KIADB personals
Proposed project site near NH-4, Kittur
Natural vegetation near proposed project site, Kittur
National Highway number-4, just adjacent to proposed project site, Kittur
Groups of herbivorous are grazing at the proposed project site, Kittur
Eucalyptus plantation at the proposed project site
Aquatic ecological sampling at surface water source
Land use/Land cover Map
Satellite imagery
SO2 Maximum concentration
NOx Maximum concentration
3
Predicted GLCs of NOx (µg/m )
3
Predicted GLCs of CO (µg/m )
3
Predicted GLCs of HC (µg/m )
Schematic Flow Diagram of Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP)
Schematic Flow Diagram of Common Sewage Treatment Plant (CSTP)
Organizational Set-up for Environmental Management
Threat Zone from the center of the Storage Tank
Contour Map
Natural and Storm water Drainage System
Annual Rainfall
Topographical map of the Study Area – 10 km buffer
Page No
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.11
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.14
3.22
3.31
3.37
3.45
3.46
3.46
3.47
3.47
3.47
3.49
3.68
3.82
3.83
4.12
4.13
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.24
4.25
6.7
7.24
7.26
7.28
7.29
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.19
8
QCI –NABET Accreditation
Certificate of Consultant
Declaration of Experts
. Govt. of India)
of EcologY& Environment,
No. KSEACMEETING/20I3
M.S.Buildirlg,Bangalore,
Dated:@.0+.zotf
?013i
z t\ NPR
5*o.ys'deo,f
Member,
Ep{'Executive Member,
-{*ut*ulndustrialAreasDevelopmentBoard(KTADB),
CEW{xecutive
(RP)Buil ding'
la Il, n Fl oor, RashtrithanaParishat
. t4^41
Nrup-athungaRoad,Bengaluru'- 560001'
Sub:
tndustrialProiect,.DevelopmentofKitturlndustrialAtea''at
District' 262="'^::
Idttur Village, Bailhonial Taluk'.Belgaum
ffi;
Ref:
ffii;
Board
K*";."?" rndusrrial'{t"u" Development
(SEIAA T IND 2013)^March'201?'
proceedings
of the rO6t SgeC meetingheldon 15th& 16th
dc***t<
Acre)at
ha(648'23
Areain anareaof 'Area"262'53
to developIndustrial
hasproposed
KIADB
onle'B'
150crorestoestablish
of
cost
estimated
an
at
District
Bergaum
BairhongarTaruk,
Kiturvi*age,
industries'
category
submitted along with the PFR'
Following details are furnished inthe application
,tf
41
:
Hirenandihalli
1
7
.
3
i
fortheirecological'
orlocaltegislations
national
conventions,
underintemationar
Noareaprotected
|andscape,cu|turaiorotherrelatedva|uearepresentwithinl5kmradius.
JD
6f,
Presentation
of proposedToR in the l00th
consideredby thecommittee' Besides,the ToR ^SEACmeetingheld on 16ft March, 2013 w;J
for EIA rtrdi;r"f"; IEs may include,but may not
be limited to thefollowing:
l' Executivesummaryof the.project- giving_
a prima facie idea of the objectivesof the
proposal'useof resources'justificationletc.-ln
uaaitior,,
EIA reportincluding EMp andpost-projectmonitoring it should providea cornpilationof
plun ir uri"r.
Project description
2' Detailsofthe industries,for whichthe estate
is beingplannedand their proposedcapacitiesof
installation,if available'In the absence
oicompleteietuits, inJi"ate the
typeof industries
and capacitybeingconsidered.
g the peripheralgreenbeltinsidetheboundary
:e ofthe IEs.
,elopmentof IE.
;sing zones,admin area" roads,plots, green
belt,
n alongwith contourmap. Land.rup.piui iniliidiir'g" ''
openspaces
maybe described.
"-7'- classi&the proposedindushies
basedon their pollutionpotential to the extentpossible
r.e.,
Al to 44 categoriesfor air pollutionand wl to
w4I categories
velv'vrrvo for waterpollution - cpcB
Guidance may be referred foi classification.
8' Backwardandforwar'dlinkagesof the rEr
tu"uilubility of input resourcesand markets for
the products/by-productlunoanticipated
uengtllrotih" r;gi;at development).
9- Details of Infrastucture Development*rrri"
rn" IE uJ i' tf; r;;"r.
l0' Details on
industrial u"i"ity-"p."in" proposedprocess"-r,
,"rourre consumptionand
HH
I l. Detailson estimated
quantityof fuel reQ.uyed,
fuel type,nature,sourceandtransportation.
12.Details on estimatedwatei balancetaking
into accountconservationmeasures,reuse and
recyclingof treatedeffluents.
13' Individual and/orcommon facilities for
waste collection,-treatnent,recycling and disposal
(all
effluent, emissionand refuse including MS%
t-*aous wastes).
14' commituent from the concerned uuthoriti","ra
,.g;diog availability of power, water and
seweragenetwork.
tt
il"J1*:t*!:tto
wastemanagement
includinganangements
for hazardous
wastemanagement
1'6'Details on provisions made
for safetyin storage of materials,products
and wastes.
17' Details on use of local building materials.
r-t p.oGons of fly ash Notification should
be
kept in view.
"
and util izationy'managem
ent.
etails thereof.
/or any direction /order passedby any
llution and impacts in the last two years,
Description of the environment
reup to a distanceof l0 km from the
,itats with distances from the project
site to be
g location specific sensitivitiessuch as nationar
, etc. for the study area.
t'.)
24' Demography
detailsof all thevillagesfalling within
thestudy area.
Topogt"phydetailsof theprojectarea.
?l
'u'fr|i""to"?f:
#tff"jo"l'"fio-
eachof theknowncomposition
of industrial
units.
pollutantsand their loadl
27. betails of rainwater harv
2g. The baseline data to t
environmentviz. air, noi
of baseline environrne,
prescribed in the ToR
proponent in draft ToR
Authority.
rt source-specific details for air
ation etc.
e IE & outfall.
w'r't' different components of
.ro_economic.Acfual monitoring
y according to the parameters
coverage of parameters by the
ation of ToR by the comietent
r study area.-
31. Details regarding availal
facilities such as sanitatir
constructionas well as to 1
age pattem and outfall.
td impact of the same, if
anv
;s,topography,rainfall pattem
and soil erosion.
rality of nearby water ro*".,
and other surfacedrains.
iliry in and arcund the IE.
r referenceto persistent organic potutants,
if rerevant.
air quarity and expecte4 stact
site, habitation nemby, sensi
41. Matherratical modeling for
and fugitivg emissionsfor pM10
W, etc., and evaluation of the
rdard-sfor pornt sources and to
to be determined depends ofl
owing the location of project
s.
pollutants and ground level
sitive/commercialreceptors.
data including mixing heights
and
44' One seilsonsite-specific data
excrudingmonsoon season.
ot
secondarydata for future
monitoringo"*o.ra. tt"
^T""ril#baseline
"o*iJ"*tion andapprovarof the competent
46' F,el analysis
to beproyided(sulphur,
ashcontentandmercury-).
D€tailsof auxiliaryfuel,if
anyincludingitsquantiqv,
quality,oo*g", erc.,shourd
arsobegiven.
lg thecrossingsfrom thehighwayand provision
of
y studiesand analvsis.
- National parks
- Wild life sanctuaries
Gamereserye
- Tiger reserve/elephant
reserve/turtlenesting ground
- Mangrove
area
- Wetlands
ild Life @rotection) Act,1972, any
within the study area, proponent
shall describe the
;e) and propose the additional
points based on
heEAC/SEAC.
ce waterbodies, from groundwater
t over l0 lakh pilgrims a year
areaswhere industrial activity is not permitted)
lHeritageSites
st 25 years);
- Any other
featur.ea1 sqeclfiedby the State-or local
government and other features
._-
,'-_
1""ru:::i:able,
including
primeagrieultural
lanis,pastures,
migratory
as
:.
s connectedto the natural resources
management
np duly authenticated by one of the
authorized
r, location of the project and associat.
a.ifitirs
es,if any.
eneralcasesand in l:5000 scalefor
ial and environmental quality at the
thos and Marine organic material and
coastal
Anticipated e'vironmentar impacts
and mitigation measures
tt
also
therolrowing
roranarysis
orsignincance
#'5#t';:lff,?,?i[jtl"jl,lT.t?cts, include
- Impactsdue
to transportationof raw materials and
end products on the surroundins
i. _!
envuonment.
ater,drainagedueto projectactivities
rsedprojectactivities
srte with referenceto possibreimpact
of infrastructure
covenngwater supply,piperines,roads,
stormwater g.u,1rur-:,;;rr;r;", pow.ef,,
ternporary
tt
;ffi.ffiXffi,*::ljli"t
treated
**t"*uto airpo'urthn-o/sewe.a#fu""
waterbodiesj,
,Tff;ffi;,?:r,i"iljttt""
scenarios
shallbe developed
basedon indusriaracriviriesand
r the ambient air.
; and loading/rmlOAdingareas may be described.
iveek days and weekendsand utro
*utyrr-tt
"
rf the areasuch as road network
and whether any
constructedand the agency responsible
for the
species,fr9lLgf pl antarions, planning
schedule
trdanceto CPCB publishedguiO"ti.r"rl
Analysisof alternative resources
and technologies
72' Compaison of alternate sites
considered and the
.:if:ff'r"of
reaso.nsfor serectingthe proposed
site.
the sitewiththefrescribed
guiderin".
i.r
,..-,
"iaft:'river, highways,
nt and solid wastes,from the point
of view of
renewableshall be takeninto account.
Environmental monitorin g program
t at source.
nent for the appropriate notified parameters_ air
ing operational phaseof the project.
ealth protection of workers.
dcsigned and proposed, to assessthe possible
residual impacts on vECs.
80' Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and
the recognized agenciesif proposed for
conducting monitoring
Additional studies
8l'Details on risk.assessmentand damagecontrol during
different fhases of the pioject and
proposed safeguardmeasures.
'
82' Details oir iocio-economic development activities
such as commercial property values,
generation ofjobs, education, social conflicts, cultural
status, accidents,etc.
^83' Proposed plan to handle the socio-economic inlluence
on the local community. The plan
should include quantitative dimension as far as possible.
84' Details on cofirpensatioripackage foi-the pedpl6' dffebtecl-by
the-'liroject, considering the
socio-economicstatusof the area"homest.udorrrt""s, land
oort"rr, ana ianatesslabourers.
85' Public hearing should be conducted as per the prescribed procedure.points
identified in the
public hearing and commitrnent of tfe
nrojegt proponent to the same. Detailed action plan
addressingthe issuesraised, and the aetaitsLf o"""rr*y allocation
of funds.
86' The historical importanceof the areashall also be examined
in the study. While this analysis
is being conducted,it is expected that'an assessmentof public
perception of the proposed
developmentbe conducted.
87' Describe the application of industrial ecology concept
for planning of IEs. Explore
possibility of utilizing waste of one unit as raw ilaterial
for the other unils.
88- specific chemical emergency.response
andproposed rescuesysrem.
89.Dgtails on corporatesoci4.psponsibility proposal.
Enyironm ental management plan
al structure to ensure proposed post_project
)n measures.
s of the project should be provided along with
md recurringcosts).
r plan irhplementation.
and oir-site and off-site disaster management
.
94' Does the company have a well laid down Environment policy
approved by its Board of
Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
_
95' Does the Envirollnent Polity prescribe for standard
operating process/proceduresto bring
into foals any infringement 1 deviation / violation of the
environmental or forest norms 1
conditions?If so, it may be detailedin the EIA.
96' What is the hierarchical system or Administrative
order of the company to deal wjth the
environmental issuesand for ensuring compliance with
the EC conditions. Details of this
systemmay be given.
97' Does the company have a system of reporting
of non compliances I violations of
environmental norms to the Board of Direciorr oT th,
company and I or shareholdersor
stakeholdersat large?This reporting mechanismshould
be detailedin the EIA report.
*
E
a
n
98. Additional Corporate Environmental
Responsibility :(i)
(a) Does-the company have a well
laid down Environment polity approved
by its
Boar<iof Directors? If so, it may u" a"tu'"Jin
the EIA report.
(b)Does the Environment Policy prescribe
for standardoperation process/ procedures
to bring into focus any infringement
/ d;"i;tio" / violation of the environmental
or
forestnorms/conditions?rrso', it ;y
;; a-.#r"a in the EIA.
(ii)
what is the hierarchical systemor
Administrative order of the company to
deal
with environmental issues*l
with
the
Environmental
.tr "";;il;ompliance
; system may be given.
of reporting of non_compliances/violations
of
ard of Directors of the company
and / or
large? This reporting mechanisrn
should be
As per the decision of the committee,
for the preparation of EIA report, following
rols:l:ig
"o:lrl*:t
l]rh
themodet
roRs/propor"J
rin areissued
hereby,
a) River water quality and analysis
b) Specific to be proposed industries
(i)
(ii)
The project proponent shall submit
owning the contents (informaticn anr
O. M. No. J_1t013/41/200GLA_II(I)
(
The following inskuctions shall
t
g1eg111ion.,of
EIA reportas per (
04.0t.2009
idsued
by MoEF,Goi:
correct.
'till}
@r. M.H. Bi-lahrishna,iah;
Secretary,
Stat0 Levcl Experr4ppraisa} Committee.
Kreridaka.
Copyto:1 . The secretary, Deparbrrerrt of Ecorogy
--- -Enfuonment,
-.-r'.vrl
er a4d
Govt...of.Karnataka,_.......
Bangalore
J.
chairman' Kamataka state polrution-control
Board, KspcB, parisara Bhavary 4*,
& stttFloor, church street, Bangalore for
information
Guard File.
Compliance
EIA Report for the Proposed Industrial Area, Kittur Village, Bailhongal Taluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka.
TOR Compliance
S. No
1
TOR point
Executive Summary of the Project
Compliance
Executive Summary of the project is
prepared and is given in the report before
Chapter 1
Project Description
2
Details of the Industries, for which
the estate is being planned and their
proposed capacities of installations,
type of industries and capacity being
considered
3
Land requirement for the project The total land area as per ToR is 262.53Ha
including the peripheral greenbelt (648.23 Acre). An area of 87.22Ha (215.43
inside the boundary
Acre) is not acquired (Dombrakoppa Village).
The present development of industrial area
will be carried out only in 175.31Ha and
once the remaining 87.22Ha is acquired,
KAIDB will go for expansion in the future and
details are given in Chapter 2 under Section
2.6 and detailed land breakup is given in
Table 2.1.
4
Justification
for
selecting
proposed size of the IEs
5
6
The type of industries that are coming in the
proposed industrial area are mainly
Pharmaceuticals,
General
Engineering,
Fertilizer, Food, etc. Production capacities
will be provided by individual industries at
the time of obtaining CFE from State
Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
the The industrial area would be set up as per
the statutory guidelines and details are
given in Chapter 5 Section 5.2 & 5.3
Details on strategy being followed for KIADB would develop the proposed
development of IE.
Industrial area as per the strategies
prescribed in Annexure 1 Section 4 of the
Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-14. The
Policy is attached as Annexure 1.
Layout map of estate indicating The detailed Layout map of the project with
processing zones, admin area, roads, processing zones, admin area, roads and
plots, green belt, common utilities green belt are given in Chapter 2 Figure 2.2
area, etc., shall be shown along with
contour map. Landscape plan
including open spaces may be
1
described.
7
Classify the proposed industries
based on their pollution potential to
the extent possible i.e., A1 to A4
categories for air pollution and W1 to
W4 categories for water pollutionCPCB Guidance may be referred for
classification.
The industries that are coming in the
proposed industrial area are falling in A2
category for air pollution (Boilers and DG
sets as power source). Pollution potential of
water will be given by individual industries
at the time of obtaining CFE from the
statutory authorities (SPCB).
8
Backward and forward linkages of the
IEs (availability of input resources and
markets for the products/ byproducts and anticipated benefits for
the regional development).
Backward and forward linkages of the IEs
will be planned once the industries are
established and their products and by
products are finalized
9
Details of Infrastructure Development Details of Infrastructure Development
within the IE and in the region.
proposed in the IE are given in Chapter 2
Section 2.7.1. The nearest industrial area in
the region is Belur industrial area, located at
12km, SE.
Details on known industrial activity- The detailed process proposed, resources
specific proposed processes, resource consumption and rejects assessment will be
consumption and rejects assessment. made once the entrepreneur is identified
and the details will be submitted to
concerned PCB office at time of obtaining
CFE
Details on estimated quantity of fuel HSD would be the fuel source as emergency
required, fuel type, nature, source power backup for the industrial area and up
and transportation.
to 1000 liters of HSD would be stored at site
on weekly basis. The details about the fuel
type, nature is given in Chapter 2 Section
2.8. Individual industries would store HSD as
fuel for power backup in their premises.
10
11
12
13
Details on estimated water balance
taking into account conservation
measures, reuse and recycling of
treated effluents.
Water demand for the proposed project is
4010 KLD (4.01 MLD). Water balance is given
in Chapter 2 Figure 2.5 which includes
necessary treatment, reuse and recycling
procedures.
Individual and/or common facilities Waste water of 1250KLD from the member
for waste collection, treatment, industries will be treated in CETP
2
recycling and disposal (all effluent, (2X0.7MLD) and the domestic waste water
emission and refuse including MSW of 732 KLD will be treated in CSTP
and hazardous wastes).
(2X0.5MLD) and details about these are
given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.5.1 and
treatment schemes are provided in Section
4.3.5.2. The Solid waste (MSW and
hazardous waste) from the individual
industries will be collected and disposed as
per the statutory guidelines as given in
Chapter 4 Section 4.3.6.1
14
15
16
17
18
Commitment from the concerned Surface Water scheme is proposed to
authorities regarding availability of Government of Karnataka for approval and
power, water and sewerage network. Electric supply sanction is under process.
Sewage network would be developed by
KIADB hence no approval required for this.
Details of Solid Waste management Solid Waste Management for the proposed
including arrangement for hazardous project during construction and operation
waste management and e-waste.
phases is given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.6
and specific details about management of
Hazardous and non-hazardous waste and ewaste is given under Table 4.9 & Table 4.10
respectively.
Details on provisions made for safety The provisions made for safety management
in storage of materials, products and is given in Chapter 7 Section 7.1(a) and
wastes.
detailed safety plan is given in Chapter 7
Section 7.1 (b)
Details on use of local building KIADB is a development board. Individual
materials. The provisions of fly ash industries will be instructed by KIADB to use
Notification should be kept in view.
local building materials (fly ash bricks). The
same will be followed by KIADB for the
construction of Common Facilities as well as
Admin building.
Detailed plan of treated water The waste water generated in industries and
disposal, reuse and utilization/ in residential buildings will be treated in
management.
CETP and CSTP respectively. The details
about the waste water treatment scheme
are given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.5.2 and
their schematic flow diagrams are given in
3
Figure 4.3 & 4.4
19
In case of site leveling involving Elevation in proposed industrial area is
quarrying, details thereof.
varying from 697 m to 764 m above MSL.
Based on site observations, some of the
places (50% of road) require grading and
leveling. The road levels will be so decided
to optimally balance cutting & filling of
earth.
20
Any litigation pending against the No pending litigations against the project
project and/ or any direction/ order
passed by any Court of Law related to
the environmental pollution and
impacts in the last two years, if so,
details thereof.
Description of the Environment
21
The project study area for EIA studies The study area for baseline studies is taken
shall be up to a distance of 10 km as 10km radius from the boundary of the
from the boundary of the proposed proposed industrial area.
IE.
22
Location of the project site and
nearest habitats with distances from
the project site to be demarcated on
a toposheet (1:50,000 scale)
23
Land use based on satellite imagery Land use/land cover map and Satellite image
including location specific sensitivities based on LISS III are given in Chapter 3
such as national parks/ wildlife Figure 3.17 & 3.18 respectively.
sanctuary, villages, industries, etc. for
the study area.
24
Demography details of all the villages Demography details of all the villages falling
falling within the study area.
within the study area as per Census 2011 are
given in Chapter 3 Table 3.36
25
Topography details of the project
area.
Anticipated pollution loads from each
of the known composition of
industrial units. Cumulative waste
water quantity and pollution load,
point source-specific details for air
26
The 10km radius map of the study area
based on Survey of India Toposheet map
(1:50,000 scale) is given in Chapter 2 Section
2.7 and Figure 2.4.
Topography details of the project are given
in Chapter 7 Section 7.10
1982 KLD of waste water will be generated,
1882KLD will be reused and the details are
given in Chapter 2 Section 2.9.
The point source emissions from DG sets
and Boilers are given in Chapter 4 Section
4
27
pollutants and their loads, total solid/ 4.3.2.1 and details are given in Table 4.2
hazardous waste generation etc.
Predicted GLC’s are given in Figure 4.1 &
4.2.
Solid Waste:
Domestic Solid Waste- 3420kg/day
CSTP Sludge- 72kg/day
Hazardous Waste:
CETP Sludge - 1.2TPD
Details are given in Table 4.10 & 4.11.
Details of rainwater harvesting and Details of rainwater harvesting and storm
how it will be used in the IE & outfall. water runoff are given in Chapter 4 Section
4.3.5.3.
28
The baseline data to be collected
from the study area w.r.t. different
components of environment viz. air,
noise, water, land and biology and
socio-economic. Actual monitoring of
baseline environmental components
shall be strictly according to the
parameters prescribed in the TOR
after considering the proposed
coverage of parameters by the
proponent in the draft TOR and shall
commence after finalization of TOR
by the competent Authority.
The baseline data collected from the study
area and is given in Chapter 3,
 Air quality data is given under Section
3.5
 Water quality data is given under Section
3.6
 Soil quality data is given under Section
3.8
 Ecological data is given under Section
3.10
 Socioeconomic data is given under
Section 3.11
29
Identification of existing potential There is no existing source of potential in
sources of pollution in the study area. the study area as other than agricultural
activities, most of the study area is either
open forest or scrub land or fallow land.
30
Present and projected population,
present and proposed land use,
planned development activities,
issues relating to squatting and
relocation, community structure,
employment, distribution, of income,
goods and services, recreation, public
health
and
safety,
cultural
peculiarities, aspirations and attitude
 Demographic details of the villages in the
study area are given in Chapter 3 under
Section 3.11 and secondary data is given in
Table 3.36.
 Community structure is given under
Section 3.11.4.2
 Employment details are given in under
Section 3.11.4.3 and in Table 3.33.
 Details about health is given under
5
shall be explored in study.
Section 3.11.4.6
31
Details regarding availability of social
infrastructure and future projections,
details of facilities such as sanitation,
fuel, restroom etc. to be developed as
well as to the casual workers
including truck drivers during
operation phase.
Infrastructure facilities in the study area as
per Census 2001 are given in Chapter 3
Table 3.37.
The future projections of infrastructure are
given Section 3.11.7.
32
Detailed study of the hydrological and
geo-hydrological conditions of the
project area including a contour plan
indicating slopes and showing
drainage pattern and outfall.
Hydrological
and
Geo-Hydrological
Conditions of the project area are given in
Chapter 7 Section 7.10 and contour map
and natural drainage pattern of the area are
given in Figure 7.2 and 7.3 respectively.
33
Information
regarding
surface Natural drainage details of the study area
hydrology and water regime and are given in Chapter 7 Section 7.10.5 and in
impact of the same, if any due to the Figure 7.3.
project.
34
Examine
soil
characteristics,
topography, and rainfall pattern and
soil erosion.
Details on surface water quality of
nearby water sources and other
surface drains.
35
Soil characteristics of the study area are
given in Chapter 3 Section 3.8 and analysis
results are given in Table 3.17(A&B).
Surface water quality is given in Chapter 3
Section 3.6 and analysis results are given
Table 3.13.
36
Details of ground water quality in and Ground water quality is given in Chapter 3
around the IE.
Section 3.6 and analysis results are given
Table 3.12(A) &3.12(B).
37
Examine water quality with reference As per the ‘Stockholm Convention on
to Persistent Organic Pollutants, if Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) – 2001’,
relevant.
there is a ban in India for manufacture, use,
import and export of POP chemicals
(pesticides) like aldrin, chlordane, Dieldrin,
endrin, heptachlor, hexachlorobenzene and
toxaphene except DDT which is used for
non-agriculture activities. Hence analysis of
POPs in the water quality of study area is
not relevant.
38
Details on water quality parameters Ground water quality is given under Section
such as PH, temperature(0C), oil and 3.6 and analysis results are given in Table
6
39
40
grease*, Cyanide*(as CN), Ammonical
nitrogen*(as
N),
Phenolic
compounds*(as C6H5OH), Hexavalent
Chromium*,
Total
Chromium*,
Copper*, Nickel*, Lead*, Arsenic*,
Mercury*, Cadmium*, Selenium*,
Fluoride*,
Boron*,
Radioactive
Materials*, Alfa emitters, Hc/ml*,
Beta emitters*, Hc/ml*, etc.(* As
applicable). These parameters to be
determined depend on the type of
industries coming in industrial
estates.
Details on existing ambient air quality
and expected, stack and fugitive
emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*,
NOx*, O3, suspended particulates,
VOC, Mercury etc., and evaluation of
the adequacy of the proposed
pollution control devices to meet
standards for point sources and to
meet AAQ standards.
(*As applicable and these parameters
to be determined depends on the type
of industries coming in industrial
estates).
3.12(A) &3.12(B).
The air quality contours may be
plotted on a location map showing
the location of project site, habitation
nearby, sensitive receptors, if any and
wind roses.
The expected incremental GLC for SO2 and
NOx are given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.2.3
and Table 4.2. The GLC contours are shown
in Figure 4.1 and 4.2 and post project
scenario of ambient air quality details are
given in Table 4.3.
Surface water quality is given in Chapter 3
Section 3.6 and analysis results are given in
Table 3.13.
Details on existing ambient air quality in the
study area (10km radius) are given in
Chapter 3 Section 3.5.
 98th percentile of PM10 was in the range
of 44.4 to 56.6µg/m3.
 98th percentile of PM2.5 was in the range
of 13.7 to 21.7µg/m3.
 98th percentile of SO2 was in the range of
12.7 to 18.1µg/m3
 The 98th percentile of NOx was in the
range of 15.5 to 21.8 µg/m3.
The predominant wind direction during the
study period (Post Monsoon) is NE followed
by E, SW and SE and the average wind speed
is 2.46m/sec. Wind pattern during study
period is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.4.5
7
and wind speeds and wind roses for one
season is given in Table 3.3 to Table 3.6 and
Figure 3.1 to Figure 3.4
41
Mathematical
modeling
for
calculating the dispersion of air
pollutants
and
ground
level
concentration along with emissions
from boilers.
42
Details on noise levels at sensitive / Noise monitoring was done at sensitive
commercial receptors.
(temples,
schools)
and
commercial
(highways, village junctions) locations. The
day equivalents are ranging between 52.5 to
63.4dB (A) and the night equivalents were in
the range of 41.2 to 49 dB (A) details are
given in Chapter 3 Section 3.7 and in Table
3.15 (A) & (B).
43
Site-specific meteorological data Climatic conditions in the study area is given
including
mixing
heights
and in Chapter 3 Section 3.4 and secondary data
secondary data for future predictions. as per IMD is given in Table 3.2
44
One season site-specific
excluding monsoon season.
45
Proposed
baseline
monitoring
network for the consideration and
approval of the Competent Authority.
Fuel analysis to be provided (sulphur,
ash content and mercury). Details of
auxiliary fuel, if any including its
quantity, quality, storage, etc., should
also be given.
Baseline monitoring network was developed
as per MoEF guidelines.
Examine entry/ exit of the project
including the crossings from the
highway and provision of service
roads on the basis of traffic density
The proposed project is adjacent to NH4 (4
lane 2 way) connecting Dharwad and
Belgaum. The proposed project is providing
24m wide service roads for smooth flow of
46
47
AERMOD software is used for prediction of
incremental GLCs from DG sets emissions
and boilers are given in Chapter 4 Section
4.3.2.3 and Table 4.2. The GLC contours are
shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.2 and post
project concentrations of SO2 is 18.3 μg/m3
and NOx is 30.4 μg/m3 and details are given
in Table 4.3.
data Monitoring details of Post monsoon season
(September 2013 to November 2013) is
given in Chapter 3
HSD would be the fuel source as emergency
power backup for the industrial area. The
detailed fuel analysis of HSD is given in
Chapter 2 Table 2.4. There is no
requirement of Auxiliary fuel in the
industrial area.
8
studies and analysis.
48
Climatic conditions of the study area
shall be monitored for hourly wind
speed, wind direction, relative
humidity, ambient dry and wet bulb
temperatures and precipitation.
49
Ecological
status(terrestrial
and
aquatic) of the study area such as
habitat type and quality, species
diversity,
rarity,
fragmentation,
ecological linkage, age, abundance,
etc.
50
If ecological sensitive attributes fall
within the study area, proponent shall
describe the sensitivity (distance, area
and significance) and propose the
additional
points
based
on
significance
for
review
and
acceptance by the EAC/SEAC.
Ecological sensitive attribute include
-National Parks
-Wild life sanctuaries, Game reserve
-Tiger reserve/ elephant reserve/
turtle nesting ground
-Mangrove area
-Wetlands
-Reserved and Protected forests, etc.
- Any other closed/ protected area
under the Wild Life (Protection) Act,
traffic with entry at one place.
Traffic study is conducted on the NH4
highway and details are given in Chapter 3
Section 3.9 and Table 3.18.
 Climatic conditions of the study area is
given in Chapter 3 Section 3.4.1
 Wind speed & wind direction is given
under Section 3.4.5
 Relative humidity details are given under
Section 3.4.3
 Temperature details are given in Section
3.4.2
 Precipitation details are given in Section
3.4.4
Details of ecological studies of terrestrial
and aquatic habitat of the study area are
given in Chapter 3 Section 3.10.2 and 3.10.9
respectively
Except few Reserved forests and Kittur fort,
no ecological and archeological sensitive
areas are present in the study area. The
details of ecologically sensitive areas
present in the study area of 10km radius are
given Chapter 5 Table 5.2.
9
1972, any
applicable.
51
other
area
locally
If any incompatible land use A Natural surface water stream is passing
attributes fall within the study area, across the industrial area which is having
proponent
shall
describe
the seasonal flowing from NE to SW. 10-15m
sensitivity (distance, area and area will be left for greenbelt on both sides
significance) and propose the of the stream.
additional
points
based
on
significance
for
review
and
acceptance by the EAC/SEAC.
Incompatible land use attributes include:
-Public water supply areas from rivers/
surface water bodies, from ground water
-Scenic areas/ tourism areas/ hill resorts
-Religious places, pilgrim centers that attract
over 10lakh pilgrims a year
-Protected tribal settlements(notified tribal
areas where industrial activity is not
permitted)
-Monuments of national significance, World
Heritage Sites
-Cyclone, Tsunami prone areas(based on last
25 years)
-Airport areas
- Any other feature as specified by the State
or local government and other feature as
locally applicable, including prime agricultural
lands, pastures, migratory corridors, etc.
52
53
If the location falls in Valley, specific The proposed site is not located in valley
issues connected to the natural
resources management shall be
studied and presented.
If the location falls in CRZ area: A CRZ The proposed site does not fall in CRZ area
map duly authenticated by one of the
authorized agencies demarcating
LTL,HTL,CRZ area, location of the
project and associate facilities w.r.t.
CRZ, coastal feature such as
mangroves, if any.
Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
54
Anticipated generic environmental Anticipated generic environmental impacts
10
55
56
57
impacts due to this project which may
be evaluated for significance and
based on corresponding likely impacts
VECs may be identified. Baseline
studies may be conducted for all the
concerned VECs and likely impacts
will have to be assessed for their
magnitude in order to identify
mitigation measures.
While identifying the likely impacts,
also include the following for analysis
of
significance
and
required
mitigation measures:

Impacts due to transportation of
raw materials and end products
on the surrounding environment.

Impacts on surface water, soil,
groundwater, drainage due to
project activities.

Impacts due to air pollution

Impacts due to odour pollution

Impacts due to noise

Impacts due to fugitive emissions

Impacts on health of workers due
to proposed project activities
due to this project during construction and
operational phase are given Chapter 4
Details of baseline environmental studies
conducted during post monsoon season are
given in Chapter 3.
Anticipated impacts of the project activities
on Air, water, noise, solid waste, land-use
and ecology and their pre and post
mitigation measures are detailed in Chapter
4
 Impacts on Air quality during construction
and operational phase are given in Chapter
4 Section 4.2.1 and 4.3.2 respectively.
 Impacts on Water quality during
construction and operational phase are
given in Chapter 4 Section 4.2.2 and 4.3.5
respectively.
 Impacts on Odour quality during
operational phase is given in Chapter 4
Section 4.3.4.
 Impacts on Noise quality is given in
Chapter 4 Section 4.2.3.
 Impacts due to solid waste during
construction and operational phase are
given in Chapter 4 Section 4.2.4 and 4.3.5.
 Individual industries will take necessary
preventive measures to minimize impacts on
health of workers.
Propose odour control measures
Odour control measures for both area and
point source is given in Chapter 4 Section
4.3.4.2
Examine in detail the proposed site The proposed site is well designed with all
with reference to possible impact of the facilities covering water supply, roads,
infrastructure covering water supply, storm water drain, treatment plants, power,
11
pipelines, roads, storm water common facilities, etc. The details are given
drainage,
sewerage,
power, in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.1.
temporary waste storage facilities,
treated
wastewater
disposal
(land/sewer/surface water bodies),
common facilities, etc.
58
Environmental condition scenarios
shall be developed based on
industrial activities and pollution
potentials.
Individual industries while obtaining CFE will
provide necessary Environmental control
measures based on their activity and will
give details of the same to statutory
authorities.
59
Details of traffic density vis-à-vis Traffic details of study area with traffic
impact on the ambient air.
density is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.9 and
impacts of traffic is given in Chapter 4
Section 4.3.3
60
Cumulative impact on regional
supportive capacity shall be studied in
terms of population density, water
supply, sewerage, storm water
drainage, power supply, educational
facilities, medical facilities, public
transport, traffic, housing for EWS,
and community facilities, etc.
61
Details on positive and negative The overall impacts of the project on the
impacts, direct and indirect impacts, environment will be beneficial. Detailed
induced impacts.
positive and negative impacts are given in
Chapter 4 Section 4.3.7
62
Project activities and impacts shall be
represented in matrix form with
separate matrices for pre and post
mitigation scenarios.
63
Traffic management plan including
parking and loading/unloading areas
may be described. Traffic survey
should be carried out on week days
and weekends and also analyze the
anticipated traffic increase.
A detailed Socio economic impact study of
the proposed project was conducted to
identify the basic needs and infrastructure
facilities. Details of the study are provided in
Anticipated impacts of the project activities
during construction as well as operation
phase on air, traffic, odour, water, noise,
solid waste, land-use, socio-economics and
ecology is given in Chapter 4 Table 4.14
7.76 Ha land in the proposed area has been
allotted for parking and related facilities
which would suffice for the industrial area.
Traffic details of the study area are given in
Chapter 3 Section 3.9 and traffic survey
details are given in Table 3.18.
12
64
Odour mitigation plan may be
described. Also make provision of
green cover as a measure for
mitigation of dust and noise and
buffer between habitation and
industry.
Odour mitigation measures for both area
and point source is given in Chapter 4
Section 4.3.4.2
Greenbelt development width will be 15m
at the IA boundary thus demarcating the
outside habitations and industries. Details
about greenbelt are given in Chapter 4
Section 4.4 and the plants that are identified
for dust and noise suppression are given in
Table 4.13.
65
Rain water harvesting proposals
should be made with due safeguards
for groundwater quality. Maximize
recycling of water and utilization of
rain water.
An amount of 15,879 m3/hr will be collected
from roof top and it will be collected in rain
water harvesting pits at individual buildings
(Industrial and residential). The surface
runoff of 4386 m3/hr from the landscape,
roads and amenities etc will be diverted to
recharge pits and storm water drain. Details
are given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.5.3
66
Temporary plans for the housing of
construction labour within the site
with all necessary infrastructure and
facilities such as fuel for cooking,
mobile toilets, mobile Sewage
Treatment Plant (STP), safe drinking
water, medical health care, crèche,
etc.
No temporary housing is proposed,
construction labour will be used from
nearby villages for establishment of
necessary infrastructure required for
developing the industrial area
67
Proposed measures for occupational A detailed occupational and health safety
safety and health of the workers.
management plan of the workers is given in
Chapter 7 Section 7.1
68
Impact of the project on local
infrastructure of the area such as
road network and whether any
additional infrastructure would need
to be constructed and the agency
responsible for the same with time
frame.
Road network of the proposed industrial
area is given in Chapter 2 Section 2.11
Traffic survey was carried out on NH 4 which
is adjacent to the project site has revealed
that the existing road is 2-way 4 lane and
has enough capacity to accommodate the
future traffic. Hence no additional
infrastructure is proposed. The road
network details in and around the project
13
area is given in Chapter 4 Section 4.3.3
69
Action plan for the greenbelt
development – species, width of
plantation, planning schedule etc.
within the boundary around the IE in
accordance to CPCB published
guidelines.
58.17 Ha land in the industrial area has been
earmarked for greenbelt development.
Greenbelt development will take place 15m
along the boundary of the IA and 2m along
the road with native species @ 1000
plants/Ha. The species selected for
greenbelt development are in accordance
with the CPCB guidelines as given in Table
4.13.
70
In case of likely impact from the
proposed project on the surrounding
reserve forests, plan for the
conservation of wild fauna in
consultation with the State Forest
Department.
Kulvalli Reserved Forest meant for
Eucalyptus Plantation, is located 1km SW of
the IA. The baseline data shows wind
direction as SW to NE, revealing minimal
impacts on the Reserve Forest. In spite,
necessary environmental management
systems mainly air pollution control
equipments have been proposed to avoid
any diversity loss by the proposed project.
71
Comparison of alternate sites
considered and the reason for
selecting
the
proposed
site.
Conformity of the site with the
prescribed guidelines in terms of CRZ,
river, highways, railways. etc.
The proposed project site is selected based
on site selection guidelines of MoEF, which
is given in Chapter 5.
No alternate sites have been considered
Analysis of alternative resources and technologies
72
Evaluate alternative disposal modes The waste disposal methods for both liquid
of effluent and solid wastes, from the and solid waste are given in Chapter 4
point of view of disposal points and Section 4.3.5.2 and 4.3.6 respectively.
associated impacts.
73
All kind of resources both renewable Solar energy is proposed as an alternative
and non-renewable shall be taken energy and the details are given in Chapter
into account.
5 Section 5.5
74
Details of improved technologies.
The details of the improved technologies
will be provided by individual units while
obtaining CFE from state PCB
75
Monitoring programme for pollution Environmental Monitoring programme
control at source.
during Construction and Operational stage
14
are given in Chapter 6 Section 6.1.1 and
6.1.2 respectively.
76
Monitoring pollutants at receiving The Monitoring details of the pollutants
environment for the appropriate during operational phase are given in
notified parameters –air quality, Chapter 6 Section 6.1.2 Table 6.2.
ground water, surface water, etc.
during operational phase of the
project.
77
Specific programme to monitor safety Specific plan for occupational safety and
and health protection of workers.
health of workers is given in Chapter 7
Section 7.1(a)
78
Appropriate monitoring network has
to be designed and proposed, to
assess the possible residual impacts
on VECs
79
80
The detailed monitoring program of all
parameters under VECs viz. Air, Water,
Noise, Soil, Ecology and Socio-economic
during Construction and Operational phase
is given Chapter 6 sections 6.1 & 6.2
respectively.
Details of in-house monitoring Details of in-house monitoring staff and
capabilities and the recognized their capabilities are given in Chapter 6
agencies if proposed for conducting Section 6.3 and details of laboratory
monitoring.
equipment to support environmental
monitoring is given in Section 6.2 Table 6.3.
Details on risk assessment and Details on risk assessment and damage
damage control during different control during different phases of the
phases of the project and proposed project are given in Chapter 7 Section 7.3.3.
safeguard measures.
Additional Studies
81
82
Details
on
socio-economic
development activities such as
commercial
property
values,
generation of jobs, education, social
conflicts, cultural status, accidents.
Proposed plan to handle the socioeconomic influence on the local
community. The plan should include
quantitative dimension as far as
possible.
The possible Socio-economic development
activities that are proposed for the villages
in vicinity are given in Chapter 8.
Around 3349 Skilled/ unskilled persons are
required for the proposed industrial area. It
is also provide education, business and
health benefits opportunities as given in
Chapter 8 Section 8.1, 8.3 and 8.4 and
15
budget allocated towards these activities is
given in Table 8.1.
83
Details on compensation package for The proposed land has been acquired by
the people affected by the project, KIADB and it is in their possession
considering
the
socio-economic
status of the area, homesteaded
oustees, and landless labourers.
84
Public hearing should be conducted
as per the prescribed procedure.
Points identified in the addressing the
issues raised, and the details of
necessary allocation of funds.
Public Hearing would be conducted after
submission of draft EIA report to State
Pollution Control Board. The concerns raised
along with the replies during the PH shall be
incorporated in the EIA report.
85
The historical importance of the area
shall also be examined in the study.
While this analysis is being
conducted, it is expected that an
assessment of public perception of
the proposed development be
conducted.
Kittur town is historically associated with
India’s freedom struggle. During the
proposed Public Hearing, it will be clearly
explained that no historical monuments
exists at the proposed site except the Kittur
fort which is located around 2.9km N of the
proposed Industrial area.
86
Describe the application of industrial
ecology concept for planning of IEs.
Explore possibility of utilizing waste of
one unit as raw material for the other
units.
Specific
chemical
emergency
response and proposed rescue
system.
Backward and forward linkages of the IEs
will be planned once the industries are
established and their products and by
products are finalized for application of
industrial ecology concept
Proposed project is industrial area
development. Individual units which use
hazardous
chemicals
will
develop
emergency response and rescue systems
while obtaining CFE
87
88
Details
on
corporate
responsibility proposal.
social The
details
about
Planning
and
implementation of CSR activities are given in
Chapter 8 Section 8.6 and budget allocated
for the same is given in Table 8.1
89
Administrative
and
technical
organizational structure to ensure
proposed post-project monitoring
programme for approved mitigation
measures.
Administrative and technical organizational
structure to ensure proposed post-project
monitoring programme is given in Chapter 6
Section 6.3.
16
Environmental Management Plan
90
91
EMP devised to mitigate the adverse
impacts of the project should be
provided along with item-wise cost of
its implementation (capital and
recurring costs).
Allocation
of
resources
and
responsibilities
for
plan
implementation.
92
Details
of
the
emergency
preparedness plan and on-site and
off-site disaster management plan.
93
Does the company have a well laid
down Environment Policy approved
by its Board of Directors? If so, it may
be detailed in the EIA report.
94
EMP devised to mitigate adverse impacts of
the project is given in Chapter 9 Sections 9.2
& 9.3.
Activity wise EMP cost details are given in
The environmental management group
identified for the implementation of
environmental monitoring programme and
organizational setup details are given in
Chapter 6 Section 6.3 and Figure 6.1.
On site and off site disaster management
plan would be developed as per the
provisions of MSIHC Rules 1989. The details
of DMP are given in Chapter 7 Section 7.3.1
and 7.3.2
KIADB is following in toto the guidelines for
environmental protection and management
Plan under Section 5.3.3 of Karnataka
Industrial Policy 2009-14. The Policy is
attached as Annexure 1
KIADB works as per the guidelines of “The
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development
Act, 1966”. All the function and powers of
the Board are in accordance with the Act.
Does
the
Environment
Policy
prescribe for standard operating
process/procedures to bring into foals
any infringement /deviation /
violation of the environmental or
forest norms/conditions? If so, it may
be detailed in the EIA.
95
What is the hierarchical system or The hierarchical system or Administrative
Administrative order of the company order of the company to deal with the
to deal with the environmental issues environmental issues and for ensuring
and for ensuring compliance with the compliance with the EC is given in Chapter 6
EC conditions, Details of this system Section 6.3.
may be given.
96
Does the company have a system of With an aim of providing the best possible
reporting of non-compliances I service to entrepreneurs, KIADB has
violations of environmental norms to obtained certification for quality in service
the Board of Directors of the under ISO 9001:2000 from Bureau of Indian
company and I or shareholders or Standards.
stakeholders at large? This reporting
mechanism should be detailed in the
EIA report.
Additional Corporate Environmental Responsibility :
(I)
(a) Does the company have a well laid KIADB is following in toto the guidelines for
down Environment Policy approved by environmental protection and management
17
(ii)
(iii)
its Board of Directors? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA report.
(b) Does the Environment Policy
prescribe for standard operation
process/procedures to bring into focus
any infringement /deviation/violation
of the environmental or forest
norms/conditions? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or
Administrative order of the company
to deal with environmental issues and
for ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions
details of this system may be given.
Does the company have a system of
reporting
of
non-compliances
/violations of environmental norms to
the Board of Directors of the company
and / or shareholders or stakeholders
at large? This reporting mechanism
should be detailed in the EIA report.
Plan under Section 5.3.3 of Karnataka
Industrial Policy 2009-14.
KIADB works as per the guidelines of “The
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development
Act, 1966”. All the function and powers of
the Board are in accordance with the Act.
The hierarchical system or Administrative
order of the company to deal with the
environmental issues and for ensuring
compliance with the EC is given in Chapter
6 Section 6.3.
With an aim of providing the best possible
service to entrepreneurs, KIADB has
obtained certification for quality in service
under ISO 9001:2000 from Bureau of Indian
Standards.
18
Annexure -I
Karnataka Industrial Policy
2009-14
Department of Industries and Commerce
Government of Karnataka
# 49, 2nd floor, South Block, Khanija Bhavan,
Devaraj Urs Road, Bengaluru – 560001.
1
Proceedings of the Government of Karnataka
Sub. : Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-2014.
Read: 1. G.O.No.CI 167 SPI 2001, Bangalore dtd: 30.06.2001
2. G.O.No.CI 319 SPI 2005, Bangalore dtd: 26.08.2006
***
Preamble :
Karnataka is one of the Industrially forward States of India. The State has a
host of large industries ably supported by a strong base of Micro, Small and
Medium Sectors. Due to inherent advantages of the State, the industry and
trade sectors including service sector are propelling the overall economic
development of Karnataka.
Today, Karnataka is one amongst the industrially developed States in the
Country. The State has all potential to stand out on the fore front and has
been focusing on development of industries, trade & service sector in
Karnataka. Due to the progressive policies and proactive measures of the
Government and also the contribution of entrepreneurial fraternity and
investors, today Karnataka has been recognized as one of the preferred
destinations for both investment and to live in.
This fact is evident from the statistics that, during the years 2006-07 and
2007-08 the State High Level Clearance Committee has approved 173
projects with aggregated investment of Rs.2,50,779 crores which will
provide employment opportunities for about 28 lakh persons upon
implementation. Further, the State Level Single Window Clearance
Committee has cleared 1609 projects with investment potential of
Rs.22,234 crores and employment opportunities for about 10.72 lakh
persons.
The State Government enunciated its New Industrial Policy 2006-11 vide
G.O.No. CI 319 SPI 2005, Bangalore dated 26.08.2006. This policy laid
emphasis on development of infrastructure and human resource in addition
to other measures. This policy had its own impact in accelerating the pace of
development of industries & trade. The Gross State Domestic Product
(GSDP) of Karnataka has registered a growth of 6.9% during 2007-08
against 6.2% during the previous year. The share of industry in GSDP has
also increased to 16.65% during 2007-08, when compared to 16.51% during
2006-07.
2
Today, SME sector does get special attention and support all over the World,
even in the developed countries. Realizing this fact, the Central Govt.
enacted Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006
facilitating the growth of MSME sector in the Country. In line with the
philosophy of the MSMED Act, it is imminent for the State to focus more on
MSME sector. This Act provides a clear status for enterprises engaged in
service activities and a clear cut definitions for medium scale enterprises. It
is felt that, these features need to be suitably incorporated in the current
industrial policy of the State to provide better edge to the MSME sector of
the State.
The Government is committed for implementation of Suvarna Karnataka
Development Corridor Programme throughout the length & breadth of the
State. This corridor will give added fillip the overall development of the
districts covered under the programme. In complement to this corridor four
major industrial corridor with 8 lane roads will also be developed. To
harness the local natural and human resources sector specific zones will also
be established across the State.
Further, the State is endowed with rich natural resources across the State and
such resources need to be optimally utilized for the benefit of local people.
Value addition to the resources is one of the way for optimizing the wealth
available locally. This will also help for uniform spread of industries and
economic activities throughout the State and will accelerate the pace of
development especially the districts of North Karnataka. Through these
measures, the Government would be able to readdress the much talked about
issue of regional imbalances in development.
The State also felt the urgency of providing stimulus measures for industries
and service sector to combat the ill effects of the financial crisis prevailing
globally. The state is committed to initiate certain measures to provide
temporary relief to the industry & service sector to overcome the present
situation.
Keeping all these facts in view, the State Govt. felt the necessity of bringing
out a New Industrial Policy for this period of next five years. The main
objectives of this exercise is to make the policy more attractive to the
entrepreneurs as well as investors irrespective of the size of investment.
3
The policy has been drafted through extensive consultation process with
industry associations, trade bodies, related Govt. departments and
organizations & other stakeholders. The Policy has also been discussed in
the Vision Group constituted by the Government. The views and
suggestions offered by all these stakeholders have been incorporated suitably
in the policy with the objective of making this policy most industry friendly.
In light of the above, a decision has been taken by the Govt. to formulate and
adopt a New Industrial Policy for the period 2009-14.
Hence, the following Order :
Government Order No. CI 233 SPI 2008, Bangalore Dtd : 28-2-2009
In the circumstances explained in the preamble, Government is pleased to
announce the Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-14, as detailed in Annexe to
this order and supported by following Annexes :
Annexe –1
Annexe – 2
Annexe - 3
Annexe – 4
Annexe – 5
: Classification of taluks into Zones for the purpose of
administering graded scale of incentives and
concessions.
: Package of incentives and concessions for investments
: Service Enterprises eligible for package of Incentives &
Concessions.
: Activities not eligible for incentives
: Terms of reference & other conditions for sanction of
Incentives and Concessions.
The salient features of the Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-14 are as
follows :
(i)
Envisions to make Karnataka prosperous through development of
human & natural resources in a systematic, scientific and
sustainable manner.
(ii)
Target to provide additional employment for about 10 lakh persons
in the next five years.
(iii)
Efforts to increase the Share of industry to the State GDP to 20%
by the year 2014.
4
(iv)
(v)
To double the State’s export from the current level of Rs.1,30,000
crores.
Focus on providing quality infrastructure across the State
(vi)
Thrust on Skill Development & Entrepreneurship Promotion
(vii) Added focus on development of MSME sector
(viii) Performance and Employment linked Incentives & Concessions
The above industrial policy and package of incentives and concessions shall
come into effect from 01.04.2009 and will have a span of five years there
from i.e upto 31.03.2014.
This order issues with the concurrence of the Finance Department vide
U.O. Note No. FD/1394/EXP-1/2008 dt. 18.11.2008, Revenue Department
vide U.O. Note No. RD/94/LGP/2008 dt. 01.12.2008, Planning and Statistics
Department vide U.O. Note No. PD/13/FRO/2008 dt. 30.10.2008,
Agriculture and Horticulture vide U.O. Note No.AHD/SECY/220/2008 dt.
31.10.2008, Urban Development Department vide U.O. Note No.
UDD/250/BMR/2008 dt. 01.12.2008, Labour Department vide U.O. Note
No.LD/285/LET/2008 dt. 19.11.2008 , Transport Department vide U.O.
Note No. TRD/102/RIC/2008 dt. 24.11.2008 Co-operation Department vide
U.O. Note No.CD/310/MRE/2008 dt. 27.11.2008, Infrastructure
Development Department vide U.O. Note No. IDD/48/IDM/2008 dt.
6.11.2008, Public Works Department vide U.O. Note No.
PWD/212/PSP/2008 dt. 3.12.2008, IT & BT Department vide U.O. Note No.
ITD/04/PRM/2008 dated 10-2-2009 and on the decisions of the Cabinet
meeting held on 28-2-2009.
By Order and in the Name of
the Governor of Karnataka
- Sd (Subir Hari Singh)
Principal Secretary to Government,
Commerce & Industries Department
To
The Compiler Karnataka State Gazette – with a request to publish in the next
issue of the Gazette and supply 1000 copies of the same to the Department.
Copies to:
1. The Accountant General in Karnataka, Bangalore – 1.
5
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The Chief Secretary, Government of Karnataka.
The Additional Chief Secretary, Government of Karnataka.
The ACS & Development Commissioner, Govt. of Karnataka.
All the Principal Secretaries & Secretaries to Govt.
The Commissioner for Industrial Development and Director of Industries
& Commerce, Kanija Bhavan, Race Course Road, Bangalore-1.
7. The Commissioner for Commercial Taxes, Therige Bhavan, Gandhi Nagar,
Bangalore-9
8. The Managing Director, KPTCL, Cauvery Bhavan, Bangalore-9
9. The Chairman, Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, Parisara
Bhavan, Church Street, Bangalore-1.
10. The Director of Factories & Boilers, Karmika Bhavan, Bannerghatta
Road, Diary Circle, B’lore – 29.
11. The Commissioner for Labour, Karmika Bhavan, ITI Premises, Near
Bangalore Diary Circle, Bannarghatta Road, Bangalore-29
12. The Inspector General of Registration & Commissioner of Stamps, # 720,
46th Cross, Shimsa Bhavan, Jayanagar 8th Block, Bangalore-86.
13. All the Deputy Commissioners of Districts.
14. All the Joint Directors of District Industries Centres.
15. The MD, KSIIDC, Khanij Bhavan, Race Course Road, Bangalore-01.
16. The MD, KSSIDC, Industrial Estate, Rajajinagar, Bangalore – 44.
17. The MD, KSFC, Thimmaiah Road, Bangalore – 560 052.
18. The Executive Member & CEO, KIADB, Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore1
19. The MD, Karnataka Udyoga Mitra, # 49, Khanij Bhavan, Race Course
Road, Bangalore-01.
20. The MD, VITC, VITC Building, Kasturba Road, Bangalore – 560 001.
21. The MD, KCTU, Basavabhavan, Basaveshwara Circle, B’lore-560 001.
22. The Chief Adviser, TECSOK, 4th Floor, Basavabhavan, Basaveshwara
Circle B’lore-1
23. The Deputy Secretary [Cabinet] DPAR. Vidhana Soudha, Bangalore
24. The Under Secretary [Commercial Tax] Finance Dept. Vidhana Soudha,
25. The Director, Centre for Entrepreneurship Development of Karnataka
(CEDOK), Plot No.1 (A&B), Belur Industrial Area, Belgaum Road,
Dharwad.
26. The Managing Director, Karnataka State Khadi and Village Industries
Boad (KVIB), No.10, Jasma Bhavan Road, Bangalore-52.
27. The Director, Government Tool Room and Training Centre (GTTC),
Industrial Estate, Rajajinagar, Bangalore-44.
28. The President, FKCCI, Chamber of Commerce Building, K.G.Road,
B’lore–9.
6
29. The Chairman, Karnataka Chapter, CII, # 551, 9th A Main Road, Behind
HDFC CMH Branch, 1st Stage, Indiranagar, Bangalore-38.
30. The President, BCIC, Sheriff Chambers, 14 Cunningham Road,
Bangalore 560 052
31. The President, KASSIA, # 2/106, 17th Cross Magadi Chord Road,
Vijayanagar, Bangalore-40.
32. The President, Karnataka Chamber of Commerce & Industry, Karnataka
Chamber Building, Jayachamaraj Nagar, Hubli-20.
33. The President, NKSSIA, Gokul Road, Hubli.
34. The President, Bellary District Small Industries Association, No.D-11 &
12, KSSIDC Indl. Estate, Bangalore Road, Bellary-01.
35. The President, Bijapur District SSI Association, Biradar Chemicals, Indl.
Estate, Station Back Road, Bijapur-04.
36. The President, AWAKE, No.B-76, KSSIDC Indl. Estate, Rajajinagar,
Bangalore-44.
37. The General Secretary, Hebbal Industries Association, Jain Industry
Cotton Waste, 441 (E), Hebbal Industrial Estate Opp. Vikranth Radial,
Mysore-16.
38. The President, Peenya Industries Association, 1st Cross, 1st Stage, Peenya
Indl. Estate, Bangalore-58.
39. The President, Karnataka Small Industries Association, Industrial Area
Road, Mangalore-11.
40. The President, Hyderabad Karnataka Chamber of Commerce & Industry,
Chambers Building Complex, Super Market, Gulbarga.
41. The Gen.Manager, Small Industries Development Bank of India [SIDBI],
No.2, Khanija Bhavan, V Floor, East Wing, Race Course Road, B’lore –
01.
42. The General Manager, IDBI, 58, Mission Road, Bangalore-27
43. The General Manager, ICICI, Raheja Towers, M.G.Road, Bangalore- 1.
44. The GM, IFCI, No.3, Cubbonpet Main Road, P.B.No.6914, B’lore–2.
45. The General Managers of all the Commercial Banks.
46. Guard file/Spare copies/Office copy.
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
5.1
Introduction
Vision
Mission
Strategies
Policy Measures
Streamlining of land acquisition through Inclusive
Development:
5.2 Management of industrial areas / estates
5.3 Quality Infrastructure
5.4 Development of Special Economic Zones
5.5 Skill Development
5.6 Entrepreneurship Development
5.7 Focus on MSME Sector
5.8 Boost to the Manufacturing Sector
5.9 Promotion of Exports
5.10 Conservation of scarce resources
5.11 Award for best practices
5.12 Other Policy initiatives of the State for Encouraging
Potential Sectors
5.13 Facilitation
5.14 Incentives and Concessions
5.15 Miles Stones and review of Implementation
Annexes:
1
Classification of taluks into Zones for the purpose of
administering graded scale of incentives and concessions.
2
Package of incentives and concessions offered for
investments
3
Illustrative list of service enterprises eligible for incentives
4
List of industrial activities / Enterprises not eligible for
incentives and concessions respectively.
5
Definitions, terms and conditions for sanction of
incentives
1
3
3
3
5
7
7
11
11
12
13
15
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
27
37
38
39
1
Annexure
Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-14
1
Introduction
Karnataka is one amongst the industrially developed States in the
Country. The State has all potential to stand out on the fore front and has
been focusing on development of industries, trade and service sectors.
The State Government understands that the challenges poised due to
global economic recession have to be addressed to promote economic
growth of the State. A stimulus to boost economic activities needs to be
given to sustain the current pace of over all development. Further, the
State is endowed with rich natural resources across the State and such
resources need to be optimally utilized for the benefit of local people.
Value addition to resources is one of the ways of optimizing the wealth
available locally. This will also help ensure uniform spread of industries
and economic activities throughout the State and will accelerate the pace
of development especially in the districts of North Karnataka. Through
these measures, the Government would be able to readdress the serious
issue of regional imbalances in development.
The State Government realizes the limitation of agriculture sector to
generate large scale employment to the local youths. About 56% of the
State’s workforce is estimated to contribute 19.13% of the GSDP. It is
the agreed fact that, the manufacturing sector has high potential to create
maximum employment that too, to all sections and levels of job
aspirants.
2
In order to provide enabling environment for investors, the State
government has already enacted Karnataka Industries (Facilitation) Act,
2002. Due to the progressive measures and pro-active mind set of the
Government, today, Karnataka has been recognized as one of the
preferred investment destinations both for domestic and overseas
investors.
The State Government has introduced Industrial Policy 2006-11 with an
aim to increase the growth of GDP, strengthen manufacturing industries,
increase share of exports from Karnataka, to generate additional
employment of atleast 10 lakh persons in the manufacturing and service
sectors, reduce regional imbalance and ultimately aim at overall socioeconomic development of the State.
In the meantime, the Government of India enacted Micro, Small and
Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 and requested all the States
to provide required support and encouragement to make MSMEs more
competitive. In order to make the State more attractive and investor
friendly, there was a need to focus more on inclusive industrial
development, comprehensive HRD programmes, special attention
towards development of sector specific zones, classification of taluks
according to Dr. D M Nanjundappa Committee Report, attractive
package of incentives and concessions, encouragement for existing
industries to take up expansion, modernization and diversification etc.
The State also understands the need to provide stimulus measures for
industries to combat the prevailing financial crisis. Keeping these points
in view, the State intends to formulate a new Industrial Policy with a
determination to provide level playing field to all investors.
This policy is framed with the broad guiding principles of creation of
employment, development of backward regions and value addition to
local resources.
3
2
Vision
To build prosperous Karnataka through development of human and
natural resources in a systematic, scientific and sustainable manner.
3
4
Mission
3.1
To create enabling environment for robust industrial growth.
3.2
To ensure inclusive industrial development in the State.
3.3
To provide additional employment for about 10 lakh persons by
2014.
3.4
To enhance the contribution of manufacturing sector to the
State’s GDP from the current level of 17% to 20% by the end of
policy period.
Strategies
4.1
Classification of the taluks of the State into four zones depending
on backwardness of the taluks and also based on broad guidelines
of Dr. D M Nanjundappa Committee Report.
4.2
Thrust on provision of world-class infrastructural facilities for
industries with active participation of private sector/ industry.
4.3
Implementation of Suvarna Karnataka Development Corridor
Programme (SKDCP) through length & breadth of the State and
develop industries at the potential locations along with corridor.
4.4
Development of four 8 lane industrial corridors under SKDCP.
4.5
Development of sector-wise industrial zones for optimal
utilization of local natural and human resources so as to
minimize migration of people to urban centers.
4
4.6
Simplification of land acquisition procedures with emphasis on
inclusive development.
4.7
Safeguarding the socio-economic interests of both farmers and
investors while acquisition of land.
4.8
Preferential treatment for MSME sector enabling to meet the
global challenges.
4.9
Attractive employment and performance linked package of
incentives and concessions to attract investments to backward
regions and also to provide a leverage to MSME sector.
4.10
Thrust on development of MSME Sector through attractive
package of Incentives & Concessions.
4.11
Tailor made package of incentives to larger projects having wider
positive implications on the State’s economy to leverage a better
edge over other competing states.
4.12
Additional incentives for entrepreneurs belonging to underprivileged sections of the society to bring them to the main
stream in order to achieve much needed inclusive growth.
4.13
Focus on skill development in order to enhance the employability
of youth especially women and also to make ready-to-employ
human resource to the industry.
4.14
Inculcate entrepreneurial qualities amongst local youth in general
and women in particular and motivate them to take up self
employment by extending handholding support.
5
4.15
Create level playing environment for all investors / private sector
players by enhancing the facilitation mechanism enabling to do
their business with ease and less transaction cost.
4.16
Appropriate provisions for the protection of environment and to
encourage energy & water conservation measures in industry/
projects through go-green strategy.
5
Policy Measures:
5.1
Streamlining
development
land
acquisition
process
through
inclusive
5.1.1 Efforts will be made to identify and utilize government waste lands in
different parts of the State for employment generating industrial
activities.
5.1.2 Inventory of surplus and unused land available with PSUs, State Govt.,
ULBs and suitable private land will be made to create a Land Bank.
This will enable the State to offer ready to use land to investors.
5.1.3 In order to speed up the process of land acquisition for the purpose of
industries, a clear cut land acquisition policy will be evolved in
consultation with farmers and industry. In this policy, necessary
measures will be spelt out to ensure that only dry land and single crop
land will be acquired for industrial purposes. Further, while issuing
notification, lands wherein temples, crematoria, schools, playground and
residential houses are located shall be excluded. The policy will also
ensure offering an adequate Relief & Rehabilitation (R&R) Package to
the land owners whose land is acquired for development purpose.
Suitable amendments will be made to Section 109 of Karnataka Land
Reforms Act to facilitate investors for purchasing agricultural land.
6
5.1.4 Broad R & R guidelines would be evolved in consultation with land
owners and industry based on which suitable R&R package is required
to be worked out in case of acquisition of land for industrial purposes.
5.1.5 The policy will also have a provision to take the land owners as partner
in the project by offering certain equity to them. Alternatively land
owners will be offered adequate compensation based on the set
guidelines.
5.1.6 Land owners except in case of acquisition for Single Unit Complex and
infrastructural projects, will have an option to get part of the developed
land depending on the location by KIADB in lieu of specified
compensation. Land owners are free to use this portion of land for
residential / commercial / industrial purposes subject to the prior
approval of KIADB. Further plan for building construction required to
be approved by KIADB. Appropriate clause will be in place in the policy
to ensure that the land is developed within the stipulated time frame and
the project is implemented as per the declared schedule.
5.1.7 While developing industrial areas, measures will be taken to earmark at
least 20% of the land for MSME sector for necessary vendor
development support to the large projects.
5.1.8 In case of large extent of land, certain portion of the land will be
reserved for social infrastructure such as housing areas, schools,
hospitals etc., to reduce the distance between work and other facilities.
5.1.9 While development of infrastructure projects, investors are compelled to
create adequate facilities for persons engaged in attendant services, in
order to avoid additional burden on public infrastructure.
7
5.2 Management of industrial areas / estates
5.2.1 KIADB will create all the basic amenities in industrial areas and the
maintenance of facilities will be transferred to local bodies / industry
associations. Wherever, these arrangements can not be materialized,
KIADB itself will take up the responsibility of maintaining the basic
amenities. A proper policy in this regard will be evolved and necessary
MOUs will be signed between KIADB and Caretakers of facilities.
5.2.2 In order to encourage self management of industrial areas by the
Enterprises, the Government will expedite the establishment of Industrial
Township Authorities in major industrial areas / estates. The bottlenecks
if any, in this regard will be sorted out in consultation with the respective
departments.
5.3
Quality Infrastructure
5.3.1 Efforts will be made to provide world class infrastructure to investors
like all-weather road, uninterrupted power supply, adequate water,
warehouse and logistic facilities, connectivity through railways/ports etc.
This sort of ready-to-use infrastructure will enable the investors to
operate on plug & play concept.
5.3.2 While developing large industrial areas/estates 20-25% of the land will
be earmarked for townships facilitating walk to work concept in such
areas.
5.3.3 In the process of infrastructure development, due care will be taken to
save water bodies, ecology and greenery adopting integrated
environment management plan for the region as a whole.
8
5.3.4 The Government will implement Suvarna Karnataka Development
Corridor Programme throughout the length & breadth of the State.
An extent up to 25 kms. on both sides of the corridor will be developed
through orderly establishing industrial clusters, township, satellite towns
and sector-specific industrial zones.
5.3.5 As part of SKDC Programme, following major industrial corridors with
8 lane roads will be developed: Bidar-Bangalore via Chitradurga,
Tumkur-Honnavar
via
Shimoga,
Chitradurga-Mangalore
via
Shimoga-Udupi and Bangalore-Belgaum via Davanagere -Hubli.
Additional corridors will also be developed to cover Bidar, Bijapur and
other potential locations.
5.3.6 To harness the local natural resources and also to optimize its value
addition, following sector specific industrial zones will be developed :
i)
Steel : covering Bellary, Koppal, Bagalkot, Haveri,
Gadag & Raichur Districts
ii)
Cement : covering Gulbarga, Bagalkot, Chitradurga,
Belgaum and other Districts.
iii)
Food Processing : covering Bangalore Rural, Kolar,
Belgaum, Gadag, Koppal, Shimoga, Bagalkot, Bijapur,
Davangere, Mandya and Dharwad Districts.
iv)
IT / BT : covering Mysore, Mangalore, Hubli-Dharwad,
Belgaum, Shimoga, Gulbarga, Kolar and Mandya
Districts
v)
Automobile : covering Ramanagara, Shimoga Dharwad
and Kolar Districts.
vi)
Readymade garments : covering Bangalore Rural,
Tumkur, Kolar, Mandya, Belgaum, Bidar, Dharwad
and other Districts.
Sugar and co-gen, power: covering Bidar, Belgaum,
Executive Summary
PÁAiÀÄð¤ªÁðºÀPÀ ¸ÁgÁA±À
1. ¥ÀæPÀÈw AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ «ªÀgÀuÉ
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ UÁæªÀÄzÀ°è ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦v À“QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À C©üªÀÈ¢ÞAiÀÄÄ” QvÀÆÛgÀÄ UÁæªÀÄzÀ, ¨ÉÊ®ºÉÆAUÀ®
vÁ®ÆèPÀÄ, ¨É¼ÀUÁA f¯Éè , PÀ£ÁðlPzÀÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ªÀÄzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀtÚ PÉÊUÁjPÉUÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ “¸ÀªÀÄ¸Éå gÀ»vÀ
GvÁàzÀ£Á ªÁvÁªÀgÀtªÀ£ÀÄß MzÀV¸ÀÄªÀ UÀÄjAiÉÆA¢ UÉyÃªÀiï ¥ÁPïðAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¸ÀÄªÀUÀÄj ºÉÆA¢zÉ.
¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À «ÄÃ¸À°qÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 175.31 ºÉPÀÖgï (433.19 JPÀgÉ) ¨sÀÆ«Ä
EzÉ. GzÉÝÃ²vÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ §AqÀªÁ¼ÀzÀ ªÉZÀÑ gÀÆ.150.00 PÉÆÃn.
n¥ÀàtÂ: MlÄÖ ¨sÀÆ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ G¯ÉèÃRUÀ¼À ¤AiÀÄªÀÄUÀ¼À(ToR) ¥ÀæPÁgÀ 262.53 ºÉÃPÀÖgï (648.23 JPÉgÉ). 87.22
ºÉÃPÀÖgï ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß (215.43 JPÀgÉ) E£ÀÆß ¸Áé¢üÃ£À¥Àr¹PÉÆArgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. (zÉÆÃA§æPÉÆ¥ÀàUÁæªÀÄ/Dombrakoppa
Village). ¥Àæ¸ÀÄÛvÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ C©üªÀÈ¢ÞAiÀÄÄ 175.31 ºÉÃPÀÖgï ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è PÉÊUÉÆAqÀÄ £ÀAvÀgÀzÀ°è 87.22
ºÉÃPÀÖgï£ÀÄß ¸Áé¢üÃ£À ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. PÉ.L.J.r.©AiÀÄÄ ¨sÀ«µÀåzÀ «¸ÀÛgÀuÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
2. AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄUÀÄgÀÄw£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛAiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæw¥ÁzÀPÀgÀÄ:
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±Á©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄÄ ¨sÀÆ«Ä UÀÄgÀÄw¹ gÁdåzÀ°è PÉÊUÁjPÉUÀ¼À MAzÀÄ
PÀæªÀÄ§zÀÞªÁzÀ ¨É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ MAzÀÄ GzÉÝÃ±À¢AzÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦¹zÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±Á©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄÄ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄUÀ¼À C£ÀÄªÀvÀð£Á MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀªÁVzÉ. CzÀÝjAzÀ
¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ¸ÀÑZÀÑvÉAiÀÄ(EC) §UÉÎ gÁdå ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ CAzÁdÄ ¸À«Äw (SEAC) PÀ£ÁðlPÀ, QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è
¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÉ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À PÉÊUÉÆ¼Àî®Ä M§â ¸À®ºÉUÁgÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÉÃªÀÄPÀ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
3. AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄCUÀvÀåvÉ:
zÉÃ±ÀzÀDyðPÀ - ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¹ÜwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß GvÀÛªÀÄUÉÆ½¸ÀÄªÀ ¸À®ÄªÁV PÉÊUÁjPÉUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢ÞAiÀÄÄ CvÀåUÀvÀåªÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ..
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÉ PÁgÀt;
1. ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ® ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ¼À ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ DyðPÀ ¹ÜwAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É zsÀ£ÁvÁäPÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄ ©ÃgÀÄªÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
2. ºÉaÑ£À GzÉÆåÃUÁªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÀÈ¶×¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ/ gÀa¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¨sËwPÀ ªÀÄÆ®¸ËPÀAiÀÄð C©üªÀÈ¢Þ CAzÀgÉ gÀ¸ÉÛUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ, M¼ÀZÀgÀArUÀ¼À ¸Á®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ©Ã¢¢Ã¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢ÝUÉÆ½¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
4.
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR CA±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CPÁëA±À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉÃSÁA±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß F PÉ¼ÀV£À PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀzÀ°è
awæ¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ-1
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦v ÀC©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
CPÁëA±À/gÉÃSÁA±À
MlÄÖ ¤ªÉÃ±À£À ¥Àz
æ ÃÉ ±À
¨sÆ
À UÉÆÃ½PÀ £ÀPëÉ £ÀA
JvÀÛgÀ
¤Ãj£ÀCªÀ±ÀåPv
À É
vÁådå ¤Ãj£Àd£ÀgÉÃµÀ£ï
«zÀÄåvïCªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ
ªÀiÁ£À£À ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ
ºÀwÛgÀzÀgÉÊ¯Éé/«ªÀiÁ£À ¤¯ÁÝt
ºÀwÛgÀzÀ ºÉzÁÝj
ºÀwÛgÀzÀ ¥ÀlÖt/£ÀUÀgÀ
ºÀwÛgÀzÀ ªÁ¸À¸ÀÜ¼À
MlÄÖPÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥sÁèmïì
175.31 ºÉÃPÀÖgï (433.19JPÀg)É
r43¹10,r43¹11,r43¹14,r43¹15(¥ÀPæ l
À uÉ 2009)
697 jAzÀ 764 «ÄÃlgïì
4010 PÉJ¯ïr (ªÀÄ®¥Àæ¨Às £À¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛCAvÀdð®)
1982 PÉJ¯ïr
19,835 PÉqÀ§Æå÷è
¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 4500 ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ
PÀÄA§UÁ« gÉÊ¯ÉéÃ ¤¯ÁÝt 10.5 Q.«ÄÃ (GvÀÛgÀ) ¨É¼ÀUÁA
«ªÀiÁt ¤¯ÁÝt 37 Q.«ÄÃ (zÀQët¥À²ÑªÀÄ)
J£ï.ºÉZï 4 ¤ªÉÃ±À£ÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ
-2.8
Q.«ÄÃ
(G),
zsÁgÀªÁqÀ
23.5Q.«ÄÃ(GvÀÛgÀ¥ÀÆªÀð)
zÉÆÃA§æPÉÆ¥Àà-1.2 Q.«ÄÃ (GvÀÛgÀ)
¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 229 PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥sÁèmïì
5. «zÀÄåvïCªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ:
PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±Àz ÀMlÄÖ «zÀÄåvï CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ 19,835 PÉ.qÀ§Æèöå(KW) EzÀÄ ÝCzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «zÀÄåvï
¥Àæ¸ÀgÀt ¤UÀªÀÄ ¤AiÀÄ«ÄvÀ¢AzÀ ¨sÀj¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ CETPs ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CSTPs C£ÀÄßPÉÊUÁjPÉ, ªÀ¸Àw
G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛvÉUÀ½UÉ §¼À¸ÄÀ vÁÛvÉ. vÀÄvÀÄð ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è ¨ÁåPïC¥ï ºÁUÀÆ rf ¸ÉmïUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
1000 °Ãlgïì ºÉZïJ¸ïr ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß ¤ªÉÃ±À£ÀzÀ°è ªÁgÀzÀ ªÀÄnÖUÉ ¸ÀAUÀæ»¸ÀqÀ §ºÀÄzÀÄ. EzÀÄrfAiÀÄ°è
CETPs and CSTPs §¼ÀPÉUÉ vÀÄvÀÄð «zÀÄåvï CUÀvÀåvÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆgÉÊ¸À®Ä ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ/MzÀV¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
*H»¹zÀAvÉ 40 °Ãlgï/UÀAmÉUÉ 250 ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðzÀd£ÀgÉÃlgï£ÀÄß ¸Émï ªÀiÁr ºÉZïJ¸ïrAiÀÄ£ÀÄß 80
°Ãlgïì /UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉZïJ¸ïrAiÀÄ£ÀÄß 500 PÉ«.J rf ¸Émï UÉ PÀæªÀÄªÁV CETPs ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CSTPs UÉ ¨sÁ«¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
6. ¤ÃgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛvÁådå ¤Ãj£ÀGvÁàzÀ£É:
QvÀÆÛgÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ UÉgÀavÀªÁzÀ MlÄÖ ¤Ãj£À CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÁådå ¤Ãj£À GvÁàzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß F
PÉ¼ÀV£À PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀzÀ°è ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ -2
¤Ãj£À CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÁådå ¤Ãj£À GvÁàzÀ£–É (PÉ.J¯ï.r)
PÀæ.¸ÀA
1
2
3
G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛvÉ
PÉÊUÁjPÁ WÀl PU
À À¼ÀÄ
zÃÉ²AiÄÀ/PÄÀrAiÄÀÄªÀ
º¹
À gÄÀ ¥n
À C
Ö ©ª
ü ÈÀ¢Þ
MlÄÖ
7. ªiÀÁ£ª
À À ¸AÀ¥£
ÀÆ
À ä®
¤Ãj£À CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ
vÁd
¸ÀA¸ÀÌj¹zÀ
MlÄÖ
1358
428
1786
1250
770
-
770
732
1454
1454
-
-
2128
1882
vÁådå ¤Ãj£À GvÁàzÀ£É
4010
1982
F AiÉÆÃd£ÉUÉ MlÄÖ 4465 GzÉÆåÃVUÀ½zÀÄÝ, CzÀgÀ°è 1116 ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄð¤ªÁðºÀPÀ ¹§âA¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 3349
ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀÄjvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PË±À®ågÀ»vÀ PÁ«ÄÃðPÀgÁVgÀÄvÁÛgÉ. PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀPÁAiÀÄðPÁj ¤ªÀðºÀuÉUÉ DzÀåvÉAiÀÄ
ªÉÄÃgÉUÉ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ GzÉÝÃ²vÀ ºÀwÛgÀzÀ ºÀ½îAiÀÄ PÉ®¸À ¤ªÀð»¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
8. Cr¥ÁAiÀÄzÀ ¸Á°£À°è¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ¹Üw:
¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ GAmÁUÀÄªÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤tð¬Ä¸À®Ä(Baseline)Cr¥ÁAiÀÄzÀ
¸Á®ÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ªÉÃ±À£À¢AzÀ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 10 Q¯ÉÆÃ«ÄÃlgï ªÁå¦ÛAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ EgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
(CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À).
8.1 . ¥ÀªÀ£À (ºÀªÀªÀiÁ£À):
¥ÀªÀ£À±Á¸ÀÛç ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄA§gÀÄªÀ ªÀÄ¼ÉUÁ®¢AzÀ ¸ÀAUÀæ»¸À¯ÁVzÉ. (¸É¥ÉÖA§gï, CPÉÆÖÃ§gï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
£ÀªÉA§gï (2013)).UÁ½AiÀÄ ªÉÃUÀ, UÁ½AiÀÄ ¢PÀÄÌ, vÁ¥ÀªÀiÁ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzÀæðvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀAmÉAiÀÄ DzsÁgÀzÀ°è
zÁR°¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À, ¨ÉZÀÑV£À DzÀæð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ GµÀëªÀ®AiÀÄJAzÀÄ ªÀVðPÀj¸À¯ÁVzÉ. CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è UÁ½AiÀÄÄ ¥Àæ§®ªÁV EzÀÄÝJ£ï.E £ÀAvÀgÀzÀ°è E.J¸ï.qÀ§Æå÷è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ J¸ï.EEgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ±ÁAvÀ
¹ÜwAiÀÄ°è UÁ½AiÀÄÄ 12.04% £ÀµÀÄÖ ªÉÄÃ®ÄUÉÊAiÀÄ£ÀÄß MlÄÖ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÁ¸Àj UÁ½AiÀÄ ªÉÃUÀªÀÅ 2.46
«ÄÃlgï ¥Àæw ¸ÉPÀArUÉ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¸ÀgÁ¸Àj PÀ¤µÀ× GµÁÖA±ÀªÀÅ 14.1 rVæ ¸É¶AiÀÄ¸ïì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀjµÀÖ GµÁÖA±ÀªÀÅ
36.6 rVæ ¸É°ëAiÀÄ¸Àì EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. DUÀµïÖ wAUÀ½£À°è DzÀæðvÉAiÀÄÄ CwºÉZÀÄ ÑCAzÀgÉ 93% EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
8.2 ªÁAiÀÄÄUÀÄtªÀÄlÖ
¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 15gÀµÀÄÖ ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀjzÀ ªÁAiÀÄÄUÀÄt ªÀÄlÖzÀ ªÉÄÃ°éZÁgÀuÉUÉ ¤AiÀÄAwæ ¸À®àqÀÄwÛzÀÝªÀÅ SO 2 , NO x
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PM <2.5µm ªÀÄvÀÄÛ<10µmCzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°èEzÉ.
 ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 98% ªÁå¦
44.4 jAz 56.6µg/m3
(PM)<2.5µm, 13.7 jAz 21.7µg/m3 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PM ªÁå¦AiÀÄÄ<10µm,
EzÉ.
 ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 98 ªÁå¦
21.8µg/m3
SO 2 12.7 jAzÀ18.1µg/m3ªÀÄvÀÄÛ NO x ªÁå¦AiÀÄÄ 15.5 jAz
Ez.
 O 3 ªÀiË®åUÀ¼À ±ÉæÃtÂAiÀÄÄ 14.9 jAzÀ 20.1µg/m3EvÀÄÛ.
ªÁAiÀÄÄªÀiÁ°£Àå PÁgÀPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ NAAQ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ ¥ÀæPÁgÀ «ÄwAiÀÄ°è EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
8.3 ¤Ãj£ÀUÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ¹Üw:
14 £É®zÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 4 ªÉÄÃ¯ÉäöÊ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ¤Ãj£À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤Ãj£ÀUÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¸ÀAUÀæ»¸À¯ÁVvÀÄÛ.
ºÀ½îUÀ¼À°è vÉgÉzÀ ¨Á«UÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÉgÉ¢zÀÄÝ, CAvÀdð® ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß, PÉÊ¥ÀA¥ÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÃ²AiÀÄ CUÀvÀåvÉUÀ½UÁV
§¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ªÉÄÃ¯ÉäöÊ ¤Ãj£À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRmÁåAPï/ PÉÆ¼ÀUÀ½AzÀ vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁVzÉ.
CAvÀdð®:
 ¦ºÉZï ¹éÃPÁgÀAiÉÆÃUÀå ¥Àj«ÄwAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄªÀ 6.91 jAzÀ 7.89 £ÀµÀÄÖ ªÀåvÁå¸À«gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 nrJ¸ï ªÀÄlÖzÀ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 364 mg/ljAzÀ1592 mg/l, ¹éÃPÁgÁºÀð «ÄwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß«ÄÃjDzÀgÉC£ÀÄªÀÄw
«ÄwAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ EgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
 PÉÆèÃgÉÊqï ªÀÄlÖUÀ¼ÀÄ 83 mg/l jAzÀUÀjµÀÖ 404»rzÀÄ, «µÀvÀézÀ M¼ÀUÉ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 UÀqÀ¸ÀÄvÀ£ÀzÀ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 135mg/ljAz 744mg/l. MAzÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀj C£ÀÄªÀÄw «ÄwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «ÄÃj ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
G½zÀ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÀÄªÀÄwAiÀÄ «ÄwAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ EgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
 ¥ÉÆèÃgÉÊqï ªÀiË®åUÀ¼À ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄÄ0.6mg/ljAz 1.13mg/lC£ÀÄªÀÄw «ÄwAiÀÄ°è J¯Áè ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄwÛ¢ÝÃj.
ªÉÄÃ¯ÉäöÊ ¤ÃgÀÄ
 ¦ºÉZï £À ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 7.52 ¬ÄAzÀ 7.92£À £ÀqÀÄªÉ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 MlÄÖPÀgÀVzÀ WÀ£ÀªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À ±ÉæÃtÂAiÀÄÄ168mg/ljAzÀ296mg/l EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 PÉÆèÃgÉÊqï£ÀUÀÄtªÀÄlÖªÀÅ49mg/ljAzÀ 59mg/lEgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 UÀqÀ¸ÀÄvÀ£ÀzÀ £ÀqÀÄªÉEgÀÄªÀ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ68mg/ljAzÀ 138mg/lEgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 ¥ÉÆèÃgÉÊqï «µÀAiÀÄzÀ ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄÄ0.31mg/ljAzÀ 0.42 mg/lEgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
CAvÀdð® ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼£
À ÄÀ ß «±ÉèÃµÀuA
É iÀÄÄ ¹éÃPÁgÁºÀð «ÄwAiÉÆÃ¼ÀUÉ JAzÀÄ PÀAqÀÄ§A¢®è JAzÀÄ
vÉÆÃgÀÄvÀÛz.É DzÀgÉ ºÉa£
Ñ À UÀq¸
À ÄÀ vÀ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀgV
À gÀÄªÀ WÀ£Àª¸
À ÄÀ ÛU¼
À À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÄÀ ¹éÃPÁgÁºÀð ¸ÉÃ£ÉAiÀÄ
«ÄwAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É EzÀÄÝ, «ÄwAiÀÄ C£ÀÄªÀÄwAiÀÄ°è EgÀÄvÀÛª.É
8.4 ±À§ÞzÀUÀÄtªÀÄlÖ
Cr¥ÁAiÀÄzÀ ±À§âzÀ ªÀÄlÖUÀ¼ÀÄ 15 ¸ÀÜ¼ÀUÀ¼À°è ¤AiÀÄAwæ¸À®àqÀÄwÛzÀÝªÀÅ, EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤gÀAvÀgÀ ±À§Þ C¼ÉAiÀÄÄªÀ
¸ÁzsÀ£ÀªÁV §¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¢£ÀzÀ ºÀUÀ°£À°è ¥ÀÆªÁðºÀß 6 UÀAmÉAiÀÄªÀgÉUÉ ªÉÄÃ°éZÁgÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁqÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ¢£À
¸ÀªÀiÁ£ÀªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄÄ £ÀqÀÄªÉAiÀÄÄ 52.5 ¬ÄAzÀ 63.4r©(J) ºÁUÀÆ gÁwæ ¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ±ÉæÃtÂAiÀÄÄ 41.2 jAzÀ 49r©(J).
¥sÀ°vÁA±À¢AzÀ ¢£À ¸ÀªÀiÁ£À £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁwæ ¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀjzÀ ±À§Þ ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀAqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ ªÀ¸Àw
¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀAqÀUÀ¼ÁVgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
8.5 ªÀÄtÂÚ£À UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ
««zsÀ ¨sÀÆ§¼ÀPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sËUÉÆÃ½PÀ ®PÀëtUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæw©A©¸ÀÄªÀ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 15 £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C¹ÛvÀézÀ°ègÀÄªÀ
¸ÀÜ¼ÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄtÂÚ£À ¥Àj¹ÜwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤tð¬Ä¸À®Ä DAiÉÄÌ ªÀiÁqÀ¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ. CzÀgÀ ¥sÀ°vÁA±ÀªÀÅ:
 ¦ºÉZï ªÀiË®åUÀ¼À ««zsÀvÉAiÀÄÄ 6.59 jAzÀ 8.08 ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ªÀUÀðzÀ ªÀÄtÄÚ ®ªÀtAiÀÄÄPÀÛªÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß
¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 «zÀÄåvï ªÁºÀPÀvÉAiÀÄ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 266 ¬ÄAzÀ 335 µMho/cm s¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ªÀUÀðzÀ ªÀÄtÄÚ ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄtÄÚ
PÀÈ¶ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄvÉÆÃ®£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß GAlÄªÀiÁrAiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ C¥ÁAiÀÄ ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
 ¸ÁªÀAiÀÄªÀ EAUÁ®zÀ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 0-15 – 0.28% EzÀÄÝ, EzÀÄPÀrªÉÄ ±ÉæÃtÂAiÀÄ EAUÁ®ªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 ªÉÊ«zsÀåvÉAiÀÄÄ ¸ÁzsÀå«zÀÝgÉ ¸ÁgÀd£ÀPÀ 132 ¬ÄAzÀ 163 PÉf/ºÉ EzÀÄ ªÀÄzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀUÀðzÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 ®¨sÀå«gÀÄªÀ gÀAdPÀªÀÅ ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÀÅ 5 jAzÀ 14 PÉf/ºÉ, EªÀÅUÀ¼À°è 4 ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀrªÉÄ ªÀUÀðPÉÌ ¸ÉÃgÀÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 11
ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀUÀðPÉÌ ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
 ®¨sÀå«gÀÄªÀ ¥ÉÆmÁå¹AiÀÄªÀiï ¸ÀºÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ªÀåvÁå¸ÀªÁVzÀÄÝ, EªÀÅUÀ¼À £ÀqÀÄªÉ 31 jAzÀ 75 PÉf/ºÉ
ªÀåvÁå¸À EzÀÄÝ, EzÀÄ J¯Áè ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀrªÉÄ ªÀUÀðPÉÌ ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ JA§ÄzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
8.6 ¸À¸ÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ:
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀÄµÀà ¸ÀA§A¢ü CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß, ¨ÉÃ¸ï¯ÉÊ£ï ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ¹ÜwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¸À«ÄÃPÉë¬ÄAzÀ
CxÀð ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¢éwÃAiÀÄªÁV ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CgÀtå PÉ®¸ÀUÁgÀ AiÉÆÃd£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÉeÉlgïUÀ½AzÀ
¥ÀqÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀÄwÛvÀÄÛ. F CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀªÀÅ ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄgÀUÀ½AzÀ DªÀj¹PÉÆArªÉ. CªÀÅUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ
TamarindusIndica, TerminaliaChebula, Eucalyptus sp, Carisacarandus, Buteamonosperma and
terminaliatomentos.ºÀwÛgÀ PÀÈ¶ ¨sÀÆ«Ä, ºÀ½îUÀ¼À gÀ¸ÉÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, gÁdåzÀ ºÉzÁÝjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRf¯Áè gÀ¸ÉÛUÀ¼À
¸ÀÄvÁÛEucalypusspecics,
Dalbergiasissa,
Acacia
auriculoformis
are
predominant.
¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ
¸À«ÄÃPÉë¬ÄAzÀ §»gÀAUÀUÉÆAqÀ 89 eÁwAiÀÄ ¸À¸ÀåUÀ¼À°è Cw ºÉZÀÄÑ PhanerophytesªÀÄvÀÄÛ 4 TherophytesUÀ½AzÀ
PÀÆrªÉ.
CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå zsÁ£ÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ/ zsÁ£ÀåUÀ¼ÁzÀ Saccharumofficinarum, oryza sativa, Triticum,
diococcum, Pennisitumglacaum, ziaEªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄÄRåªÁV ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ®A©¹ªÉ. lÆå¨ï ªÉ¯ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
¨sÉÆÃgï ªÉ¯ï UÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀºÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀÆì£ï PÁ®ªÀ£ÉßÃ CªÀ®A©¹ªÉ.
¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 10 Q.«ÄÃ ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ°è F CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ºÀwÛgÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ jÃwAiÀÄ gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ
GzÁå£ÀªÀ£ÀªÁUÀ°, ªÀ£ÀåfÃ« zsÁªÀÄªÁUÀ°, eÉÊ«PÀ ªÀÄAqÀ®PÁÌUÀ° PÁ¬ÄÝj¹gÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. 1972gÀ ªÀ£ÀåfÃ«
¸ÀAgÀPÀëuÁPÁAiÉÄÝAiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÁgÀvÀl¸ÀÜ ªÀ®AiÀÄzÀ°è ¤UÀ¢üvÀ -1 vÀ½UÀ¼À£ÀÄß CªÀ¯ÉÆÃPÀ£À ªÀiÁqÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. IUCN PÀ¤µÀ×
PÁ¼Àf ªÀUÀðzÀ°è (Varanusbengakesis) ²¸ÀÄÛ£À°è £ÉÆÃqÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
8.7 ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀCxÀð±Á¸ÀÛç:
ªÀiÁzÀj ¸À«ÄÃPÉëAiÀÄÄ D ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ-DyðPÀ ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜAiÀÄ §UÉÎ UÀÄuÁvÁäPÀ ªÀiÁ»w ¸ÀAUÀæ»¸À®Ä ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ
ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀªÉÇAzÀgÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀE°è ºÉZÁÑV DyðPÀªÁV »AzÀÄ½zÀ d£ÀgÀÄ ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ.GzÁºÀgÀuÉUÉgÀ¸ÉÛ,
PÀÄrAiÀÄÄªÀ ¤ÃgÀÄªÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±ËZÁ®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ²PÀët, GzÉÆåÃUÀ ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zÀÄåvï
¸Ë®¨sÀåUÀ¼À/¸ËPÀAiÀÄðUÀ¼À PÉÆgÀvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß F ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ ¨sÉÃn ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è ¸ÀÖµÀÖªÁV PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ
ºÀ½îUÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRåGzÉÆåÃUÀ PÀÈ¶ DzÀgÀÆE°è 50-60% PÀÄlÄA§UÀ¼ÀÄ PÀÈ¶¬ÄAzÀ GzÉÆåÃUÁªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉ¢ªÉ.
E£ÀÆß½zÀ d£ÀgÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉ jÃwAiÀÄ GzÉÆåÃUÀªÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ®A©¸À®Ä CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ½UÁV PÁAiÀÄÄwÛgÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
9.
¤jÃQëvÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É DUÀÄªÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÀVÎ¸ÀÄ«PÉAiÀÄ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ:
9.1 ªÁAiÀÄÄUÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ªÉÄÃ°£À ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ:
24UÀAmÉ ¸ÀgÁ¸Àj ¨sÀ«µÀå £É®zÀUÀjµÀ× ªÀÄlÖzÀ°è ¸ÁAzÀævÉAiÀÄ SO2 and NOx ¸ÁAzÀævÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× ¨ÉÃ¸ï ¯ÉÊ£ï
¸ÁAzÀævÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É KPÀPÁ®PÉÌ ªÀÄÄA§gÀÄªÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¸À¤ßªÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è CAzÁdÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è ¥ÀqÉzÀ
ªÀÄÄA§gÀÄªÀ PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ ºÀAvÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ®ÄUÉÊ EzÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. d£ÀgÉÃlgï ¸Émï& ¨ÁAiÀÄègï §¼À¹zÀ EAzsÀ£ÀzÀ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR jÃwAiÀÄ ºÉZï.J¸ï.r JAzÀÄ ¤jÃQë¸À¯ÁVzÉ. ¤jÃQë¹zÀ ºÉÆgÀ¸ÀÆ¸ÀÄ«PÉAiÀÄzÀgÀªÀÅ SO2 is 0.0006 to
0.006g/s and whereas the NOx emissions are in the range of 0.03 to 0.32 g/s.
¨sÀ«µÀåzÀ°è KjPÉAiÀiÁUÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀ zÀgÀªÀÅ SO2 is 0.2 µg/m3 whereas for NOx the predicted value is 8.2
µg/m3. C¹ÛvÀézÀ°ègÀÄªÀ ¨É¸ï ¯ÉÊ£ï ¸ÁAzÀævÉUÀ¼ÀÄ eÉÆvÉUÉMmÁÖgÉ ªÀÄÄA§gÀÄªÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¸À¤ßªÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è of SO2 &
NOx if found to be 18.3 µg/m3 and 30.4 µg/m3 EzÀPÉÌ PÀæªÀÄªÁV NAAQ £À ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀAqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 80µg/m3
EgÀÄvÀÛªÉ
9.1.1 G¥À±ÁªÀÄPÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ:
PÉ¼ÀV£À vÀVÎ¸ÀÄ«PÉAiÀÄ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀlÖqÀ ¤ªÀiÁðtUÀ¼À ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¹Ã«ÄvÀUÉÆ½¸À®Ä D¼ÀªÀr¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 ªÁvÁªÀgÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀæªÉÃ²¸ÀÄªÀ zsÀÆ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EvÀgÀ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀ¦à¸À®Ä ¤AiÀÄ«ÄvÀ ¤Ãj£À ¥ÉÆæÃPÀëuÉ ºÁUÀÆ
DªÀvÀð£À ©gÀÄUÁ½AiÀÄ ¢£ÀUÀ¼À°è ¤Ãj£À ¥ÉÆæÃPÀëuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ºÉaÑ¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 ¸ÁPÀµÀÄÖ JvÀÛgÀzÀ (3JA) vÁvÁÌ°PÀ vÉ¼ÀÄªÁzÀ ºÁ¼ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zsÀÆ¼ÀÄ ¤AiÀÄAvÀæt PÉÌUÉÆÃqÉAiÀÄAvÉ ¤¢ÃµÀÖ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀPÉÌ
¤°è¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 GvÀÍ£À£À ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÀÄ§¼ÀPÉUÉ, UÀrAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ ZÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀrªÉÄ ªÀiÁr PÀvÀÛj¹ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀÄA§¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 ¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ ¨ËAqÀjAiÀÄ°è 2 jAzÀ 3 ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ ¸À¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀ¸ÁºÀvÀÄ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ¢£ÀzÀ §ºÀÄvÉÃPÀ ¨sÁUÀ ºÀ¤
¤ÃgÁªÀj§¼À¹ DgÀA©üPÀ ºÀAvÀ¢AzÀ ªÉÆzÀ®ÄUÉÆ½¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 PÀZÁÑ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÁVgÀÄªÀ J¯Áè ªÁºÀ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß lgï¥À°£ï/¥Áè¹ÖPï ¹Ãmï UÀ½AzÀ ªÀÄÄZÀÑ¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ªÁºÀ£ÀUÀ½UÉ
¸ÀgÀPÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀÄA§ÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ E½¸ÀÄªÀ PÁAiÀÄðªÀ£ÀÄß ©gÀÄUÁ½AiÀÄÄ ©Ã¸ÀÄªÀ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è ¤°è¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 PÀrªÉÄ ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÀ SO2 and NOx ºÉÆgÀ¸ÀÆ¸ÀÄ«PÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄßrf ¸Émï / ¨ÁAiÀÄègï UÉ ¸ÁPÁUÀÄªÀµÀÄÖ PÀÄvÀÛj
Ej¹PÉÆAqÀÄ EzÀjAzÀ MOEF £À UÀÄjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄlÖ§ºÀÄzÁVzÉ.
9.2 d® UÀÄtªÀÄlÖzÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄ:
MlÄÖ PÊÉUÁjPÁ ¥z
æÀ ÃÉ±PÀÌÉ 4010 P.ÉJ¯ï.r AiÄÀµÄÀÖ ¤Ãj£À Cª±
À åÀPÀvÉ EgÄÀvÛz
À .ÉF ¤Ãg£
À ÄÀß ªÄÀgÄÀG¥A
À iÉÆÃUÀ ªiÀÁr
2128 PÉ.J¯ï.r ¤Ãj¤AzÀ 1882 PÉ.J¯ï.r vÁeÁ ¤ÃgÀÄ vÉU A
É iÀÄ¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. vÁeÁ ¤Ãj£À ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄÆ® ªÀÄ®¥æ¨
À Às
£À¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÆ
É Ãgï ªÉ¯ï UÀ¼ÁVªÉ.
J¯Áè GzÉÝÃ²vÀ WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ GvÁà¢¸ÀÄªÀ vÁådåªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ºÀjªÀÅ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌgÀt WÀlPÀzÀ°è ¸ÀA¸ÀÌj¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. vÁådå
¤Ãj£À ¤jÃPÉëAiÀÄ ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ PH 6.5-8.0; oil & grease –less than 10mg/I; TSS less than 50 mg/; TDS
4000-4500mg/l; COD 3000 to 3500mg/l.
PÉÊUÁjPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÉÃ²AiÀÄªÁV ºÉÆgÀ©Ã¼ÀÄªÀ vÁådåªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀævÉåÃPÀ vÀÆ§ÄUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¸ÀAUÀæ»¹ PÀæªÀÄªÁV CETP
&CSTP ¸ÀAUÀæ»¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¸ÀAUÀæ»¹zÀ ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß ºÀ¹gÀÄ ªÀ®AiÀÄ C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÁV §¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ ºÁUÀÆ UÀjµÀ× ªÀÄlÖzÀ
¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß PÀÆ°AUï ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä ºÁUÀÆ PÉÊUÁjPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀéZÀÑUÉÆ½¸À®Ä §¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
9.2.1 ªÀÄ¼É ¤Ãj£À ¤ªÀðºÀuÉ
ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀÄ ¸ÁPÀµÄÀ Ö UÁvÀæzÆ
É A¢UÉ gÀ¸ÛÉ ¤Ãj£ÉÆA¢UÉ ¸ÉÃj ¥Àª
æ ÁºÀ GAmÁzÁUÀ CzÀ£ÄÀ ß vÀqA
É iÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß
¸ÀAUÀ»
æ ¸ÀÄªÀ ZÀgÀArUÀ¼£
À ÄÀ ß D ¥Àz
æ ÃÉ ±ÀzÀ°è ¤«Äð¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.F ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß PÉÆ¬Äè ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä, PÀlÖqÀU¼
À ÄÀ
ªÉÄÃ¯ÁÒªÀuU
É É ºÁPÀ®Ä ¥ÀÄ£Àgï G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß ZÀgA
À r¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀÄ£ÀgïªÀwð PÁAiÀÄðPÁÌV
PÀAzÀPPÀ ÌÉ ºÀj¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀÄ ¸ÀAUÀ»
æ ¸À®Ä ªÀÄgÀÄPÀ¼ÄÀ »¹zÀ ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß CuÉPl
À ÄÖU½
À UÉ ©qÀ¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ EzÀg°
À è
UÀjµÀ× ¥ÀæªiÀ ÁtzÀ ¤ÃgÀÄ £ÀÄ¸ÀÄ½PÉÆAqÀÄ ¨sÆ
À «ÄAiÀÄ°è »UÀÄÎªÅÀ zÀÄ. ¨sÆ
À «ÄAiÀÄ°ègÄÀ ªÀ ºÀÆ¼ÀÄ, vÉÊ® ªÀÄvÀÄÛ VæÃ¸ï£ÀÄß
ºÉÆgÀvU
É A
É iÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄ¼É ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß PÀmÁ«£À UÀÄArUÀ¼À°è ¸ÀAUÀ»
æ ¹ §¼À¸¯
À ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ºÉZÄÀ ª
Ñ Àj ¤ÃgÀ£ÄÀ ß ºÉÆgÀvU
É ÉzÄÀ
¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ªÀÄ¼É ¤Ãj£À ZÀgA
À rUÀ½UÉ »A¢gÀÄV¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.¥À¸
æ ÁÛ¦vÀ UÀÄArAiÀÄ CUÀ® ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D¼ÀªÅÀ PÀæªÄÀ ªÁV 0.50
«ÄÃlgï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 0.60 «ÄÃlgï EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
9.3 WÀ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÀgÀ vÁådå ¤ªÀðºÀuÉ:
¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÁ WÀ£À vÁådåªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀAUÀæ»¹ ¤UÀ¢üzÀ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è zÁ¸ÁÛ£ÀÄUÉÆ½¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C¢üPÀÈvÀ
PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ½UÉ ªÀ»¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀÅUÀ¼À CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉUÉ C£ÀÄUÀÄtªÁV ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÀgÀ vÁådå ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ
ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜ (CHWMF) AiÀÄ ¸ÉÃªÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄ§ºÀÄzÁVzÉ. FUÁUÀ¯ÉÃ J£ï.ºÉZï.207 zÁ§¸ï¥ÉÃmÉ gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è
EzÀÄÝ, gÀPÀëuÁvÀäPÀ ¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁUÁtÂPÉAiÀÄÄ WÀt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå vÁådåzÀ MmÁÖgÉ dªÁ¨ÁÝjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
ªÀ»¹PÉÆArgÀÄªÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀiÁVzÉ.
9.3.1 ¥ÀjºÁgÁvÁäPÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ:
¤ªÀiÁðt ºÀAvÀzÀ°è F PÉ¼ÀPÀAqÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ½UÉ ¹Ã«ÄvÀªÁVgÀÄªÀAvÉ PÉ¼ÀPÀAqÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁqÀªÀÅzÀÄ.
 ¤ªÀiÁðt vÁådåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæ¸ÀÄÛvÀ¥Àr¹gÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ zÁ¸ÁÛ£ÀÄUÉÆ½¸ÀªÀÅzÀÄ. PÀæªÀÄ§zÀÞ vÉgÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀªÀa
vÁådåUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀgÀqÀzA
À vÉ vÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 vÁådåUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ gÀÆ¥ÀÄUÉÆ¼ÀîzÀAvÉ ºÁUÀÆ ¸ÁPÀµÀÄÖ zÀeÉðAiÀÄ°è ºÉÃgÀzÀAvÉ ¤ªÀð»¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
CzÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÄ£Àgï G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜUÉÆ½¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 gÀ¸ÉÛUÀ¼À ¤ªÀiÁðt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÀAvÀUÀ¼À ¤ªÀiÁðtUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ£Àgï G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ
¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ ¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÁ ¸ÀÜ¼À¢AzÀ ªÀiÁgÁl ªÀiÁrzÀ CxÀªÁ ¨sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¨sÀwð ªÀiÁrzÀ §UÉÎ
¥ÀævÉåPÀ ¥ÁªÀwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÁR¯ÉUÉÆ½¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
PÁAiÀiÁðgÀZÀuÉAiÀÄ ªÉÃ¼ÉAiÀÄ°è Cw ºÉZÀÄÑ WÀ£À vÁådåUÀ¼ÀÄ vÁådå JuÉÚ, G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸À®àlÖ ¨ÁåljUÀ¼ÀÄ,
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÈºÀUÀÈvÀå vÁådåUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ GvÀà¢¸À®àqÀÄvÀÛªÉ. DgÉÆÃUÀå »Ã£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C¥ÁAiÀÄPÁj C®èzÀ vÁådåUÀ¼À ¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÉ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «¯ÉÃªÁjAiÀÄ «ªÀgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ 3 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 4 gÀ°è F PÉ¼ÀUÉ ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ 3
C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÀgÀ vÁådåzÀ «ªÀgÀ
vÁådåUÀ¼À ªÀUÀð
vÁådåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀiÁt
¨ÁåljUÀ¼ÀÄ(JA&ºÉZï)
¤AiÀÄªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 2010
ªÉÃ¼Á¥ÀnÖ 5.1 G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¹zÀ vÉÊ®
ªÀUÀð-1
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DªÀÄè ¨ÁåljUÀ¼ÀÄ
460 £ÀA/ªÀµÀð
G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¹zÀ vÉÊ®
1900°Ãlgï/ªÀµÀð
eÉÊ«PÀ ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ vÁådå ¤AiÀÄªÀÄ
2011
¹.E.n.¦
eÉÊ«PÀ ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ vÁådå
7.5 PÉ.f/¢£À
PÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
1.2 n.¦.r
E-vÁådå (¤ªÀðºÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ E-vÁådå
¤AiÀÄªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 2011
«ªÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¹.J¸ï.n¦ PÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
zÉÃ²AiÀÄ/G¥ÁºÁgÀ vÁådå
3000 PÉ.f/ªÀµÀð
PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ-4
WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀiÁt/¢£À
PÉ.f
72
PÉ.f
3420
¸ÀAUÀæºÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «¯ÉÃªÁj
«zsÁ£À
¥ÀÆgÉÊPÉzÁgÀjUÉ
»A¢gÀÄV¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ
{¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÀgÀ
vÁådå ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ
¸Ë®¨sÀå}ªÁå¥ÁjUÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ
jÃwAiÀÄ G¥ÁZÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
«¯ÉÃªÁj ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ C¢üPÁgÀ
eÉÊ«PÀ ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ vÁådå ,
aQvÉì ¸Ë®¨sÀå DAiÉÆÃdPÀgÀÄ
{¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÀgÀ
vÁådå ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ ¸Ë®¨sÀå}s¸ÀÆPÀÛ
G¥ÀZÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «¯ÉÃªÁj
¥ÀÆgÉÊPÉzÁgÀjUÉ
»A¢gÀÄV¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ/ JvÁådå s¸ËPÀAiÀÄð
nÃPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
ºÀ¹gÀÄ ªÀ®AiÀÄzÀ°è UÉÆ§âgÀªÁV §¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ
¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ¥ÀÄgÀ¸À¨sÉUÀ¼À «¯ÉÃªÁj/«Ä±ÀæUÉÆ§âgÀ ¸À¸Àå
9.4 ºÀ¹gÀÄ ªÀ®AiÀÄzÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ:
¸Áé¨sÁ«PÀ ¥sÀ®¥ÀÄ¥ÀàUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ ªÉÃ¼ÉAiÀÄ°è ºÁ¤UÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀÄ £ÁUÀjÃPÀ ºÁUÀÆ
ªÀÄÆ®¸ËPÀAiÀÄð C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÉ ºÁ¤ PÁgÀPÀªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. DzÀgÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ªÀÄgÀVqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CxÀªÁ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥Àæ¸ÀÄÛvÀ ¥Àr¹zÀ
¥ÀæzÉÃ±À¢AzÀ (PÉÆÃgï ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À) ºÁ¤PÁgÀPÀ C¥ÁAiÀÄPÁj C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀåPÁj ªÀVðPÀÈvÀªÁVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. EzÀjAzÀ eÉÊ«PÀ
ªÀiË®å PÀ¼ÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ CwÃ C®à ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÁÝVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
9.4.1 ¥ÀjºÁgÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉ CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ªÀ®AiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÀVqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, C®APÁjPÀ ¥sÀ®¥ÀÄ¥ÀàUÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀtÂÚ£À
ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £É®ºÀÄ°è ¯Áå£ï UÀ¼À£ÀÄß C©üªÀÈ¢Ý ¥Àr¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀzÀÞw C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀzÀ VqÀªÀÄgÀUÀ½UÉ CzÀåvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ¸ÁA¨ÁgÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À
¸Áé¨sÁ«PÀªÀ®èzÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjZÀ¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
10.
 ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CgÀtå E¯ÁSÉ¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ SÁ¸ÀV £À¸ÀðjUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄ¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁV 58.8 ºÉPÀÖgï ¨sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ªÀ®AiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß C©üªÀÈ¢Ý ¥Àr¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ:
10.1 ¤ªÀiÁðtzÀ ºÀAvÀ:
GzÉÝÃ²vÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (AiÀiÁAwæPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zÀÄåvï
G¥ÀPÀgÀt) ¸ÁÜ¥À£ÉUÉ UÀªÀÄ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ¯ÁVzÉ. ¤ªÀiÁðtUÀ¼À ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½UÉ C¯ÁàªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°èAiÉÄÃ PÁ®
¤jÃQë¸À¯ÁVzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸À¸Àå ªÀUÀðzÀ ¸Àà¶ÖÃPÀgÀt, vÀAiÀiÁjPÉUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁUÀÄªÀ ¥ÀjPÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
ZÁ®£ÉUÉÆ½¸À®Ä vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.zsÀÆ¼ÀÄ ¤UÀæºÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß aªÀÄÄQ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è vÁådå ¤ÃgÀÄ
ªÉÆÃ¨ÉÊ¯ï ¸ÁgÀ ±ÀÄ¢ÝÃPÀgÀtzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤UÀæºÀUÉÆ½¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
10.2 PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ ºÀAvÀ:
PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¤gÀAvÀgÀ UÁ½ÃAiÀÄ ºÉÆgÀ¸ÀÆ¸ÀÄ«PÉAiÀÄ (Particulate Matter, So2, and NOx
Emissions) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EzÀjAzÁV PÀÄ®Ä¶vÀUÉÆAqÀ ¤Ãj£À GvÀàwÛ ¤jÃQë¹zÉ.F PÉ¼ÀPÀAqÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀæªÀÄªÁV
¤AiÀÄAwæ¸ÀÄªÀAvÉ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EvÀgÉ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ DzsÁgÀzÀ°è PÀæªÀÄªÀ»¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
 DgÀA¨sÀzÀ°è ªÁAiÀÄÄªÀÄAqÀ®zÀ°è UÁ½AiÀÄ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉÆgÀ¸ÀÆ¸ÀÄ«PÉ.
 F PÁAiÀiÁðZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ°è CAvÀdð®zÀ ªÀÄlÖ, CAvÀdð®zÀ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄtÂÚ£À UÀÄtªÀÄlÖªÀ£ÀÄß
w½AiÀÄ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
 ¤ÃgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÁådå ¤Ãj£À UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ (¤Ãj£À UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ, vÁådå & ZÀgÀArAiÀÄ UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ)
 WÀ£À vÁådåzÀ ¥ÁvÀæ (HW/MSW/CETP/CSTP Sludge)
 GzÉÝÃ²vÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄÄ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ ±À§Ý ªÀÄlÖUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢gÀÄvÀÛzÉ (AiÀÄAvÉÆæÃ¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À ±À§ÝUÀ¼À ªÀÄlÖ,
OzÉÆåÃVPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛªÀjzÀ ±À§ÝzÀ ªÀÄlÖ) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
 ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀAgÀPÀëuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÁqÀÄ ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀ
10.3 ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÁ®AiÀÄzÀ G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ:
¥Àæ¸ÁÛ¦vÀ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀªÀÅ ¸ÀzÀ¸Àå PÉÊUÁjPÉUÀ½UÉ / qÉªÀ®¥Àgï ªÀÄÆ®PÀ EzÀÄ UÁ½, ¤ÃgÀÄ, ªÀÄtÄÚ, ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±À§Ý ªÁrPÉAiÀÄ AK°éZÁgÀuÉ / ªÀÄzÀj CAvÀjPÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÁvÀäPÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÁAiÀÄªÁVzÉ.EzÀPÁÌV ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è
¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÁ®AiÀÄzÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ EzÉ.EzÀÄ ªÉÄÃ°ÑZÁgÀuÉ/ªÀiÁzÀj/«±ÉèÃµÀuÉAiÀÄ CUÀvÀå«zÀÄÝ, CzÀ£ÀÄß F PÉ¼ÀV£À PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀzÀ°è
¥ÀnÖ ªÀiÁqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
PÉÆÃµÀÖPÀ -5
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÁAiÀÄPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÁUÀÄªÀ G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À ¥ÀnÖ
G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
¸ÀéAiÀÄAZÁ°vÀ ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£Á PÉÃAzÀæ, UÁ½AiÀÄ ªÉÃUÀ ªÀÄÄ¢æ¸À§ºÀÄzÁzÀ PÉÊ¦r, UÁ½AiÀÄ
¢PÀÄÌ, ¸Á¥ÉÃPÀë DzÀæðvÉ vÁ¥ÀªÀiÁ£À
G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À ¸ÀASÉå
1
C¤® gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÁÖPï ªÉÄÃ°ÑÃZÁgÀuÉ Qmï for SO 2 , NO x , PÉÆ¼ÀªÉ C¤ ¥ÀjªÀiÁt,
vÁ¥ÀªÀiÁ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀtUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÁA¥ÁæzÁ¬ÄPÀ ªÉÄÃ°ÑZÁgÀuÉ
1
UÁ½AiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼À CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ PM<10µm, & PM<2.5µm
MAiÀÄå§ºÀÄzÁzÀ ±À§Ý ªÀÄlÖzÀ «ÄÃlgï (qÉÆÃ¹«ÄÃlgï)
MAiÀÄå§ºÀÄzÁzÀ vÁådå ¤Ãj£À «±ÉèÃµÀuÉ Qmï
PÀ¤µÀ× J¯ÉPÁÖç¤Pïì ¸ÀÆPÀëöä ¸ÀªÀÄvÉÆÃ®£À 0.01 JA.f
1
1
1
1
11.AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¯Á¨sÀ:
AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁ£Áå ZÀgÀAr/vÁådåd® ªÀÄgÀÄ§¼ÀPÉ ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄPÁj ªÁvÁªÀgÀt ¤ªÀðºÀuÁ
ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ¸ÀgÁ¸Àj §¼ÀPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzÁAiÀÄ ºÉaÑ¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀvÀð£ÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É zsÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ
¥Àæ¨sÁªÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
11.1 ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ- DyðPÀ ¯Á¨sÀ:
1. PÉÊUÁjPÁ ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À C©üªÀÈ¢Ý¬ÄAzÀ DºÁgÀ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß DºÁgÀzÀ ««zsÀ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À ¨ÉÃrPÉUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ°è
§zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
2. ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝj (¹J¸ïDgï) ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½UÉ, d£ÀgÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ CxÀð±Á¸ÀÛç ¹ÜwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
¸ÀÄzsÁj¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
3. F AiÉÆÃd£É¬ÄAzÀ ²PÀët ¸Ë®¨sÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß, PÀbÉÃjUÀ½UÉ, ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ ¸Ë®¨sÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß, vÉÆÃl ªÀÄvÀÄÛ GzÁå£ÀªÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀ C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÉ C£ÀÄPÀÆ®ªÁVzÉ.
11.2 ¨sËwPÀ ªÀÄÆ®¸ËPÀAiÀÄð C©üªÀÈ¢Þ:
gÀ¸ÉÛUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ; AiÀÄÄ.J¸ï.r AiÀÄ ©¢ÝgÀÄªÀ gÉÃSÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÁjUÉ ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀuÉ, (¸ÀPÁðj/SÁ¸ÀV §¸ïUÀ¼ÀÄ) ªÁå¥ÁgÀ
¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ¼ÀÄ; ©Ã¢ ¢Ã¥ÀUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ, ¤Ãj£À ªÀ¸ÀÄÛU¼
À À£ÀÄß ¸ÀgÀ§gÁdÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀuÉ.
11.3 GzÉÆåÃUÀ ¸ÀA¨sÁªÀå: PÀÄ±À®(£ÀÄjvÀ); CgÉ PÀÄ±À®; ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PË±À®å gÀ»vÀ: F AiÉÆÃd£É¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÁUÀuÉUÁV, £ÉÊªÀÄð®å
AiÉÆÃd£ÉUÉ ¸ÀgÀPÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÉÃªÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀÆgÉÊPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EvÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄzÀ ¸ÉÃªÉUÀ¼ÀAvÀºÀ PÀgÁj£À PÉ®¸ÀUÀ¼À°è ¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ d£ÀjUÉ
¥ÀgÉÆÃPÀë GzÉÆåÃUÀ CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C©üªÀÈ¢ÞUÉÆ¼Àî°zÉ.
11.4 E¤ßvÀgÉ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁzÀ C£ÀÄPÀÆ®UÀ¼ÀÄ:
• ªÀ¸Àw ¨ÉÃrPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨ÁrUÉUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±Á±ÀévÀ ªÀ¸Àw ¸ËPÀAiÀÄð ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄ®Ä ¨ÉÃrPÉ ºÉZÁÑUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
• ªÁå¥ÁgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖ ¸ÁÜ¥À£ÉAiÀÄ ¸Ë®¨sÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀºÀ ºÉZÁÑUÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
• ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ, ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃgÀAd£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ËAzsÀAiÀÄðzÀ ¸Ë®¨sÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀºÀ ºÉZÁÑUÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
• GzÉÆåÃUÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzÁAiÀÄ CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀA¥ÀÆtð §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉAiÀiÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
• gÁdå ¸ÀPÁðgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀºÀ F AiÉÆÃd£É¬ÄAzÀ £ÉÃgÀªÁV ºÉZÀÄÑªÀj DzÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß PÀAzÁAiÀÄ, C§PÁj ¸ÀÄAPÀ
ºÁUÀÆ mÁåQì¦üÃPÉÃ±À£ï PÀvÀðªÀå¢AzÀ DzÁAiÀÄ UÀ½¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
12.EJA¦ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¹J¸ïDgï £À°è DAiÀÄªÀåAiÀÄzÀ ¤§AzsÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ ¤ªÀðºÀuÉ / ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ G¥À±ÁªÀÄPÀ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀÆrPÉ PÀqÉUÉ ªÉZÀÑ gÀÆ.13.00 PÉÆÃnUÀ¼ÁVzÀÄÝ,
¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ 10% ªÀÄgÀÄPÀ½¹ ªÉZÀÑªÁUÀÄªÀ ¸ÁzsÀåvÉ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
¸ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ AiÀÄÄªÀPÀjUÉ DyðPÀ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß MzÀV¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ( lÆåµÀ£ï ¦üÃ, ºÁ¸ÉÖ¯ï ªÉZÀÑ, ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ
¦üÃ EvÀgÉ) EzÀ®èzÉ PÉÊUÁjPÁ vÀgÀ¨ÉÃw ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ¼À°è vÀgÀ¨ÉÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß/ ¥Á°mÉQßPï C®èzÉ E¤ßvÀgÉÃ
GzÉÆåÃUÀUÀ¼ÁzÀ J¯ÉQÖçÃ²AiÀÄ£ï, PÉÆ¼Á¬ÄUÁgÀgÀÄ, ¦ü®Ögïì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁºÀ£À ZÁ®£É EvÀgÉ. ¹J¸ïDgï £À
PÁAiÀÄðZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½UÉ ªÀµÀðPÉÌ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ gÀÆ.1.5 PÉÆÃn ªÉZÀÑªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. (rU.150 PÉÆÃn AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ MlÄÖ
CAzÁdÄ ªÉZÀÑ 1% DVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ)
13.wÃªÀiÁð£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
MmÁÖgÉ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀzÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ EzÀÄ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀÄ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ°£À ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É
AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¥ÀæwPÀÆ® ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄ ©ÃgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. ««zsÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ WÀlPÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¸ÀPÁgÁvÀäPÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
MmÁÖgÉ «µÀAiÀÄzÀ°è ¤zsÁðgÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß wÃªÀiÁð¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ PÉÊUÁjPÁ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀqÉUÀlÖ®Ä MAzÀÄ AiÉÆÃfvÀ PÀA¥À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
«ªÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀzÀ (ªÀÄÄA§gÀÄªÀ) AiÉÆÃgÀhÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ°ÑZÁgÀ£Á ªÀåªÀ¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è ¤gÀAvÀgÀ G¸ÀÄÛªÁj
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÀPÀëtzÀ ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß MzÀV¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ºÉÆ¸À PÉÊUÁjPÁ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ
DyðPÀ ¥Àj¹ÜwUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀt¤ÃAiÀÄªÁV ¸ÀÄzsÁj¸À®Ä ¤jÃQë¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
>>>>><<<<<
Executive Summary
1 Brief Description of the Nature of the Project
The proposed “Development of Kittur Industrial Area” in Kittur Village, Bailhongal Taluk,
Belgaum District, Karnataka is an Industrial theme park with a vision of providing “Hassle
free production environment” for General medium and small scale industries etc.
The area earmarked for the proposed industrial area is about 175.31 Ha (433.19 acre) of
land. The capital cost of the proposed project is Rs.150 crores.
Note: The total land area as per ToR is 262.53Ha (648.23 Acre). An area of 87.22Ha
(215.43 Acre) is not acquired (Dombrakoppa Village). The present development of
industrial area will be carried out only in 175.31Ha and once the remaining 87.22Ha is
acquired, KAIDB will go for expansion in the future.
2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
KIADB identified the land and proposed to develop an industrial area with a purpose to
promote an orderly development of industries in the state.
KIADB as a part of the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e. to obtain
Environment Clearance (EC) from the State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC),
Karnataka, has appointed a consultant to carry out environmental studies for the
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
3 Need of the Project
In order to improve the socio – economic status of the country, “Development of
Industries is a Must”. Due to the proposed development of industrial area at Kittur:
1. There will be positive impacts on the socio – economic status of the surrounding
areas
2. More employment opportunities will be generated
3. Physical infrastructure development such as improvement to roads, UGD lines,
street lights etc will take place
4 Salient Features of Location & Landscape Area Details
The salient features and the latitude and longitude of the proposed Kittur industrial area
are depicted in Table 1. The details of the proposed lay out plan and topographical map
showing the project location (10 km buffer) are shown from Figure 1 and 2.
1
Table 1
150 34’ 43”N 740 48’ 15”E
150 34’ 27”N 740 47’ 45”E
150 33’ 37”N 740 48’ 11”E
150 33’ 32”N 740 48’ 20”E
150 33’ 44”N 740 48’ 58”E
Total site area
175.31 Ha (433.19 acre)
Topographical map No
D43C10, D43C11, D43C14, D43C15 (Published by 2009)
Elevation
697 to 764 mts
Water Requirement
4010 KLD (Malaprabha River & Ground Water)
Waste Water Generation 1982 KLD
Power Requirement
19835 KW
Manpower requirement Around 4500 Persons
Nearest Railway
Kumbarganvi Railway Station 10.5km (S)
Station/Airport
Belgaum Airport 37 km (NW)
Nearest Highway
NH – 4 Adjacent to the site
Nearest Town/City
Kittur- 2.8 km (N), Dharwad- 23.5 km (SE)
Nearest Habitation
Dombarkoppa- 1.2 km (N)
Total Industrial Plots
Around 229 Industrial Plots
Latitude / Longitude
5 Power Requirement
The total Power requirement for the industrial area would be 19835 KW and would be
met by KPTCL which would be utilized for industrial, residential, utilities and for proposed
CETPs and CSTPs. For emergency backup, DG Sets are proposed.
Around 1000 liters of HSD would be stored at site on weekly basis as for utilization in DG
sets to meet emergency power requirements for CETP/CSTP and utilities
*Assuming 40 liters/hr of HSD for 250 KVA DG set and 80 liters/hr of HSD for 500 KVA DG set for
CSTP and CETP respectively.
6 Water and Waste Water Generations
The total water required and wastewater generated for the Development of Kittur
Industrial Area is given in Table 2.
Table 2
Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation – (KLD)
S.No
Utility
1
2
3
Industrial Units
Potable/ Domestic
Green belt development
Total
Water Requirement
Fresh
Treated
Total
1358
428
1786
770
770
1454
1454
2128
1882
4010
Wastewater
generation
1250
732
1982
7 Man Power
4465 persons would be employed for the project out of which 1116 would be Executive
staff and 3349 persons would be skilled/unskilled workers. Work force will be employed
from nearby villages on priority basis for operational maintenance of the proposed
Industrial Area.
2
Figure 1
3
Figure 2
4
8 Baseline Environmental Status
The baseline environmental data was collected from 10km radius around the site (study
area) to assess the impacts arising from proposed industrial activities.
8.1 Meteorology (Climate)
Meteorological data was collected during Post monsoon season (September, October and
November (2013)). Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Temperature, and Relative Humidity were
recorded on hourly basis.
The climate of the study area is classified as warm, humid and tropical. During study period,
winds were predominantly from NE followed by E, SW and SE. Calm conditions prevailed for
12.04 % of total time and average wind speed was 2.46 m/sec. The average minimum
temperature was 14.10C and maximum was 36.60C. The Humidity was highest in August at
93 %.
8.2 Air Quality
Around 15 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations were monitored for SO2, NOx and
Particulate Matter (PM) <2.5µm and <10µm in the study area.
 Range of 98th percentile of PM <2.5µm is 13.7 to 21.7µg/m3 and the range of PM<10µm
is between 44.4 to 56.6µg/m3.
 Range of 98th percentile of SO2 is 12.7 to 18.1µg/m3 and the range for NOx is between
15.5 to 21.8µg/m3
 O3 values were in the range of 14.9 to 20.1µg/m3.
The observed air pollutants were within the limits as per NAAQ standards.
8.3 Water Quality Status
Around 14 ground and 4 surface water samples were collected to assess the water quality.
The ground water samples were drawn from hand pumps and open wells of villages being
used for domestic needs. Surface water samples were taken from major tanks / ponds.
Ground Water
 The pH is varying from 6.91 to 7.89, indicating within acceptable limits.
 TDS levels are varying from 364 mg/l to 1592 mg/l, indicating that they are above the
acceptable limit but within the permissible limit.
 Chloride levels are ranging from 83 mg/l to a maximum of 404 mg/l which are within
permissible limits.
 Hardness is varying from 135 mg/l to 744 mg/l. One sample is above the permissible limit
and remaining samples are within permissible limit.
5
 The fluoride values are in the range of 0.6 mg/l to 1.13 mg/l indicating all samples are
within the permissible limits
Surface Water
 pH was varying between 7.52 to 7.92.
 The total dissolved solids were in the range of 168 mg/l to 296 mg/l
 The chlorides were in the range of 49 mg/l to 59 mg/l
 The hardness is varying between 68 mg/l to 138 mg/l.
 Fluoride content was in range of 0.31 mg/l to 0.42 mg/l
Analysis of groundwater samples were found to be within acceptable limit, but hardness and
dissolved solids in most of the samples seem were above acceptable limits but within the
permissible limits.
8.4 Noise Quality
Baseline noise levels were monitored at 15 locations, using continuous noise measurement
device. Day levels were monitored during 6 AM to 10 PM and the night levels during 10 PM
to 6 AM. The day equivalents are ranging between 52.5 to 63.4dB (A) whereas the night
equivalents were in the range of 41.2 to 49 dB (A). From the results it can be seen that the
Day equivalents and the Night equivalents were within the Ambient Noise standards of
residential areas standards.
8.5 Soil Quality
Around 15 sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions
representing various land use and geological features. The results are:
 pH values are varying from 6.59 to 8.08 indicating that soils are falling under normal to
saline class.
 Electrical conductivity is varying from 266 to 335 µMho/cm indicating Normal category
soils and do not indicate any hazard to soil, agriculture and ecological balance.
 The Organic Carbon is varying from 0.15 – 0.28 % indicating low range carbon.
 Available Nitrogen is varying from 132 to 163 kg/ha indicating medium category.
 Available Phosphorus is varying from 5 to 14 kg/ha, which indicates that 4 samples are falling
in low range and 11 samples are in medium range.
 Available Potassium in the study area is varying between 31 to 75 kg/ha which indicates that all
samples are falling in low range.
6
8.6 Flora & Fauna
Ecological survey was done to understand baseline ecological status, important floristic
elements, fauna structure. Secondary data was collected from Forest Working Plan and
Gazetteers.
The study area is abundantly occupied by trees such as Tamarindus indica, Terminalia chebula,
Eucalyptus sp, carisa carandus, Butea monosperma and terminalia tomentos. Near agriculture
land, along village roads, state highways and major district roads, Eucalyptus species, Dalbergia
sisso, Acacia auriculoformis are predominant. Primary survey revealed a total of 89 species of
plants of which most were phanerophytes and 4 were therophytes.
The common cereals/ millets in the study area are saccharum officinarum, oryza sativa,
Triticum diococcum, Pennisitum glacaum, zia mays which are mainly depend on rainwater,
tube well and borewells in non monsoon season.
There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve within 10km of the study area.
As per Wildlife Protection Act 1972, there is only one schedule-I species observed in buffer zone
i.e. Monitor Lizard (Varanus bengalensis) which is placed under the least concern category (LC)
by the IUCN.
8.7 Socio Economics
Sample survey was done to collect qualitative information about the socio economic
environment of the area. The Study area is mostly inhabited by economically weaker section
people. Lack of amenities such as roads, drinking water, dwellings, lavatories, and education,
employment, medical and electricity facilities was evident during the site visit. Though
agriculture is the main occupation in the studied villages, it has provided employment
opportunities to only 50-60% of the families. The remaining population is depending on the
other type of employment opportunities mainly as laborers.
9 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
9.1 Impact on Air Quality
The Predicted maximum Ground level concentration of 24 Hour average of SO 2 and NOX
concentrations are superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations obtained during
the study period to estimate the post project scenario, which would prevail at the post
operational phase. The major type of fuel used for DG set & Boiler is HSD and the expected
emission rates for SO2 is 0.0006 to 0.006 g/s and whereas the NOx emissions are in the range
of 0.03 to 0.32g/s.
7
The predicted incremental rise of SO2 is 0.2µg/m3 whereas for NOx the predicted value is 8.2
µg/m3. The overall post project scenario along with existing baseline concentrations of SO2
& NOx is found to be 18.3 µg/m3 and 30.4 µg/m3 respectively, against the NAAQ standards of
80 µg/m3.
9.1.1 Mitigation Measures
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to limit the environmental impact during
constructional phase:
 Regular water sprinkling to avoid dust materials entering into the atmosphere.
Furthermore, frequency of the water sprinkling will be increased during windy days.
 Temporary thin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the proposed site
as a barrier for dust control.
 Excavated material shall be reused within the boundary to reduce the movement of cut
and fill material.
 Plantation of 2 to 3 years old saplings around the proposed boundary will be initiated at
early stages using drip irrigation so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.
 All the vehicles carrying raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin/plastic sheet;
unloading and loading activity will be stopped during windy period.
 To reduce SO2 and NOX emissions from DG set & Boiler, sufficient stack height will be
proposed to meet the MOEF guidelines.
9.2 Impact on water quality
The total water requirement for the industrial area will be 4010 KLD. This will be met by
reusing treated water to the tune of 1882 KLD with a fresh water intake of 2128 KLD. The
main source of fresh water is Malaprabha River and Bore wells.
Waste water generated from all the proposed units would be treated in a common effluent
treatment plant. The expected waste water characteristics are pH 6.5 - 8.0; Oil & grease less than 10mg/l; TSS less than 50mg/; TDS 4000-4500 mg/l; COD 3000 to 3500mg/l.
The industrial and domestic effluents would be collected through separate drains and
treated in CETP & CSTP respectively. Treated water is used for greenbelt development to the
maximum extent along with industrial floor washing and cooling purpose.
9.2.1 Storm Water Management
Storm water drains would be provided to collect rain water all along the road network with
adequate size to prevent flooding of the site. Rainwater harvesting structures are proposed
for recharge of water from roof top and paved surface at buildings. The storm water drains
8
will be acting as recharge trench as the bottom will not be lined and intermittent check dams
will be provided in the storm water drains, so that maximum amount of rainwater infiltrate
into the ground. Treatment for silt, oil & grease removal will be provided to rainwater
harvesting recharging pit. Excess water will be diverted into common storm water drain. The
width and depth of the drain proposed is 0.50 m and 0.60 m respectively.
9.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management
Municipal Solid Waste would be collected and stored in an earmarked storage yard and
further handed over to the authorized facility for treatment and disposal by the member
industries & by the developer.
All proposed industries, if required, will utilize the services of the Common Hazardous Waste
Management Facility (CHWMF) which already exists near Dobaspet on NH 207. Safe storage
and transportation of the produced solid and hazardous waste would be total responsibility
of member industry.
9.3.1 Mitigation Measures
During construction phase, all attempts should be made to stick to the following measures.
 Construction waste shall be stored within the proposed site itself. Proper screen will be
provided so that the waste does not get scattered.
 Attempts will be made to keep the waste segregated into different heaps as far as
possible so that their further gradation and reuse is facilitated.
 Materials which can be reused for construction, leveling, making roads/ pavement will
also be kept in separate heaps from those which are to be sold or land filled.
Major solid wastes generated during operation are waste oil, used batteries and domestic
waste. The details of the hazardous and non hazardous waste generated and their collection
and disposal is given in Table 3 &4.
Table 3
Category of Wastes
Batteries (M&H)
Rules 2010
Used oil Category of 5.1 of
schedule -1
Bio medical Waste Rule 2011
CETP
Name of the
waste
Lead acid
batteries
Used oil
Bio-medical
Waste
Sludge
Quantity
Method of collection and disposal
460 nos / year
Will be returned back to supplier
1900ltrs /year
CHWMF (Common Hazardous Waste
Management Facility) for
appropriate
treatment and disposal or any authorised
dealer
Bio Medical Waste
Treatment Facility operator.
CHWMF (Common Hazardous Waste
Management Facility) for
appropriate
treatment and disposal
7.5 Kg /day
1.2 TPD
9
E-waste s(Handling &
e-wastes
3000 Kg/year
Will be returned back to supplier/ E-Waste
Management Rules 2011
Facility
Table 4
Particulars
CSTP Sludge
Domestic & Canteen
waste
Units
Kg
Quantity/day
72
Kg
3420
Remarks
Used as a manure for green belt
Disposed to local municipalities
Compost plant.
/
Recyclable wastes like paper, cartons, plastics, scrap materials etc will be sold for further
reuse and recycle.
9.4 Greenbelt Development
Natural vegetation would be damaged during construction owing to civil and infrastructure
development. But none of the plants or animals of the proposed site (Core area) belong to
Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) categories. Hence, there is very less
chance of losing any valuable biodiversity.
9.4.1 Mitigation measures
 When the project is fully operational, greenery would be developed in the form of
avenue trees, ornamentals, fruit trees and lawns.
 Preference will be given to native and local trees. There is no plan to introduce new
exotic species except those that have become naturalized.
 Planting stocks from Forest Department and local private nurseries would be taken.
Around 58.17 Ha of land is allotted for green belt development within the industrial area.
10 Environmental Monitoring Programme
10.1 Constructional Phase
The proposed project envisages setting up of major components (mechanical and electrical
equipment) for common utilities. The constructional activities are expected to last for a
short period and would involve Clearing of vegetation, Mobilisation of constructional
material and equipments. Dust suppression will be done by regular sprinkling of water and
providing mobile STP for treating waste water at the site.
10.2 Operational Phase
During operational stage continuous air emissions (Particulate Matter, SO2, and NOX
emissions) and wastewater generation are expected. The following attributes would be
regularly monitored based on the nature of industry and activities:
10





Source emissions and ambient air quality;
Groundwater Levels, ground water quality and Soil quality;
Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc);
Solid waste characterisation (HW/MSW/CETP / CSTP sludge);
Noise levels in and around the proposed project (equipment and machinery noise
levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise levels); and
 Ecological preservation and afforestation.
10.3 Environmental Laboratory Equipment
The proposed Industrial Area would maintain an in-house environmental laboratory for the
routine monitoring / sampling of Air, Water, Soil, Meteorology, and Noise which can also be
utilized by the member industries / developer. The In house laboratory equipments required
for monitoring / sampling /analysis are listed in Table 5.
Table 5
Name of the Equipment
Manual or Automatic Weather Station, which can record wind speed, wind direction
Temperature, Relative Humidity
Gaseous stack monitoring kit for SO2, NOx, Flue gas volume, Temperature and conventional
monitoring kit for particulates
Air samplers with PM<10 µm, & PM <2.5 µm provision
Portable Noise level meter (Dosimeter)
Portable Wastewater Analysis Kit
Electronic Micro Balance with minimum 0.01mg
No of
Instruments
1
1
4
1
1
1
11 Project Benefits
The project shall have positive impact on social consumption behavior by way of raising
average consumption and income through effective Environmental Management System by
Common Sewage / Effluent Recycling Systems.
11.1 Socio-economic benefits
1. The development of Industrial Area shall bring about changes in the pattern of demand
for various materials from food to non-food items.
2. Due to the corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities, socio economic condition of
the people will improve.
3. The project would facilitate in further development of social infrastructures such as
Education facilities, Post offices, Medical facilities, Plantation and parks
11
11.2 Physical Infrastructure development
Developments of roads; Lying of UGD lines; Improvement in transportation facilities
(government/private buses); Business Establishments; Improvement in street lightings;
Improvement in water supply system.
11.3 Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled
Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like transportations,
sanitation, supply of goods and services to the project and also other community services
will be developed.
11.4 Other Tangible Benefits
 Additional housing demand for rental/ permanent accommodation will increase
 Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.
 Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will improve.
 Overall change in employment and income opportunity.
 The State Government will also benefit directly from the project through increased
revenue from royalties, excise duty and stowing duty.
12 Budgetary Provisions for EMP and CSR
Cost towards investment for Environmental Management/Environmental Mitigation
Measures will be around Rs.13 crores and 10% of this will be the recurring cost.
Financial help will be provided to local youth (tuition fees, hostel charges, examination fees,
etc) and trainings in Industrial training institutes / centers, Polytechnics in various trades like
Electricians, Plumbers, Fitters, Driving, etc. An amount of Rs.1.5 crores (equivalent to 1% of
total project cost of Rs.150 Crores) annually is earmarked towards CSR activities.
13 Conclusions
It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts, in terms of positive and
negative effects on various environmental components, that the project activities will not
have any adverse effect on the surrounding environment.
To mitigate any impacts due to the industrial activities, a well planned EMP and a detailed
post project monitoring system is provided for continuous monitoring and immediate
rectification at site. Due to the new industrial development socio economic conditions in and
around the site are expected to improve substantially.
12
Chapter-1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the Report
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development Board (KIADB) is a statutory body constituted
under KIAD Act of 1966. KIADB is a premier infrastructure providing agency with ISO
9001: 2000 Certification, offers to entrepreneurs an unmatched convenience of worldclass infrastructure for their Industrial and Allied Projects.
The report has been prepared for the Environmental Impact Assessment of proposed
Development of Kittur industrial Area in Belgaum district of Karnataka in accidence with
EIA notification S.O. 1533, issued on 14th September, 2006 and its subsequent
amendments, the proposed Development of Kittur industrial Area is falling under Project
/ Activity 7 (c) Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas, Export Processing Zones
(EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes. The proposed
Development of Kittur industrial Area is coming under Category – B since the total area is
less than 500 Ha, and requires Environmental Clearance (EC) from the State Expert
Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Karnataka. M/s KIADB have submitted Form 1 application
along with feasibility report for obtaining Terms of Reference (TOR) to SEAC.
The project proposal was considered and appraised by the SEAC in its Meeting of the
SEAC during 16thMarch 2013 for undertaking EIA Study in accordance with the provisions
of the EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006. The SEAC-Karnataka, has given
Terms of Reference vide letter No.KSEAC/MEETING/2013 dated 6 th April 2014, in
reference to the Confirmation of the Minutes of the 100th Meeting of the SEAC
(Karnataka) held on 15th - 16thMarch, 2013 at Karnataka.
1.2 Identification of the Project
KIADB identified the land and wanted to develop an industrial area with a purpose to
Any activity aimed at development will have repercussions on the environment, both
positive and negative. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is a management
tool, which enables the proponent to identify the negative impacts and to mitigate the
negative impacts through appropriate Environmental Management Plans. Hence KIADB
as a part of the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e. to obtain Environment
Clearance (EC) from State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Karnataka, have
appointed a consultant to carry out the studies for the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area.
1.1
1.3 Identification of the Project proponent
KIADB is a wholly owned infrastructure agency of Government of Karnataka, set up under
Karnataka Industrial Areas Development Act of 1966. KIADB holds pride in being the first
government organization in Karnataka to obtain ISO 9001 certification in the year 1997.
Aims and Objectives of the KIADB
 Promote rapid and orderly development of industries in the state.
 Assist in implementation of policies of Government within the purview of KIAD
Act.
 Facilitate in establishing infrastructure projects.
 Function on “No Profit – No Loss” basis.
Functions of the KIADB
 Acquire land and form industrial areas in the state.
 Provide basic infrastructure in the industrial areas.
 Acquire land for Single Unit Complexes.
 Acquire land for Government agencies for their schemes and infrastructure
projects.
KIADB has formed 141 industrial areas spread all over the State, and acquired land for
nearly 400 Single Unit Complexes ensuring balanced industrial development in all regions
with well thought of infrastructures and unique features.
1.4 Brief Description of nature, size and location of the project
The proposed “Development of Kittur Industrial Area” is an Industrial theme park with a
vision of providing “Hassle free production environment” for IT & Electronic Industries,
Garments and Food Processing/Chemicals, & Other General Industries Such as
Engineering Industries like Machine parts, Automobile industry, etc.
The proposed site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area comprises of semi urban
and rural environment. The area earmarked for the proposed industrial area is about
175.31 ha (433.19 acre) of land. Presently the land is barren with degraded shrub in most
of the area, while some land is also covered by agricultural activity.
The proposed project is located in Kittur Village, Bailhongal Taluk, Belgaum District,
Karnataka. It is connected to NH 4 which is adjacent to the site and South Western
Railway line is about 8km (S) from the site. Dharwad is the nearest city from the proposed
project which is at 23.5km (SE).
1.2
1.5 Objective of the Study
The objective of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is to identify, predict,
evaluate, and mitigate the biophysical and other relevant effects by the development of
Kittur industrial area, prior to the major decisions and commitments were made. These
studies integrate the environmental concerns and mitigation measures into the project
planning stages like basic design, detailed design, construction and operational phases of
the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area. Monitoring and feedback on Health,
Safety and Environment (HSE), and training activities can be planned thoroughly and
effectively with the help of these studies. To achieve the above objectives the following
policy is recommended.
1 EIA to be prepared with base line data collection and making use of preliminary
design specifications/data of the proposed operations.
2 The findings and recommendations of the study are to be incorporated into the
project planning, design, conducting operations of the project.
3 The EIA will cover one season baseline environmental data, as per the guidelines of
MoEF, New Delhi. The scope includes collection of baseline data with respect to
major environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, and Biological
components for evaluation of environmental impacts to delineate Environmental
Management Plan (EMP).
To control the adverse impacts, sound and safe environmental management plan has to
be implemented by the proponent, which makes environmental protection as essential
requirement along with profits due to the production.
1.6 Scope of Study
The scope of study includes detailed baseline data generation and characterization of
existing status of environment in an area of 10km radius with the proposed project as its
centre for various environmental components viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and
socio-economic components and other parameters of interest. The envisaged scope of
EIA is as follows
 To assess the present status of air, noise, water, land, biological and socioeconomic components of environment.
 Identification and quantification of significant impacts of proposed operations on
various components of environment.
 Evaluation of proposed pollution control facilities.
 Delineation of the post-project environmental quality monitoring program to be
followed
1.3
Any developmental activity in general is expected to cause impacts on surrounding
environment at the site during its construction and operation phases, which can be both
positive and negative. The nature and intensity of impacts on different components of
environment depend on the type of project activities and geographical conditions of the
study area. The impacts of the project activities on environmental components can be
quantified through EIA Studies within the impact zone of the project activities. The
results of EIA Studies form the basis for the preparation of a viable EMP for mitigation of
the adverse impacts.
1.7 Administrative and Legislative Background
The proposed project will be governed by various Acts, Rules and Regulations set by
Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) at the National level and other regulatory
agencies at the State and local level. Various environmental standards, specifications and
guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)
and other district level agencies will also be applicable. The following Table 1.1 gives the
specific regulatory requirements associated with this particular project during the various
phases of its lifecycle, to assist in complying with the legislation applicable.
Table 1.1
Applicable Environmental Regulations
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Description of the norms
The Wild life (protection) act, 1972
The Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act, 1981
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
General Standards for Discharge of Effluents
Notification
th
Notification dated 9 September, 1972
rd
Notification dated 23 March, 1974
Bio-Medical Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, 1998
National Ambient Noise Quality Standards
MoEF Notification dated 20 July, 1998
The Municipal Solid Wastes (Management
and Handling) Rules, 2000
Noise Limit for Generator Sets Run With
Diesel
Biological Diversity Act, 2002
The Hazardous Waste (Management,
Handling and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2008
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
e-waste (Management and
Handling) Rules 2010
MoEF Notification dated 25 September, 2000
th
Notification dated 29 March, 1981
rd
MoEF Notification dated 23 May, 1986
Notification No. G.S.R 422 (E) dated 19.05.1993
issued under the provisions of E (P) Act 1986
th
The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules,
th
2000 – S.O. 123 (E) dated 14 February 2000 and
as amended in S.O. 1046 (E) dated 22.11.2000
th
th
Notification No. G.S.R 371 (E) dated 17 May,
2002
Biological Diversity Act, 2002 (No.18 of 2003)
th
Vide S.O.2265(e), dated 24 September, 2008
th
MoEF Notification dated 16 November 2009
MoEF Notification September, 2010
1.4
Chapter-2
Project Description
Chapter 2
Project Description
2.1 Type of Project
2.2 Need of the Project
In order to improve the socio – economic status of the country “Development of
Industries is a Must”.
Due to the proposed development of industrial area at Kittur Village
1. There will positive impacts on the socio – economic status of the surrounding
areas
3. Physical infrastructure development such as improvement to roads, UGD lines,
street lights etc will take place
Kittur Industrial Area, at this juncture will be welcomed by all the parties concerned, viz.
General medium and small scale industries etc. Keeping the Environmental Management
as the focal issue right from the Industrial Area (IA) Layout stage will definitely herald a
new era in the sustainable industrial growth in harmony with the environment. The
proposed project has a potential to prove that the Industrial development and
environment protection can go hand in hand in contrast to the general feeling that the
industrialization leads to pollution.
2.3 Size of the Project
The area earmarked for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area is 175.31Ha
(433.19acre).
Note: The total land area as per ToR is 262.53Ha (648.23 Acre). An area of 87.22Ha
(215.43 Acre) is not acquired (Dombrakoppa Village). The present development of
industrial area will be carried out only in 175.31Ha and once the remaining 87.22Ha is
acquired, KAIDB will go for expansion in the future.
2.4 Identification of Project Proponent
promote an orderly development of industries in the state. Any activity aimed at
development will have repercussions on the environment, both positive and negative.
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is a management tool, which enables the
2.1
proponent to identify the negative impacts and to mitigate the negative impacts through
appropriate Environmental Management Plans. Hence KIADB as a part of the compliance
to the regulatory requirement i.e. to obtain Environment Clearance (EC) from State
Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Karnataka, have appointed a consultant to
carry out the studies for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
2.5 Significance of the Project
The proposed project has a potential to prove that the Industrial development and
environment protection can go hand in hand in contrast to the general feeling that the
industrialization leads to pollution.
General medium and small scale industries etc. Keeping the Environmental Management
as the focal issue right from the Industrial Area (IA) Layout stage will definitely herald a
new era in the sustainable industrial growth in harmony with the environment.
2.6 Land Details
The land breakup for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area is given in Table
2.1. The salient features and the latitude and longitude of the proposed Kittur industrial
area are depicted in Table 2.2.
Table 2.1
Land breakup for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
Area
Description
Industrial Land
Residential
Parks
Buffer & Canals
Amenities
Commercial
Public Utility
Parking
Roads
Total
Acre
220.68
51.80
25.68
42.68
10.24
3.80
10.62
19.17
48.52
433.19
Ha
89.31
20.96
10.39
17.27
4.14
1.54
4.30
7.76
19.64
175.31
2
m
893080
209632
103926
172724
41441
15378
42979
77580
196358
1753096
%
50.94
11.96
5.93
9.85
2.36
0.88
2.45
4.43
11.20
100.00
Area for Greenbelt
Acre
Ha
%
50.76
20.54
23.00
11.91
4.82
23.00
25.68
10.39
100.00
34.14
13.82
80.00
2.36
0.95
23.00
0.87
0.35
23.00
2.44
0.99
23.00
4.41
1.78
23.00
11.16
4.52
23.00
143.73
58.17
The total land area as per ToR is 262.53Ha (648.23 Acre). An area of 87.22Ha (215.43 Acre) is not acquired
(Dombrakoppa Village). The present development of industrial area will be carried out only in 175.31Ha and
once the remaining 87.22Ha is acquired, KAIDB will go for expansion in the future.
2.2
Table 2.2
Elevation
Water Requirement
Power Requirement
Manpower requirement
Waste Water Generation
Nearest Railway
Station/Airport
Nearest Highway
Nearest Town/City
Nearest Habitation
Reservoir
Reserved Forest
150 34’ 43”N740 48’ 15”E
150 34’ 27”N 74047’ 45”E
150 33’ 37”N 740 48’ 11”E
150 33’ 32”N 740 48’ 20”E
150 33’ 44”N 740 48’ 58”E
D43C10, D43C11, D43C14, D43C15
697 m to 764 m
4010 KLD (4 MLD)
(Malaprabha River & Ground Water)
19835 KW (19.8MW)
Around 4500 Persons
1982 KLD (1.9 MLD)
Belgaum Airport 37km (NW)
Kittur- 2.8km (NW)
Dharwad- 23.5km (SE)
Dombarkoppa- 1.2km (NW)
Malaprabha Reservoir around 12km (N)
Renuka sagar Reservoir around 20km (N)
Kulvalli RF (Eucalyptus Plantation) around 1km(SW)
Lingadalahalli RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 6km (SW)
Galaginamada RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 5km (S)
Honnapur RF(Teak Plantation) around 8km (S)
Mommigatti RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 7km (SE)
Western Ghats around 16km (SW)& 20km (S)
2.7 Salient Features of Location & Landscape Area Details
The details of the proposed project location map, layout map, satellite imagery (15 km
buffer) Google map, topographical map (10 km buffer) are shown as Figure 2.1 to 2.4.
2.7.1 Infrastructure Facilities in the Proposed Industrial Area
The Following infrastructure facilities are proposed in the Kittur Industrial Area.
 Approach roads and internal roads with storm water drains.
 Power supply and Street lighting
 Water Supply
 CETP and CSTP
 Technical training center/ R&D center
 Common Facilities such as banks, post offices, telephone exchange and
dispensaries etc.
 Power sub station
 Hotels and Medical health centers
 Housing Facilities
 Parks and library for recreation
 Security Services
2.3
Figure 2.1
2.4
Figure 2.2
2.5
Figure 2.3
Satellite Imagery (Google) of the Study Area - 15 km buffer
NH-4
SH- 56
Proposed
Project Location
Reserved Forest
Western Ghats
SH-1
SH-73
SH-93
SH-34
2.6
Figure 2.4
Topographical map of the Study Area – 10km buffer
2.7
2.8 Power Requirement
Power requirement for the industrial area would be met by KPTCL. The details of power and
its source are given in Table 2.3. To meet the emergency requirement of the power during
power failure DG Sets are proposed and operated after establishment of the proposed
industrial units. HSD will be used as fuel source for the DG sets. The fuel specifications of as
per BS IV norms (IS 1460-2005) is given in Table 2.4
S.No
1
Table 2.3
Material
Requirement
(Proposed)
Power Demand (KW)
19835
Source
KPTCL
Note: 110KW per Acre calculated for 67% of Industrial land i.e 147.85Acre
50KW/Acre for 67% of Residential Area (34.7 Acre), 110KW/Acre of Amenities (10.2 Acre)
50KW/Acre of Commercial Area (3.8 Acre), 5KW/Acre of Roads, Parking, Public Utility and Parks (104 Acre)
Table 2.4
Specification for Automotive Diesel Fuel (Bharat Stage IV Emissions Norms)
(IS 1460 – 2005 with amendment 2 March 2010)
S.No.
Characteristics
Requirement
1
Ash, percent by mass, Max
0.01
2
Flash Point
a) Abel, oC, Min
35
o
b) Pensky Martens closed cup, C, Min
66
o
3
3
Density at 15 C, kg/m
820-845
4
Total sulphur, mg/kg, Max
50
5
Water content, mg/kg, Max
200
6
Oxygen content, percent by mass, Max
0.6
Around 1000 liters of HSD would be stored at site on weekly basis as for utilization in DG sets
to meet emergency power requirements for CETP/CSTP and utilities.
(Assuming 40 liters/hr of HSD for 250 KVA DG set and 80 liters/hr of HSD for 500 KVA DG set
for CSTP and CETP respectively).
2.9 Water and Waste Water Generation
The total water required and wastewater generated for the Development of Kittur Industrial
Area is given in Table 2.5 and detailed water balance is given in Figure 2.5
2.8
Table 2.5
S.No
Utility
Water Requirement
Fresh
1358
Treated
428
Total
1786
Wastewater
generation
1
Industrial Units
1250
2
Potable/ Domestic
770
-
770
732
3
Total
2128
1454
1882
1454
4010
1982
Note:
1.20KLD/Ha of Industrial land (89.31Ha)
2.135lpd/ person for residential (4200 persons) and 45lpd/person for industrial workers
(4500 persons)
3.25KLD/Ha for Greenbelt (58.17Ha)
Water demand for the proposed project is 4010 KLD (4.01 MLD). Water source for the
proposed project is Malaprabha River and Bore wells.
2 CETPs of capacity 0.7 MLD and 2 CSTPs of capacity 0.5 MLD are proposed for treatment of
industrial and domestic wastewater respectively. Since the industries in the IA would not be
setup immediately and would be done in phases, therefore these two CETPs and CSTPs
would effectively handle the effluent loads.
A Power backup of 250 KVA for CSTP and 500 KVA for CETP is proposed.
2.9
EIA Report for the Proposed Industrial Area, Kittur Village, BailhongalTaluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka
Figure 2.5
Water Balance Diagram
Total Water
4010
Fresh Water
2128
All Values are in KLD
Treated Water
1882
4050
428
1358
Domestic
770
732
CSTP
(Capacity 2X0.5MLD)
695
Industrial
1786
Green belt
1454
1250
CETP
(Capacity 2X0.7 MLD)
1187
2.10
2.10 Man Power
The majority of the work force will be employed from the nearby villages for operational
maintenance of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area. The break-up of the
manpower requirement is shown in Table 2.6.
S.No
1
2
Table 2.6
Type
Number of
Persons
Managers, Executive, staff
1116
Skilled / unskilled workers
3349
Total
4465
(4500)
Remarks
Preference will be given to
employ from nearby
villages
2.11 Road Network
As the industrial area is adjacent to the National Highway 4, a 30 m wide central road with
median is proposed for main entry into the layout. For smooth flow of traffic in the layout
24m & 18 m wide roads are proposed as arterial roads.
2.12 Effluent Conveyance System
Sewage generation from the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area has been
assumed as 90% of the domestic water demand. Sewage and industrial effluents will be
collected through separate network of pipes planned along either sides of road. From the
pipes sewage and industrial effluents will reach Common Effluent & Sewage Treatment
Plants for treatment & disposal. Tertiary treated water will be supplied to the cooling towers
for member industries and for gardening purpose.
2.13 Common Waste Water Treatment Plants
Appropriate area of land has been earmarked for CETP & CSTP in the proposed site of Kittur
Industrial Area. The CETP & CSTP will be designed based on the effluent characteristics and
quantity. Adequate treatment units will be provided to ensure that the treated effluent
meets the prescribed CPCB/SPCB standards.
The member industries will also treat their effluents preliminarily to meet the stipulate
standard as prescribed by the CETP/CSTP which are constructing in the industrial area.
2.14 Storm Water Management
The ground is very undulating & terrain is flat with a gentle slope. While designing storm
water drainage system, all these factors will be considered. Storm water drains will be
2.11
planned along the sides of the roads to collect the surface run – off water from the roads
and make a plan that the surface water from the drains will be led into natural valleys.
2.15 Hazardous Waste Management
All industries coming up in the proposedDevelopment of Kittur Industrial Area, if required
will utilize the services of the Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility (CHWMF)
which already exists near Dobaspet on NH 207. All the hazardous waste from member
industries will be transported to CHWMF facility for treatment and for further safe disposal
as per the statutory requirement and procedures. Safe storage and transportation of the
produced solid and hazardous waste is the total responsibility of the member industry.
further hand over to the authorized facility for treatment and disposal by the member
2.12
Chapter-3
Chapter 3
3.1 Introduction
Baseline Environmental status in and around the proposed project depicts the existing
conditions of Air, Water, Noise, Soil and Socio-economic environment. The baseline data
was collected for various environmental components to compute the impacts that are
likely to be arising out of the industrial activities covering an area of 10km radially, from
the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Areaas the center.
3.2 Baseline Environmental Studies
The main aim of the impact assessment study is to find out the impact of the project on
the environment. This study is carried out during the project planning stage itself, so that
the proponent can implement the project in a technically, financially and
environmentally viable way.
The success of any impact assessment study depends mainly on two factors. One is
estimation of impact from proposed project on the environment and the second one is
assessment of the environmental condition. Both are key factors to arrive at the post
project scenario. The estimated impact due to the proposal can be superimposed over
the existing conditions to arrive at the post project scenario. The scope of the baseline
studies includes detailed characterization of following environmental components, which
are most likely to be influenced by setting up an industry








Meteorological conditions
Ambient Air Quality
Noise Levels
Water Quality (Surface + Ground water).
Soil Quality and
Ecological studies
Socio Economic studies
Land utilization
3.2.1 Monitoring Period
Meteorologicaldata was collected for the study area during the months of Postmonsoon
(September, October and November (2013)). Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Temperature,
and Relative Humidity were recorded on hourly basis during the study period. Secondary
meteorological data has been collected from the nearest IMD station of Belgaum.
3.1
3.3 Site Environs
Site Environs of the study area is given in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1
Site Environs
S.No
1
A
B
C
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Particulars
Description
Location
Village
Tehsil / District
Geographical Coordinates
Toposheet No (1:50000)10km study area
Elevation
Nearest Major Town
Nearest Highway
Nearest Railway Station
Nearest Major Air port
Defense Installations
Archeologically listed
important place
Ecologically sensitive zone
Reserve / protected forest
Nearest Streams / Rivers/
Tanks
Other industries / mines
Seismic zone
Kittur Industrial Area
Kittur
Bailhongal/Belgaum
150 34’ 43”N 740 48’ 15”E
150 34’ 27”N 740 47’ 45”E
150 33’ 37”N 740 48’ 11”E
150 33’ 32”N 740 48’ 20”E
150 33’ 44”N 740 48’ 58”E
D43C10, D43C11, D43C14, D43C15
697 m to 764 m
Dharwad- 23.5km (SE)
Kumbarganve Railway Station-10.5km (S)
Belgaum Airport-37km (NW)
None in the Study Area
Kittur Fort-2.9km(N)
None within 15km
Kulvalli RF (Eucalyptus Plantation) around 1km (SW)
Lingadalahalli RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around6km (SW)
Mommigatti RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 7km(SE)
Western Ghats around 16km (SW) & 20km (S)
Tumbakeri- 3.2km (NNW), Matikop-6km(SE),
Kervedd- 8.6km (SW), Virapur kere- 8.7km (SE)
Belur Industrial Area- 12km (SE)
The project area falls in seismic Zone – II as per IS: 1893
and it does not fall under active seismic zone. The area is
not prone to subsidence, landslides, erosion, and
flooding or adverse climatic conditions.
3.4 Meteorology
Regional meteorological scenario helps to understand the trends of the climatic factors.
It also helps in determining the sampling stations in predicting the post project
environmental scenario. Meteorological Scenario exerts a critical influence on air quality
as the pollution arises from the interaction of atmospheric contaminants with adverse
meteorological conditions such as temperature inversions. Atmospheric stability and
topographical features like hills, canyons and valleys.
3.2
The study of meteorological conditions forms an intrinsic part of the Environment Impact
Assessment (EIA) Study. The meteorological conditions of an area and the industrial
process are both intertwined and each has a definite influence over the other. Favorable
weather conditions and the surroundings help the successful operation of an industry;
while the industrial activity influences the weather in both positive as well as negative
ways.Summary of the climatological data (IMD station Belgaum) is presented here under.
3.4.1 Climatic Conditions
The climate in the study region is generally hot and humid and is characterized with
seasonal variations as follows
Winter
Summer
Monsoon
Post Monsoon
Dec to Feb
March to May
June to August
Sep to Nov
Project area falls under the hot temperate climate zone and hence it experiences very
hot and dry condition. Summer season starts from March to May. Rainy season due to
the South-West Monsoon is from June to end of August.
The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction,
temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. Hence it is an
indispensable part of any air pollution studies and required for interpretation of baseline
information. The details of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed
during study period are given in Table 3.2.
3.3
Table 3.2
Meteorological Data
Belgaum, Lat:15 51’ N & Lon:74 32’ E, MSL 753m, Distance from proposed site 42km NW
Month
Humidi
Mean Mean
pre
Temperature º C
Rainfall
ty %
Wind Wind
dominant
Mean Mean Highest Lowest
8.30
Monthl No of speed speed direction
Min
Max
Hrs
y mm
rainy KMPH m/s
1st
2nd
days
Jan
14.1
30.4
33.0
10.7
71
0.3
0.0
4.6
1.2
E
NE
Feb
15.4
32.9
35.6
12.0
64
0.8
0.1
4.6
1.2
E
NE
Mar
18.2
35.6
38.0
14.6
60
7.4
0.5
4.6
1.2
NE
E
Apr
20.6
36.6
39.0
17.6
64
36.9
2.6
5.0
1.4
NE
E
May
21.5
34.9
39.0
18.9
72
68.1
4.5
5.7
1.5
W NW
Jun
21.4
28.7
34.4
19.4
87
275.2
13.7
7.0
1.9
SW
W
Jul
20.6
25.9
29.2
19.5
92
393.0
20.1
6.3
1.7
W
SW
Aug
20.3
25.8
28.6
19.1
93
253.1
17.8
6.0
1.6
SW
W
Sep
19.8
28.1
31.4
17.9
89
124.8
9.3
5.6
1.5
SW
W
Oct
19.4
29.8
32.4
16.2
84
101.6
5.2
4.9
1.3
NE
E
Nov
17.1
29.4
31.6
13.0
74
42.5
2.9
5.8
1.6
E
NE
Dec
15.0
29.1
31.3
11.6
72
4.8
0.4
6.0
1.6
E
NE
Anuual Mean(Min) Temparature- 18.70C
Anuual Mean(Max) Temparature- 30.70C
Source: GOI, Ministry of Earth Sciences, IMD, Climatological Tables - 1971-2000
3.4.2 Temperature
The diversity of the physical features results in a corresponding diversity of climate. The
climate of the study area is classified as warm, humid and tropical. The average minimum
temperature is 14.10C and maximum is 36.60C, though the annual mean minimum
temperature is only around 18.70C and the annual mean maximum temperature is only
around 30.70C the heat is oppressive in the moisture laden atmosphere of the plains.The
Humidity is highest in the month of Augustat 93 %.
3.4.3 Humidity
Maximum Humidity :
Minimum Humidity :
3.4.4 Rainfall
Predominant rainy season
Annual rainfall
Total number of rainy days
93 %
60 %
-
June to August
1308.6 mm
77
3.4
3.4.5Wind Pattern during Post Mansoon Season
Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant impacts
on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released pollutant over
a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of a pollutant. The
dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind speed, direction,
temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and also the rainfall in the
area. Normally the impacts surrounding the project site are studied in detail.
Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying
the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the IMD
meteorological data wind roses that is the diagrammatic representation of wind speed
and wind direction along with their persistence for a fractional period of occurrence at a
given location is constructed. Wind roses on sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind
directions and wind speed frequency observed during study period (month wise) and for
full season are given in Table 3.3 to Table 3.6 wind rose diagrams are given in Figure 3.1
to Figure 3.4.
The winds were predominantly recorded from SW followed byW, NW, S and WSW during
September. Calm conditions prevailed for 11.81% of the total time and the average wind
speed for the month of September is 2.69 m/sec.
During October the winds were predominantly recorded from NE followed by E, ENE, SE
and ESE. Calm conditions prevailed for 14.25% of the total time and the average wind
speed for the month of October is 2.11 m/sec.
During November winds were predominantly recorded from E followed by NE, SE, N and
ENE. Calm conditions prevailed for 10 % of the total time and the average wind speed for
themonth of November is 2.61 m/sec.
Furthermore, for the entire Postmonsoon season the winds were predominantly
recorded from NE followed by E, SW and SE. Calm conditions prevailed for 12.04 % of the
total time and the average wind speed for the season i.e. September to November 2013
is 2.46 m/sec.
3.5
Table 3.3
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 hours for September 2013
Wind Directions
0.5 - 1.5
0.56
0.56
0.83
0.42
0.00
0.28
0.69
0.28
1.11
0.42
2.08
0.97
1.11
0.69
2.08
0.69
12.78
Wind Classes (m/s)
1.5 - 2.5 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 - 4.5 4.5 - 5.5 >= 5.5
0.83
0.56
1.11
0.83
0.00
0.56
1.11
0.42
0.28
0.00
0.69
0.56
0.69
0.83
0.00
0.69
1.25
0.42
0.56
0.00
1.25
0.56
0.69
1.11
0.00
0.56
0.97
0.42
0.56
0.00
0.97
1.53
0.56
0.56
0.00
0.42
1.11
0.42
0.69
0.00
1.81
2.36
1.39
1.67
0.00
1.39
1.25
0.69
0.69
0.00
3.75
3.47
3.47
2.50
0.00
1.53
1.25
0.56
1.67
0.00
3.19
2.92
2.64
1.53
0.00
1.53
0.69
0.56
0.56
0.00
1.81
1.94
1.39
1.39
0.00
0.69
0.28
0.28
0.83
0.00
21.67
21.81
15.69
16.25
0.00
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms (<0.5m/s)
Total
Note: 1. Average Wind Speed is 2.69m/s
2. All values are in percentages
Total
3.89
2.92
3.61
3.33
3.61
2.78
4.31
2.92
8.33
4.44
15.28
5.97
11.39
4.03
8.61
2.78
88.19
11.81
100
Figure 3.1
Wind Rose for the Month of September 2013 (00-23 Hours)
3.6
Table 3.4
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 hours for October 2013
Wind Classes (m/s)
Total
0.5 - 1.5 1.5 - 2.5 2.5 - 3.5 3.5 - 4.5 4.5 - 5.5 >= 5.5 1.
N
0.54
0.81
1.08
0.54
0.13
0.00
3.09
NNE
2.28
0.94
0.94
0.00
0.13
0.00
4.30
NE
4.30
4.30
3.23
1.48
0.94
0.27
14.52
ENE
1.88
1.88
2.02
0.94
0.94
0.27
7.93
E
2.28
2.02
2.28
0.40
1.34
0.40
8.74
ESE
2.28
1.48
1.48
0.67
0.40
0.00
6.32
SE
2.28
2.15
1.88
0.81
0.54
0.13
7.80
SSE
0.81
0.54
0.94
0.27
0.27
0.13
2.96
S
1.34
0.81
0.40
0.13
0.13
0.00
2.82
SSW
1.08
0.54
0.54
0.27
0.00
0.00
2.42
SW
0.94
1.48
1.21
0.81
0.81
0.13
5.38
WSW
1.75
0.94
0.94
0.54
0.27
0.00
4.44
W
1.08
1.21
1.08
0.67
0.00
0.27
4.30
WNW
0.67
0.67
1.34
0.13
0.27
0.13
3.23
NW
1.75
0.81
1.08
0.40
0.13
0.13
4.30
NNW
0.94
0.40
1.21
0.27
0.40
0.00
3.23
Sub-Total
26.21
20.97
21.64
8.33
6.72
1.88
85.75
Calms (<0.5m/s)
14.25
Total
100
Note:1.AverageWind Speed is 2.11m/s
2.All values are in percentages
Wind Directions
Figure 3.2
Wind Rose for the Month of October 2013 (00-23 Hours)
3.7
Table 3.5
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 Hours for November 2013
WindDirections
0.5 - 1.5 1.5 - 2.5
1.94
1.39
0.69
1.11
2.36
2.36
1.39
0.97
3.06
2.64
0.97
1.25
2.36
2.78
0.28
0.42
1.53
1.25
0.69
1.39
0.28
0.83
0.69
0.14
0.83
0.83
0.56
0.69
0.69
0.56
0.42
0.56
18.75
19.17
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms (<0.5m/s)
Total
Note: 1.Average Wind Spped is 2.61m/s
Wind Classes (m/s)
Total (%)
2.5 - 3.5 3.5 - 4.5 4.5 - 5.5 >= 5.5
1.53
1.11
0.97
0.42
7.36
0.42
0.28
0.69
0.28
3.47
2.36
1.94
2.50
0.97
12.5
1.11
1.11
0.42
0.42
5.42
3.33
2.78
3.06
0.69
15.56
0.97
0.28
0.83
0.28
4.58
2.64
0.83
1.53
0.42
10.56
0.69
0.56
0.28
0.14
2.36
0.83
0.83
0.69
0.00
5.14
0.56
0.42
0.56
0.00
3.61
1.11
0.69
0.56
0.00
3.47
0.83
0.56
0.42
0.00
2.64
0.83
0.56
0.69
0.14
3.89
0.56
0.56
0.83
0.00
3.19
0.42
0.69
0.42
0.00
2.78
1.25
0.42
0.56
0.28
3.47
19.44
13.61
15.00
4.03
90
10
100
Figure 3.3
Wind Rose for the Month of November 2013 (00-23 Hours)
3.8
Table 3.6
Frequency Distribution Table for 00-23 Hours for Postmonsoon 2013
Wind Directions
0.5 - 1.5
1.01
1.19
2.52
1.24
1.79
1.19
1.79
0.46
1.33
0.73
1.10
1.14
1.01
0.64
1.51
0.69
19.32
1.5 - 2.5
1.01
0.87
2.47
1.19
1.97
1.10
1.97
0.46
1.28
1.10
2.01
0.87
1.74
0.96
1.05
0.55
20.60
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms (<0.5m/s)
Total
Note: 1.Average Wind Speed is 2.46m/s
Wind Classes (m/s)
2.5 - 3.5 3.5 - 4.5
1.05
0.92
0.82
0.23
2.06
1.37
1.47
0.82
2.06
1.28
1.14
0.46
2.01
0.73
0.92
0.41
1.19
0.78
0.78
0.46
1.92
1.65
1.01
0.55
1.60
1.28
0.87
0.41
1.14
0.82
0.92
0.32
20.97
12.50
Total
4.5 - 5.5 >= 5.5
0.64
0.14
0.37
0.09
1.42
0.41
0.64
0.23
1.83
0.37
0.60
0.09
0.87
0.18
0.41
0.09
0.82
0.00
0.41
0.00
1.28
0.05
0.78
0.00
0.73
0.14
0.55
0.05
0.64
0.05
0.60
0.09
12.59
1.97
4.76
3.57
10.26
5.59
9.29
4.58
7.55
2.75
5.40
3.48
8.01
4.35
6.50
3.48
5.22
3.16
87.96
12.04
100.00
Figure 3.4
Wind Rose for the Season of Postmonsoon 2013 (00-23 Hours)
3.9
3.4.6 Description of the Sampling Locations
a)Project Site
The sampler was fixed on top of a residential building at a height of about 4.0m above
the ground level ensuring there are no obstructions to the free flow of winds in project
site. This location was selected to assess the cross wind dispersion of the pollutants
considering the prevalent meteorological conditions.
b)Marigeri
The sampler was fixed on top of the residence belonging to Rudramma Poojari at a height
of about 4.0 m above the ground ensuring free flow of winds. This location was selected
to assess the ambient air quality levels in the Up Wind direction of the proposed project
site considering the prevailing wind conditions. This location is located at a distance of
about 3.5km in the NE direction.
c) Turkara sigihalli
The sampler was fixed on top of the residential building bearing Basayya Charantayya at
a height of about 4.0 m above the ground ensuring free flow of winds. This location was
selected to assess the ambient air quality levels.This location fall under the Up wind
direction of the proposed project site considering the prevailing wind conditions. This
location is located at a distance of about 9km in the NE direction.
d) Ningadahalli
The sampler was fixed on top of the a residential building belonging to Mr.Adrusappa at a
height of about 4.0m above the ground ensuring free flow of winds. This location was
selected to assess the Down wind dispersion of the ambient pollutants considering the
prevalent meteorological conditions. This location is located at a distance of about 7km
in the SW direction.
e) Arvadi
The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to Mr.Nagappa at a
height of 4.0 m above the ground level. The sampling station is located about 5.5km from
the center of the proposed project site area towards NNE. This location was selected to
assess the air quality levels in the Cross wind direction of the study area considering the
prevailing wind conditions.
f) Dombarkop
The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to Mr. Rudrappa
Gudagi at a height of about 4.0 m above the ground ensuring free flow of winds.
Dombarkopis located at a distance of 1.5km N of the proposed Project site. This location
was selected to assess the air quality levels in the Cross wind direction considering the
prevailing meteorological conditions and the direction of the village from the proposed
project site.
g) Kittur
The sampler was fixed on top of the residential building.The sampling at a height of
about 4.0m above the ground ensuring free flow of winds. This location was selected to
assess the Crosswind dispersion of the ambient pollutants considering the prevalent
3.10
meteorological conditions. This location is located at a distance of about 3km in the NNW
direction.
h) Chenapur
The sampler was fixed on top of a residential building belonging to Mr.Sankarappa at a
height of about 4.0m above the ground level ensuring there are no obstructions to the
free flow of winds. Chenapur lies at about 3.5km towards NW of the project site. This
location was selected to assess the Cross wind dispersion of the pollutants considering
the prevalent meteorological conditions.
i) Yamhikatti
The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to Mrs.S.laxmi at a
height of 4.0 m above the ground level. The sampling location is located about 7km from
the center of the proposed project site area towards NW. This location was selected to
assess the air quality levels in the Cross wind direction of the study area considering the
j) Honapur
The location was selected to assess the ambient air quality levels in the core zone
representing the project site at this village towards W as an Cross Wind, about 3.5km
from the project site. The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging
to Mr.parshyaram. The sampler was placed at a height of 4.0m above the ground
ensuring free flow of winds from all directions.
k) Siragupur
The selected location was to assess the ambient air quality levels in the core zone
representing the project site at this village towards W as a Cross wind, about 6.5km from
the project site. The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to
Mr.R.G.Udkeri. The sampler was placed at a height of 4.0m above the ground ensuring
free flow of winds from all directions to evaluate the baseline air quality.
l) Machi
The sampler was fixed on top of a residential building belonging to Mr.Pandlikat a height
of about 4.0m above the ground level ensuring there are no obstructions to the free flow
of winds. Machi lies at about 6km towards S of the project site. This location was selected
to assess the Cross wind dispersion of the pollutants considering the prevalent
meteorological conditions.
m) Tegur
The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to Mr.Anand at a
height of 4.0 m above the ground level. The sampling station is located about 4.5km from
the center of the proposed project site area towards SE. This location was selected to
assess the air quality levels in the Crosswind direction of the study area considering the
n)Matikop
The air quality station was fixed on top of the a residential building belonging to
Mr.Basappa shanda at a height of about 4.0m above the ground ensuring free flow of
3.11
winds. This location was selected to assess the Cross wind dispersion of the ambient
pollutants considering the prevalent meteorological conditions. This site is located at a
distance of about 7.5km in the SE direction.
o) Mugali
The location was selected to assess the ambient air quality levels in the core zone
representing the project site at this village towards E as an Cross Wind, about 7km from
the project site. The sampler was placed on top of a residential building belonging to
Mr.Akkir gad patil.The sampler was placed at a height of 4.0m above the ground ensuring
free flow of winds from all directions.
At each sampling location monitoring was carried for 2 days per week for 12 weeks
during study period. The major air pollutants namely Particulate matter (PM 2.5& PM10),
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Ozone (O3) were sampled on 24
hourly average basis to meet the requirements of Ministry of Environment and Forests
and compared with the standards stipulated by CPCB.
The locations of the sites have been determined primarily based on the wind pattern
presented before and also to reflect the windward, leeward and crosswind directions of
the proposed project site and thus the overall monitoring scenario including Air, Water,
Noise and Soil from the proposed project impact area carried out.
3.5 Air Environment
The ambient air quality status has been assessed with respect to the study zone of within
10km radius from the center of the project site located in Development of Kittur
Industrial Area. The baseline ambient air quality can be assessed through a scientifically
designed ambient air quality network. The design of monitoring network in the air
quality surveillance programme has to be based on the following considerations:







Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale
Topography of the study area.
Representation of regional background levels.
Representation of plant site.
Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum
Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.
Comparison of previous study results to interpret air quality over a period of time.
Air pollution in the project area is considerable and is primarily due to Industrial
activities.The pollutants of concern areParticulate matter (PM2.5& PM10), Sulphur Dioxide
(SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Ozone (O3). Ambient Air Quality in the project
impact area has been carried out for the pollutants of concern and as per the
requirements of an EIA and is presented in this section.
3.12
Ambient air quality in the study area has been assessed through a network of 15 Ambient
Air Quality Monitoring locations are fixed using screening models within 10km radius
keeping in view the Topographical and Meteorological conditions. The monitoring has
been performed for one season. The locations of the AAQ are described in Table 3.7and
Locatins are shown in Figure 3.5
Table 3.7
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
W.R.T Site
Code
Name of the
Location
Direction
Wind
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
Site
Marigeri
Turkara Sigihalli
Ningadahalli
Arvadi
Dombarkop
Kittur
Chenapur
Yamhikatti
Honapur
Siragupur
Machi
Tegur
Matikop
Mugali
NE
NE
SW
NNE
N
NNW
NW
NW
W
W
S
SE
SE
E
Up Wind
Up Wind
Down Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
CrossWind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Cross Wind
Latitude
Distance
km
3.5
9.0
7.0
5.5
1.5
3.0
3.5
7.0
3.5
6.5
6.0
4.5
7.5
7.0
Longitude
D
M
S
D
M
S
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
34
35
37
32
37
35
35
35
36
33
34
30
32
31
34
10
03
50
00
13
07
45
21
47
54
17
51
52
21
32
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
48
49
51
45
48
47
46
46
45
46
45
47
50
51
52
21
40
36
03
50
48
48
35
24
03
06
48
15
11
05
3.13
Figure 3.5
Ambient Air Monitoring Locations
3.14
The range of maximum concentrations reflects the low levels of pollution in the existing
status of Ambient Air Quality representing the baseline scenario. An analysis of the data
of the plant site with respect to downward side in particular and other monitoring sites in
general represent the background levels. It can be observed from the data that the
project proposed area and the impact zone reflect a fairly clean environment with
respect to the pollutants of concern.
Spatial and temporal variations in the air quality occur as a result of the air basin and the
prevailing meteorological conditions of the study area. To assess the existing sub regional
air status during the one season, the above factors govern the status at all the Ambient
Air Quality sampling stations.
3.5.1 Air Quality Scenario in the Study Area
The existing concentration levels of Air pollutants of concern, as mentioned above, are
presented in Table 3.8 to Table 3.10. Statistical parameters like minimum, maximum,
arithmetic mean and 98th percentiles have been computed from the observed raw data
for all sampling stations. The observed values were compared with the standards as
prescribed by MOEF for Industrial, Residential and Rural zone.
a) Particulate Matter <2.5µm&<10µm
Particulate Matter (PM) is the term used for a mixture of solid particles and liquid
droplets suspended in the air. These particles originate from a variety of sources, such as
power plants, industrial processes, and diesel trucks, and they are formed in the
atmosphere by transformation of gaseous emissions. Their chemical and physical
compositions depend on location and time of year. Particulate matter is composed of
both coarse and fine particles.
Coarse particles (PM10) have an aerodynamic diameter between 2.5µm and 10µm. They
are formed by mechanical disruption (e.g. crushing, grinding, and abrasion of surfaces)
evaporation of sprays, and suspension of dust. PM10 is composed of alumina silicate and
other oxides of crustal elements, and major sources including fugitive dust from roads,
industry, agriculture, construction and demolition, and fly ash from fossil fuel combustion.
The lifetime of PM10 is from minutes to hours, and its travel distance varies from <1km to
10km.
Fine particles have an aerodynamic diameter less than 2.5µm (PM2.5). They differ from
PM10 in origin and chemistry. These particles are formed from gas and condensation of
high temperature vapors during combustion, and they are composed of various
combinations of Sulfate compounds, Nitrate compounds, Carbon compounds,
Ammonium, Hydrogen ion, organic compounds, metals (Pb, Cd, V, Ni, Cu, Zn, Mn and Fe),
and Particle bound water. The major sources of PM 2.5 are fossil fuel combustion,
3.15
vegetation burning, and the smelting and processing of metals. Their lifetime is from days
to weeks and travel distance ranges from hundreds to thousands of km.
The 98th percentile of Particulate Matter <10µm recorded within the study area were in
the range of 44.4 to 56.6µg/m3. The 98th percentile of Particulate Matter <2.5µm
recorded within the study area were in the range of 13.7 to 21.7µg/m3.
The 24 hourly average values of Particulate Matter <2.5µm& Particulate Matter <10µm
were compared with the national ambient air quality standards and found that all
recorded values within the applicable limits of residential and rural area limits for all
locations in study area.
Table 3.8
Particulate Matter Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
Name of the
Location
PM10
Code
Site
A1
Marigeri
A2
Turkara
A3
Sigihalli
Ningadahalli
A4
Arvadi
A5
Dombarkop
A6
Kittur
A7
Chenapur
A8
Yamhikatti
A9
Honapur
A10
Siragupur
A11
Machi
A12
Tegur
A13
Matikop
A14
Mugali
A15
98th Percentile Range
NAAQ Standards 2009
PM2.5
th
98
Percentile
46.5
50.7
Min
Max
Avg
40.1
42.1
46.7
50.7
43.2
47.6
38.8
39.9
42.3
41.3
47.9
38.1
40.5
41.1
38.9
37.3
44.4
45.3
39.4
49.6 43.3
46.5 43.7
48.5 44.8
47.4 43.9
58.8 51.4
49.1 43.0
48.3 44.3
52.9 47.8
54.8 44.6
47.8 42.8
52.6 47.1
53.9 50.6
44.7 42.0
44.4 to 56.6
100 (24 hourly)
49.3
46.5
48.1
47.3
56.6
48.2
48.0
52.9
53.2
47.4
52.0
53.9
44.4
98th
Percentile
16.6
17.4
Min
Max
Avg
12.4
13.9
16.7
17.4
14.7
15.9
10.3
11.4
8.6
9.1
16.2
8.9
10.7
13.5
14.2
9.3
11.3
14.6
11.2
15.4 13.2
16.8 13.6
14.1 11.1
14.9 11.7
22.3 19.1
13.7 11.9
15.8 12.7
18.9 16.2
19.3 16.5
13.9 11.8
16.3 13.9
20.7 17.1
13.8 12.4
13.7 to 21.7
60 (24 hourly)
15.4
16.6
14.0
14.7
21.7
13.7
15.6
18.9
19.3
13.8
16.3
20.1
13.7
b) Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfur dioxide gas is an inorganic gaseous pollutant. Sulfur dioxide emissions are
expected to be emitted wherever combustion of any fuel containing sulfur takes place.
The sulfur in the fuel will combine with oxygen to form sulfur dioxide. Sulfur trioxide and
sulfuric acid mist are the other important pollutants in the sulfur group. In general some
of the important sources of sulfur dioxide are Power stations, sulfuric acid plants, oil
refining, boilers in utilities in any industry and domestic use of coal. The following sources
of Sulfur dioxide in the study area are identified:
1. Emissions from domestic fuel (coal, diesel, etc.)
2. Emissions from Miscellaneous
3.16
Information in the literature has indicated that the presence of sulfur dioxide in the
photochemical smog reaction enhances the formation of visibility enhancing aerosols.
Sulfur dioxide in atmosphere is significant because of its toxicity. Sulfur dioxide is capable
of producing illness and lung injury. Further it can combine with water in the air to form
toxic acid. Aerosols can corrode metal surfaces, fabrics and the leaves of plants. Sulfur
dioxide is irritating to the eyes and respiratory system. Excessive exposure to sulfur
dioxide causes bronchial asthma and other breathing related diseases as it affects the
lungs.
The 98th percentile of SO2 recorded within the study area was in the range of 12.7 to
18.1µg/m3.
The 24 hourly average values of SO2 were compared with the national ambient air quality
standards and it was found that all sampling stations recorded values much lower than
the applicable limit of 80µg/m3 for residential and rural areas.
Table 3.9
SO2& NOx Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
SO2
Name of the Location
Code
Site
Marigeri
Turkara Sigihalli
Ningadahalli
Arvadi
Dombarkop
Kittur
Chenapur
Yamhikatti
Honapur
Siragupur
Machi
Tegur
Matikop
Mugali
NAAQ standards 2009
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
Min
11.7
10.3
9.9
9.6
9.1
10.2
14.3
8.1
10.4
11.1
11.6
9.4
11.2
12.6
10.1
98th
Max Avg
Percentile
14.9 13.4
14.9
14.8 13.1
14.8
13.2 11.4
13.0
14.5 12.4
14.5
14.1 12.0
14.1
12.8 11.2
12.7
18.1 16.2
18.1
13.2 9.9
12.7
13.7 12.1
13.7
15.1 12.7
14.6
16.1 13.5
16.1
14.4 11.4
14.2
15.4 12.5
15.0
17.8 15.9
17.8
13.8 12.2
13.8
12.7 to 18.1
80 (24 hourly)
NOx
Min
12.9
12.3
11.1
12.6
10.2
13.3
16.5
11.3
11.7
14.2
13.5
12.3
13.6
13.5
11.8
98th
Percentile
20.5 18.1
20.4
19.8 17.2
19.5
17.6 14.2
17.0
18.5 15.0
17.0
16.6 14.5
16.3
17.4 14.9
16.4
22.2 18.6
21.8
15.6 13.3
15.5
16.6 14.8
16.6
21.3 19.0
21.3
21.9 16.9
21.3
17.9 15.4
17.9
18.9 16.3
18.7
19.3 16.4
19.1
16.6 14.5
16.4
15.5 to 21.8
80 (24 hourly)
Max
Avg
c) Oxides of Nitrogen
Oxides of Nitrogen are also an inorganic gaseous pollutant like Sulfur dioxide. Oxides of
Nitrogen emissions are expected to be emitted wherever combustion at high
temperatures takes place. Nitrous oxide and Nitric Acid Mist are the other important
pollutants in the inorganic nitrogen group.
3.17
In general some of the important sources of oxides of Nitrogen are Boilers (utilities) in
any industry and Auto exhaust. In a metropolitan town NOx levels are predominantly due
to automobile emissions. The following sources of oxides of nitrogen in the study area
are identified:
1. Emissions from domestic burning of coal.
2. Emissions from automobiles.
Oxides of nitrogen have far greater significance in photochemical smog reaction than any
of the other inorganic gaseous contaminants. NOx in the presence of sunlight will
undergo reactions with a number of organic compounds to produce all the effects
associated with photochemical smog. NOx has inherent ability to produce deleterious
effects by themselves like toxicity. It acts as an asphyxiate when in concentrations great
enough to reduce the normal oxygen supply from the air.
The 98th percentile of NOx recorded within the study area was in the range of 15.5 to
21.8 µg/m3.
The 24 hourly average values of NOx were compared with the national ambient air
quality standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values much
lower than the applicable limit of 80 µg/m3 for residential and rural areas.
d) Ozone (O3)
Ozone (O3) or Trioxygen, is a triatomic molecule, consisting of three oxygen atoms. It is
an allotrope of oxygen that is much less stable than the diatomic allotrope (O 2). Ozone in
the lower atmosphere is an Air pollutant with harmful effects on the respiratory systems
of animals and will burn sensitive plants; however the Ozone layer in the upper
atmosphere is beneficial, preventing potentially damaging ultraviolet light from reaching
the Earth’s surface. Ozone is present in low concentrations throughout the Earth’s
atmosphere.
The 98th percentile of O3 recorded within the study area was in the range of 14.9 to
20.1µg/m3.
The 8 hour average values of Ozone were compared with the national ambient air quality
standards and found that the recorded values were within the applicable limits of
residential and rural area limits for all the locations in study area.
3.18
Table 3.10
Ozone Levels in the Study Area (µg/m3)
O3
Name of the Location
Code
Site
Marigeri
Turkara Sigihalli
Ningadahalli
Arvadi
Dombarkop
Kittur
Chenapur
Yamhikatti
Honapur
Siragupur
Machi
Tegur
Matikop
Mugali
NAAQ Standards 2009
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
Min
11.5
11.5
12.5
11.6
12.1
10.9
15.2
10.2
12.4
13.1
9.5
13.7
12.6
12.3
10.7
98th
Percentile
17.5 14.9
17.3
16.9 13.3
16.3
15.9 14.6
15.8
17.3 15.1
17.3
16.2 14.4
16.2
15.6 12.5
14.9
20.2 17.9
20.1
14.9 13.2
14.9
15.8 14.3
15.8
18.9 16.0
18.3
17.8 12.3
17.2
16.7 15.2
16.6
17.2
17.9 14.61
18.9 16.7
18.8
15.4
15.6 13.2
14.9 to 20.1
100 (8 hourly)
Max
Avg
3.6 Water Quality
Surface and groundwater samples were collected from different sources within the study
area and some important physical and chemical parameters including heavy metals were
considered for depicting the baseline status of the study area.
3.6.1 Water Quality Assessment
Selected water quality parameters for water resources of the study area have been used
for describing the water environment and assessing the impacts on it. To assess the
water quality impacts, water resources in the impact area have been grouped into 2
classes.
a. Ground water resources in the deeper strata of the ground
b. Surface water resources
The ground water samples were drawn from the hand pumps and open wells being used
by the villagers for their domestic needs. Surface water sampling was carried out from
major tanks / Ponds within 10km of the proposed project site. The details of the locations
are given in Table 3.11 and Figure 3.6.
3.19
Table 3.11
Code
Name of the
Location
Ground Water
GW1 Marigeri
GW2 Turkara Sigihalli
GW3 Ningadahalli
GW4 Arvadi
GW5 Dombarkop
GW6 Kittur
GW7 Chenapur
GW8 Yamhikatti
GW9 Honapur
GW10 Siragupur
GW11 Machi
GW12 Tegur
GW13 Matikop
GW14 Mugali
Source
W.R.T. Site
Distance Direction
km
Hand pump
Public Tap (Gram Panchayat)
Hand pump
Hand pump
Hand pump
3.5
9.0
7.0
5.5
1.5
3.0
3.5
7.0
3.5
6.5
6.0
4.5
7.5
7.0
NE
NE
SW
NNE
N
NNW
NW
NW
W
W
S
SE
SE
E
Latitude
D
M
S
Longitude
D
M
S
Remarks
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
35
37
31
36
35
35
35
36
33
34
31
32
31
34
12
35
59
56
07
45
19
47
51
10
05
48
17
30
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
49
51
45
48
47
46
46
45
46
45
47
50
51
52
35
32
00
45
53
53
33
23
04
06
39
08
17
06
Using for Washing
Using for drinkingand washing
Using for drinking
Using for drinking
Near agricultural fields.
Using for drinking
Using for drinking
Using for Washing
Using for Washing
Drinking water near to village drain
15
33
56
74
48
10
Flowing through the site
Domestic activity and Open
defication
Domestic activity and Open
defication
Near NH4
Surface water
SW1
site
Nala
-
-
SW2
Kervad
Lake
9.0
SW
15
33
02
74
43
07
SW3
Matikop
Lake
6.5
SE
15
31
15
74
51
04
SW4
Tumbakere
Lake
3.0
NNW
15
35
30
74
46
45
3.20
Figure 3.6
3.21
Table 3.12 (A)
S.No
Parameter
Unit
GW1
GW2
GW3
GW4
GW5
GW6
GW7
IS:10500-2012 Standards
Acceptable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
23
24
25
26
27
Colour
Odor
pH
Turbidity
TSS
Elec. Cond
Total Dissolved solids
Alkalinity as CaCO3
Chlorides as Cl
Sulphates as SO4
Nitrate as NO3
Total Hardness as CaCO3
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Flouride as F
Iron as Fe
Lead as Pb
Mercury as Hg
Cadmium as Cd
Chromium as Cr
Copper as Cu
Cyanide as CN
Zinc as Zn
Arsenic as As
Boron as B
Hazen units
3
3
2
NTU
mg/l
µmho/cm
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
7.19
1
<10
1314
790
351
182
53
0.65
407
92
43
115
8.9
0.92
0.24
0.0037
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0188
0.0521
<0.05
0.145
<0.0001
0.1097
7.42
1
<10
998
610
241
143
47
1.25
363
76
42
61
2.5
0.91
0.28
0.0031
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0123
<0.0001
<0.05
0.0753
<0.0001
0.007
7.3
1
<10
762
476
131
126
70
0.67
219
40
29
71
2.8
0.85
0.22
0.0089
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0196
0.0091
<0.05
0.226
<0.0001
0.008
7
Agreeable
7.48
1
<10
939
574
201
152
49
0.22
357
72
43
51
4.5
0.92
0.21
0.0031
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0123
<0.0001
<0.05
1.651
<0.0001
0.2663
3
3
13
7.65
1
<10
689
428
161
103
34
0.34
224
47
26
55
1.9
0.91
0.18
0.0025
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0166
<0.0001
<0.05
0.0752
<0.0001
0.088
7.4
1
<10
983
598
222
148
40
0.73
300
69
31
82
2.2
0.91
0.20
0.0068
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0115
<0.0001
<0.05
0.0224
<0.0001
0.0916
7.29
1
<10
898
556
231
128
37
0.63
286
55
36
69
10.3
1.13
0.24
0.0025
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0254
0.0107
<0.05
0.277
<0.0001
0.0728
3.22
5
Permissible
15
Agreeable
6.5-8.5
No relaxation
1
5
500
2000
200
600
250
1000
200
400
45
No relaxation
200
600
75
200
30
100
1
1.5
0.3
0.01
0.001
No relaxation
0.003
0.05
0.05
1.5
0.05
No relaxation
5
15
0.01
0.05
0.5
1
Table 3.12(B)
S.No
Parameter
Unit
GW8
GW9
GW10
GW11
GW12
GW13
GW14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
23
24
25
26
27
Colour
Odor
pH
Turbidity
TSS
Elec. Cond
Alkalinity as CaCO3
Chlorides as Cl
Sulphates as SO4
Nitrate as NO3
Calcium as Ca
Magnesium as Mg
Sodium as Na
Potassium as K
Flouride as F
Iron as Fe
Lead as Pb
Mercury as Hg
Cadmium as Cd
Chromium as Cr
Copper as Cu
Cyanide as CN
Zinc as Zn
Arsenic as As
Boron as B
Hazen units
4
2
2
6
11
6
NTU
mg/l
µmho/cm
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
7.63
1
<10
1142
698
212
200
78
0.59
307
62
37
123
5.8
0.86
0.19
0.00172
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0199
0.003
<0.05
0.1021
<0.0001
0.091
7.42
1
<10
555
364
121
93
30
1.04
135
31
14
71
0.6
0.71
0.20
0.002
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.016
<0.0001
<0.05
0.083
<0.0001
<0.0001
7.43
1
<10
572
368
132
83
27
1.24
142
37
12
65
1.2
0.82
0.19
0.0034
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0196
0.0035
<0.05
0.071
<0.0001
0.0919
12
Agreeable
7.89
1
<10
658
412
171
94
30
0.81
167
47
12
78
1.9
0.92
0.17
0.0098
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0201
<0.0001
<0.05
0.0098
<0.0001
<0.0001
6.91
1
<10
2635
1592
623
404
133
1.1
744
156
86
261
12.4
0.92
0.24
0.0098
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0096
<0.0001
<0.05
0.0928
<0.0001
<0.0001
7.45
1
<10
1137
686
292
147
68
0.23
323
75
33
110
5.9
0.95
0.18
0.0081
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.05
0.096
<0.0001
0.0098
7.69
1
<10
911
560
191
169
28
1.77
296
69
30
75
2.7
0.6
0.26
0.0046
<0.0001
<0.0001
0.0168
0.0089
<0.05
0.042
<0.0001
0.0883
3.23
IS:10500-2012 Standards
Acceptable Permissible
5
15
Agreeable
6.5-8.5
No relaxation
1
5
500
2000
200
600
250
1000
200
400
45
No relaxation
200
600
75
200
30
100
1
1.5
0.3
0.01
0.001
No relaxation
0.003
0.05
0.05
1.5
0.05
No relaxation
5
15
0.01
0.05
0.5
1
Table 3.13
Surface Water Sample Analysis Results
Tumbaker
Parameter
Unit
Site (Canal) Kervad
(Near Kittur)
pH
7.68
7.74
7.92
Odor
Un Obje
TSS
mg/l
25
24
25
Turbidity
NTU
18
15
22
µmho/cm 464
Elec. Cond
297
344
mg/l
296
182
230
Alkalinity as CaCO3
mg/l
141
61
71
Chlorides as Cl
mg/l
54
54
59
Sulphates as SO4
mg/l
15
6
13
Nitrate as NO3
mg/l
0.49
0.74
0.68
mg/l
138
76
94
Calcium as CaCO3
mg/l
92.9
55.1
65.3
Magnesium as CaCO3
mg/l
45.1
20.5
28.7
Sodium as Na
mg/l
43
31
33
Potassium as K
mg/l
2
1.7
1.5
Flouride as F
mg/l
0.42
0.34
0.25
Iron as Fe
mg/l
0.12
0.12
0.11
Lead as Pb
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Copper as Cu
mg/l
0.029
0.0096
0.063
Zinc as Zn
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Cadmium as Cd
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Chromium as Cr
mg/l
<0.0001
0.0031
0.0021
Arsenic s As
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Mercury as Hg
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Cyanide as CN
mg/l
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
Boron as B
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
Selinium as Se
mg/l
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
DO
mg/l
4.9
5.3
5.2
COD
mg/l
10
8.5
8
BOD
mg/l
<4
<4
<4
A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection
B – Outdoor bathing (organized)
C – Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
D – Propagation of wild life, fisheries
E – Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal
Matikop
7.52
261
40
264
168
51
49
6
1.77
68
47.5
20.5
29
0.4
0.31
0.31
<0.0001
0.0494
0.7793
<0.0001
0.0096
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.05
<0.0001
<0.0001
5.3
10
<4
IS 2296 – 1982 Inland surface water Stds
A
B
C
D
E
6.5 – 8.5
Un Obje 1000 2250
500
1500
2100
250
600
600
400
400
1000
20
50
300
200
100
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.3
50
0.1
0.1
1.5
1.5
15
15
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.001
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
2
0.01
0.05
6
5
4
4
2
3
3
-
3.24
The water samples collected from the study area were analyzed for important major and
minor ions, and the analytical results of the the Ground water samples were compared
with IS: 10500-2012 drinking water standards and the Surface water samples are
compared with the IS: 2296–1982 Inland surface water Standardsand the results are
shown in Table 3.12 (A) & (B) and Table 3.13 respectively.
3.6.2 Regional Scenario
Ground Water
 The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500-2012 Standards is 6.5 to
8.5 beyond this range the water will affect the mucus membrane and or water supply
system. During the study period, the pH was varying for ground waters from 6.91 to
7.89, indicating that they are in acceptable limits.
 The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 Standards is 500
mg/l where as the permissible limit in absence of alternate source is 2000 mg/l,
beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation. In ground
water samples collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids are varying from
364 mg/l to 1592 mg/l. The TDS of 5 samples are below the acceptable limit and
9samples were above the acceptable limit but within the permissible limit.
 The acceptablelimit for chloride is 250mg/l as per IS: 10500-2012 Standards whereas
the permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and
palatability are affected. The Chloride levels in the ground water samples collected in
the study area were ranging from 83 mg/l to a maximum of 404 mg/l. The chloride
level in 13 samples were with in the acceptable limit and one sample is above the
acceptable limit but with in thepermissible limits.
 The acceptable limit as per IS: 10500-2012 Standards for hardness is 200 mg/l where as
the permissible limit for the same is 600 mg/l beyond this limit encrustation in water
supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use will be observed. In the ground
water samples collected from the study area, the hardness is varying from 135 mg/l to
744 mg/l.The hardness in 3 samples is with in the acceptable limit, 10 samples were
above the acceptable limit but with in the permissible limit and 1(GW- 12) sample is
above the permissible limit.
 Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the accetable limit of 1 mg/l and
permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l as per IS: 10500-2012 Standards. However the optimum
content of fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. If the fluoride content is less
than 0.6 mg/l it causes dental carries, above 1.5 mg/l it causes staining of tooth
enamel, higher concentration in range of 3 - 10 mg/l causes fluorosis. In the ground
water samples of study area the fluoride value were in the range of 0.6 mg/l to 1.13
mg/l. The fluoride levels in all samples were with in the acceptable limit except one
sample which is above the acceptable limits but with in the permissible limit.
3.25
 Copper level in one sample is above the acceptable limit but within the permissible limt
and remaining all samples are with in the accptable limit.
Surface Water
 pH was varying between7.52 to 7.92. The pH values for all the samples collected in
the study area during study period were meeting the Class ‘A’ norms as per IS:
2296-1982.
 The total dissolved solids were in the range of 168 mg/l to 296 mg/l, which were
meeting the Class ‘A’ norms as per IS: 2296-1982.
 The chlorides were in the range of 49 mg/l to 59 mg/l, which were meeting the
Class ‘A’ norms as per IS: 2296-1982.
 The hardness is varying between 68 mg/l to 138 mg/l, which were meeting the
 Fluoride content was in range of 0.31 mg/l to 0.42mg/l, which were meeting the
From the above results it is shown that maximum no.of ground water samples that are
collected and analysed are found to be with in the acceptable limits. Few samples are
above the acceptable limit but with in the permissible limit. Hardness in one sample (Tegur
Village) is above the permissible limit. Copper level in 1 location is above the acceptable
limit but within the permissible limit.
3.7 Noise Environment
Noise can be defined as unwanted sound or sound in the wrong place at the wrong time. It
can also be defined as any sound that is undesirable because it interferes with speech and
hearing, is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise annoying. The definition
noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings and their
environment, including land, structures, and domestic animals. Noise can also disturb
natural wildlife and ecological systems.Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids,
and solids. Noise impacts can be of concern during the construction and the operational
phases of projects. Noise should also be considered in relation to present and future land
use zoning and policies.
Construction noise can be a significant source of community noise. Of concern are impacts
on people near the construction site, who are totally unrelated to construction activities
(e.g. area residents, office workers, school children, staff, etc.) Factors which are important
in determining noise levels that will potentially impact such populations include distance
from the noise source, natural or man-made barriers between the source and the
3.26
impacted population, weather conditions which could potentially absorb, reflect, or focus
sound (such as wind speed, direction, temperature inversions), and the scale and intensity
of the particular construction phase (excavation, erection, or finishing). The
Environment/health impacts of noise can vary from Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to
annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels and tolerance levels of individual.
3.7.1 Sources of Noise
The main sources of noise in the study area are domestic activities, industrial activities and
vehicular traffic. The main occupation of the villagers in the study area is agriculture,
business.
3.7.2 Noise Levels in the Study Area
Baseline noise levels have been monitored at 15 locations within the study area, using a
continuous noise measurement device.Random locations were identified for assessment of
existing noise level status, keeping in view the land use pattern, residential areas in villages,
schools, bus stands, etc., the day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 AM to 10
PM and the night levels during 10 PM to 6 AM. The noise monitoring Locations are given in
Table 3.14 and Figure 3.7. The results are presented in Table 3.15 (A&B).
3.27
Table 3.14
Code Name of the
Location
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
N13
N14
N15
W.R.T. Site
Latitude(N)
Distance Direction
km
D
M S
Site
15
34 07
Marigeri
3.5
NE
15
35 03
Turkara Sigihalli
9.0
NE
15
37 50
Ningadahalli
7.0
SW
15
32 13
Arvadi
5.5
NNE
15
37 13
Dombarkop
1.5
N
15
35 16
Kittur
3.0
NNW
15
35 48
Chenapur
3.5
NW
15
35 21
Yamhikatti
7.0
NW
15
36 49
Honapur
3.5
W
15
33 54
Siragupur
6.5
W
15
34 17
Machi
6.0
S
15
30 53
Tegur
4.5
SE
15
32 39
Matikop
7.5
SE
15
31 19
Mugali
7.0
E
15
34 30
Longitude(E)
D
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
M
48
49
51
45
48
48
46
46
45
46
45
47
50
51
52
S
22
40
36
11
50
11
43
35
46
03
06
45
04
20
08
Source
Near Temple
Near Grampanchyat
Near Anganwadi
Near Grampanchyat
Near Primary School
Near Highway
Near Village Junction
Near School
Near Grampanchyat
Near Primary School
Near Grampanchyat
Near Primary School
3.28
Figure 3.7
3.29
Table 3.15(A)
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
1.00
40.3
41.4
40.3
42.1
44
40.4
45.3
41.6
2.00
41.4
42.4
40.9
43
42.3
41.5
44.6
42.6
3.00
42.7
42.7
41.3
42.4
45
42.2
45.6
44.6
4.00
44.2
43.7
42.7
44.3
45.7
42.5
46.3
44.3
5.00
45.3
44.6
43.9
44.6
46.1
43.9
47.5
44.1
6.00
46.4
44.7
44.6
45.2
47.4
45
48.5
44.7
7.00
48.2
52.4
48.4
54.1
56.1
51.3
56.3
52.3
8.00
50.3
56.1
54.7
55.1
58.7
53.7
62.3
53.4
9.00
54.3
58.1
55.4
55.1
55.1
53.9
64.5
54.6
10.00
55.3
58.4
53.7
54.1
56.1
54.6
65.6
55.3
11.00
54.9
56.1
52.4
55.1
55.1
55.1
66.3
54.1
12.00
55.7
57.2
54.4
55.4
54.1
55.7
64.5
53.7
13.00
54.2
57.4
55.7
54.9
55.1
53.5
63.2
54.6
14.00
54.4
55.1
56.4
53.3
56.1
53.3
62.3
52.1
15.00
55.2
53.9
55.4
54.1
55.4
54.3
61.5
51.6
16.00
53.3
55.1
55.6
52.1
54.1
53.7
64.5
54.7
17.00
52.4
54.1
52.6
51.1
53.2
49.9
65.3
55.1
18.00
50.9
51.9
51.1
50.1
52.1
48.1
66.3
54.2
19.00
49.3
48.9
49.9
48.1
51.9
45.4
62.3
52.1
20.00
46.9
46.6
49.4
46.1
49.6
44.5
60.1
47.7
21.00
44.7
47.5
48.2
45.1
50.1
43.4
58.6
44.9
22.00
43.3
43.9
43.5
44.5
46.1
42.3
54.3
43.7
23.00
42.1
41.9
42.6
43.5
43.6
42
52.3
42.6
24.00
41.3
41.7
41.3
42.6
42.5
40.9
47.3
42.2
Minimum
40.3
41.4
40.3
42.1
42.3
40.4
44.6
41.6
Maximum
55.7
58.4
56.4
55.4
58.7
55.7
66.3
55.3
Day Equivalent
52.8
54.9
53.4
53.0
54.6
52.5
63.4
53.1
55
65
Night Equivalent 41.8
42.0
41.4
42.7
43.8
41.2
49.0
42.6
45
55
AAQ Standards in respect of Noise SO 123 ( E ) dt 14th Feb 2000 – Commercial Area
N1
AAQ Standards in respect of Noise SO 123 ( E ) dt 14th Feb 2000 – Residential Area
Time (Hours)
3.30
Time (Hours)
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.00
13.00
14.00
15.00
16.00
17.00
18.00
19.00
20.00
21.00
22.00
23.00
24.00
Minimum
Maximum
Day Equivalent
Night Equivalent
N9
42.6
42.9
43.6
44
44.6
44.7
48.4
54.3
54.6
54.9
54
55.3
54.1
54.5
54.3
55.6
53.9
53.5
52.6
49.9
47.9
44.4
43.6
42.3
42.3
55.6
53.4
42.8
N10
42.3
42.1
44.5
44.6
44.7
44.9
53.4
54.4
55.1
55.6
54.7
54.4
54
53.4
52.4
54
55.2
54
53.4
49.4
48.5
44.7
44
43
42.1
55.6
53.6
43.1
N11
41.1
42.4
43.7
43.6
44.6
44.7
52.1
53.7
55.7
54.9
55.3
55.7
53.7
53.2
53
54.3
54.5
52.2
51.2
48.7
45.6
43.3
42.9
41.1
41.1
55.7
53.3
42.1
N12
41.4
42.3
42.7
43.6
44.3
44.6
51.2
53.4
54.3
55.0
54.3
55.2
54.5
53.4
52.1
54.0
54.6
52.1
51.2
50.2
48.5
44.6
43.7
42.6
41.4
55.2
53.1
42.5
N13
41.7
42.6
43.2
43.6
44.2
44.7
50.3
52.3
53
55.1
54.9
54.2
54.1
54.4
52.6
54.6
54.6
53.4
51.2
47.3
46.5
43.6
42.1
41.6
41.6
55.1
52.9
42.1
N14
41.9
42.3
42.6
43.2
44.6
45.9
52.1
53.2
54.2
55.3
55.6
55.7
54.2
53.1
52.1
54.3
53.2
50.2
48.6
46.3
45.2
44.3
43.2
42.7
41.9
55.7
52.9
42.4
N15
40.3
41.3
43.3
43.7
44.6
44.7
48.4
55.3
54.6
54.7
55.3
54.4
53.6
55.3
54.8
54.7
52.4
52.9
48.7
46.4
43.6
42.4
42.1
40.9
40.3
55.3
53.2
41.6
AAQ Standards in respect of Noise SO 123 ( E ) dt 14th Feb 2000 – Residential
Area
AAQ Standards in respect of Noise SO 123 ( E ) dt 14th Feb 2000 – Commercial
Area
Table 3.15(B)
Noise Levels inthe Study Area – dB (A)
55
45
65
55
The values of noise observed in some of the rural areas are primarily owing to vehicular
traffic and other anthropogenic activities. In rural areas wind blowing and chirping of
birds would contribute to noise levels especially during the nights. The day equivalents
during the study period are ranging between 52.5 to 63.4dB (A). Whereas the night
equivalents were in the range of 41.2 to 49 dB (A). From the results it can be seen that
the Day equivalents and the Night equivalents were within the Ambient Noise standards
of residential and industrial area standards.
3.8 Soil
The area in particular is generally red sandy with patches of silty loam and red loamy soils.
Due to this factor water quickly percolates in to the soil without causing any marshy
conditions. The cultivable soils are spread over the area.
3.31
3.8.1 Soil Quality
The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area
surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives.
 To determine the base line characteristics
 To determine the soil characteristics of proposed project site.
 To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil characteristics
 To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.
3.8.2 Criteria Adopted for Selection of Sampling Locations
For studying the soil types and soil characteristics, 15sampling locations were selected to
assess the existing soil conditions representing various land use and geological features.
3.8.3 Methodology and Sampling
The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a
polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for
analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined
from all samples.Details of the soil sampling locations are given in Table 3.16 and Figure
3.8.
Table 3.16
Code
Name of the
Location
W.R.T. Site
Distanc
ekm
Latitude(N)
Longitude(E)
Source
Direction
D
M
S
D
M
S
S1
Site
-
-
15
34
18
74
48
24
Barren Land
S2
Marigeri
3.5
NE
15
34
53
74
49
47
Agricultural Land
S3
Turkara Sigihalli
9.0
NE
15
38
01
74
51
46
Agricultural Land
S4
Ningadahalli
7.0
SW
15
32
10
74
45
01
Barren Land
S5
Arvadi
5.5
NNE
15
37
14
74
48
37
Barren Land
S6
Dombarkop
1.5
N
15
35
11
74
48
12
Agricultural Land
S7
Kittur
3.0
NNW
15
35
59
74
46
46
Barren Land
S8
Chenapur
3.5
NW
15
35
09
74
46
15
Barren Land
S9
Yamhikatti
7.0
NW
15
36
39
74
45
44
Agricultural Land
S10
Honapur
3.5
W
15
33
41
74
46
14
Barren Land
S11
Siragupur
6.5
W
15
34
02
74
45
14
Agricultural Land
S12
Machi
6.0
S
15
31
04
74
48
01
Barren Land
S13
Tegur
4.5
SE
15
32
41
74
50
13
Barren Land
S14
Matikop
7.5
SE
15
31
26
74
50
51
Barren Land
S15
Mugali
7.0
E
15
34
40
74
52
12
Agricultural Land
3.32
Figure 3.8
3.33
Table 3.17(A)
Parameter
Unit
Color
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Dark
Brown
Brow
n
Dark
Brow
n
Dark
Brow
n
Brow
n
Dark
Brow
n
Brow
n
Light
Brow
n
pH ( 10% Solution)
--
7.09
7.09
7.11
7.44
7.14
6.68
7.04
7.68
EC ( 10 % Solution)
µMho/cm
323
308
335
329
287
294
266
282
Organic Carbon
CEC
SAR
Calcium as Ca
Magnisium as Mg
Sodium as Na
Available Potassium
as K
Available Nitrogen
as N
Available
Phosphates as P
Lead as Pb
Cadmium as Cd
Chromium as Cr
Mercury as Hg
Nickel as Ni
Zinc as Zn
%
Meq/100gr
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
0.18
15.6
0.9
1380
947
186
0.2
12.5
1.2
1096
723
215
0.28
18.5
1.1
1577
1089
237
0.16
17.09
1.2
1493
1025
236
0.17
8.91
2.2
699
480
312
0.26
10.2
1.9
832
571
291
0.25
4.39
2.5
303
208
227
0.21
7.18
1.2
605
415
155
Kg/Ha
54
62
75
73
46
38
71
31
Kg/Ha
144
139
156
158
149
142
153
163
Kg/Ha
11
9
13
12
12
14
5
10
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
10.5
<0.5
16.7
<0.5
<2
46.5
21.5
<0.5
18.9
<0.5
<2
23.8
16.7
<0.5
24.6
<0.5
<2
37.8
12.9
<0.5
31.2
<0.5
<2
55.5
11.6
<0.5
21.8
<0.5
<2
38.4
8.9
<0.5
13.4
<0.5
<2
62.3
16.5
<0.5
32.4
<0.5
<2
29.7
15.8
<0.5
22.4
<0.5
<2
36.9
Standard Soil Classification – Indian Council
of Agricultural Research, New Delhi
Acidic <6.0 Normal to saline 6.0 – 8.5,
Tending to become alkaline 8.6-9.0, Alkaline
> 9.0
Normal <1000, Critical for germination 1000
– 2000, Critical for growth 2000- 4000,
Injurious to most crops > 4000
Low <0.5%, Medium 0.5-0.75%, High >0.75%
Low below 110, Medium 110 to 280, High
above 280
above 560
Low below 10, Medium 10 to 25High above
25
3.34
Table 3.17(B)
Parameter
Unit
Color
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
Grey
Dark
Brow
7.53
Dark
Brown
7.61
Brown
Brown
8.08
Light
Brown
7.41
pH ( 10% Solution)
--
7.22
Dark
Brown
6.59
EC ( 10 % Solution)
µMho/c
m
295
325
316
272
335
317
315
Organic Carbon
CEC
%
Meq/100
gr
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
Kg/Ha
0.18
10.1
0.24
16.3
0.21
14.06
0.15
5.66
0.21
18.38
0.19
14.62
0.22
14.1
1.4
851
584
215
56
1.3
1418
973
254
48
0.8
1247
856
158
45
2.6
416
265
285
66
1.2
1607
1103
263
58
1.2
1266
869
224
71
1.1
1229
843
212
61
Kg/Ha
163
148
153
147
138
149
132
7
11
10
7
13
11
10
17.4
<0.5
26.8
<0.5
<2
41.5
15.2
<0.5
11.9
<0.5
<2
75.4
13.8
<0.5
32.4
<0.5
<2
35.2
13.2
<0.5
19.8
<0.5
<2
33.6
14.5
<0.5
21.2
<0.5
<2
45.5
16.8
<0.5
25.6
<0.5
<2
64.2
13.4
<0.5
5.6
<0.5
<2
51.2
SAR
Calcium as Ca
Magnisium as Mg
Sodium as Na
Available Potassium
as K
Available Nitrogen as
N
Available Phosphates
as P
Lead as Pb
Cadmium as Cd
Chromium as Cr
Mercury as Hg
Nickel as Ni
Zinc as Zn
Kg/Ha
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
mg/Kg
7.15
Standard Soil Classification – Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, New Delhi
Acidic <6.0, Normal to saline 6.0 – 8.5, Tending
to become alkaline 8.6-9.0, Alkaline > 9.0
Normal <1000, Critical for germination 1000 –
2000, Critical for growth 2000- 4000, Injurious
to most crops > 4000
Low <0.5%, Medium 0.5-0.75%, High >0.75%
above 280
above 560
Low below 10, Medium 10 to 25, High above
25
3.35
The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are
summarized below. The pH of the soil is an important property; plants cannot grow in
low and high pH value soils. The normal range of the soils in 6.0 to 8.5 is called as normal
to saline soils. Most of the essential nutrients like N, P, K, Cl and SO 4 are available for
plant at the neutral pH except for Fe, Mn and Al which are available at low pH range. The
soils having pH below 7 are considered to be acidic from the practical standpoint, those
with pH less than 5.5 and which respond to liming may be considered to qualify to be
designated as acid soils.
 On the basis of pH measurements, the degree of soil acidity may be indicated. The
pH values in the study area are varying from 6.59– 8.08 indicating that the pH
range in all samples are falling in normal to saline class.
 The electrical conductivity of soils is classified as normal if less than 1000
µs/cm.The electrical conductivity in the study area is varying from 266 to 335
µMho/cm indicating that the soils are falling under Normal category.
 The organic carbon influences the soil in respect to colour, physical properties,
supply of available nutrients and absorptive capacity. The main source of soil
organic carbon is plant tissue while animals are the subsidiary source. Though
organic carbon is a small part of mineral soils, it plays a vital role in the
productivity and conditioning of soils. It serves as source of food for soil bacteria
and fungi which are responsible for converting complex organic materials into
simple substances readily used by the plants. In association with clay and calcium,
it helps to form the aggregates of soil particles to produce the crumb structure.
The Organic Carbon in the study area is varying from 0.15 – 0.28 % that indicating
low range of organic carbon.
 The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are N, P,
K (Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium) are known as primary
nutrientswhileCalcium, Magnesium and sulphur as secondary nutrients. The
primary and secondary nutrient elements are known as major elements. This
classification is based on their relative abundance, and not on their relative
importance.
 Available Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting
a healthy green colour to the leaves. It also controls, to some extent, the efficient
utilization of phosphorus and potassium. Its deficiency retards growth and root
development, turns the foliage yellowish or pale green, hastens maturity, causes
the shriveling of grains and lowers crop yield. Excess nitrogen produces leathery
3.36
and sometimes crinkled and dark green leaves with succulent growth. It also
delays the maturation of plants, impairs the quality of crops like barley, potato,
tobacco, sugarcane and fruits and increases susceptibility to diseases and causes
”lodging” of cereal crops by inducing an undue lengthening of the stem
internodes.The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 132 to
163 kg/ha indicating soils of medium category.
 Available Phosphorus influences the vigor of plants and improves the quality of
crops. It encourages the formation of new cells, promotes root growth
(particularly the development of fibrous roots), and hastens leaf development,
formation of grains, and the maturation of crops. It also increases resistance to
disease and strengthens the stems of cereal plants, thus reducing their tendency
to lodge. If phosphorus is deficient in the soil, plants fail to make a quick start, do
not develop a satisfactory root-system, remain stunted and sometimes develop a
tendency to show a reddish or purplish discoloration of the stem and foliage.In
the study area available Phosphorus is varying from 5 to 14 kg/ha, which indicates
that 4 samples are falling in low range and 11 samples are in medium range.
 Available Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect
attacks, and cold and other adverse conditions. It plays an essential part in the
formation of starch and in the production and translocation of sugars, and is thus
of special value to carbohydrate rich crops, e.g. sugarcane, potato and sugar beet.
The increased production of starch and sugar in legumes fertilized with potash
benefits the symbiotic bacteria and enhances the fixation of nitrogen. Vegetables
and legumes are particularly heavy consumers of potassium. Deficiency of
potassium produces the characteristic ringing of alfalfa leaves, reddish brown
discoloration of cotton leaves, curbing of leaf margins of potato, and intraveinal
chlorosis and flaring of maize leaves.The available potassium in the study area is
varying between 31 to 75 kg/ha which indicates that all samples are falling in low
range.
3.9 Traffic Study
Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also
participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of
photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban
areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house gases,
burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that contribute
significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades in countries
like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused a global concern
regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale.
3.37
In countries like India automobiles especially two-wheelers are a very popular mode of
personal transport for socio-economic reasons. They constitute to about 70-95% of the
total passenger’s vehicles. About the same percentage of two-wheeler vehicles are
powered by two-stroke engines because of low initial and maintenance costs. However
these two stroke engines have high emission levels which are of the major concern.
Moreover, these emissions are concentrated in urban area, further contributing to
already polluted “heat islands”. Poor public transportation and high transportation fares,
increasing cost of living and greater demand for mobility may be attributed to a surge in
the number of personal vehicles during the last decade.
The objective of traffic study and emission quantification is to assess the magnitude of
the emissions resulting from two-wheelers, three wheelers, and four wheelers that are
extensively used as a means of common transport within the urban areas.
A detailed traffic survey was conducted in the study area and also to evaluate the
impacts of the increased traffic due to the proposed activity.
Vehicular emissions are the major source of air quality impacts in the study area. The
principal cause of air pollution during the construction phase is the diesel-powered
vehicles used in haulage of aggregates, earth and other construction material. Air quality
could be affected by dust & particulate matter arising due to site clearing, vehicular
emissions etc. Gaseous emissions like Sulphur dioxide, Nitrous oxide, CO and HC might be
released from the vehicular movement, which has a direct impact on the environment.
Increase in the traffic in the study area has a direct impact on the resources as a heavy
release of automobile exhaust is envisaged which has a direct impact on the air quality
and the ambient noise levels in the study area.
The methodology adopted for carrying out the traffic study was to select the major roads
around the project site and count the various categories of vehicles moving on these
roads given in Table 3.18
3.9.1 Traffic Studies - Conclusion
The traffic survey was carried out on the NH 4 which is adjacent to the project site. The
details of the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no
major impact on traffic due to the proposed project.
3.38
Table 3.18
Traffic Survey at the NH 4 (Adjacent to the site)
Three
Passenger
Trucks,Buses
Two wheeler Wheeler
cars
and lorries
Total vehicles
PCU/hr
PCU/h
PCU/h
PCU/hr
Total
Hours
v/hr (0.75) v/hr r(1.2) v/hr r(1)
v/hr (3.7)
Total PCU/hr
06-07 am 184 138
32
38
182 182
194 718
592
1076
07-08 am 261 196
38
46
237 237
208 770
744
1248
237
08-09 am 316
44
53
297 297
287 1062
944
1649
308
09-10 am 410
48
58
273 273
370 1369
1101 2007
10-11 am 433 325
69
83
317 317
434 1606
1253 2330
11-12 pm 413 310
83
100
306 306
407 1506
1209 2221
12-01 pm 398 299
88
106
264 264
346 1280
1096 1948
01-02 pm 405 304
83
100
273 273
334 1236
1095 1912
02-03 pm 373 280
73
88
253 253
287 1062
986
1682
03-04 pm 360 270
72
86
241 241
354 1310
1027 1907
04-05 pm 413 310
60
72
274 274
444 1643
1191 2299
05-06 pm 426 320
76
91
297 297
387 1432
1186 2140
06-07 pm 400 300
67
80
273 273
307 1136
1047 1789
07-08 pm 343 257
56
67
250 250
333 1232
982
1807
08-09pm
273 205
45
54
226 226
287 1062
831
1547
09-10pm
290 218
40
48
217 217
264 977
811
1459
10-11pm
273 205
30
36
206 206
244 903
753
1350
11-12am
169 127
26
31
163 163
210 777
568
1098
12-01am
149 112
20
24
137 137
176 651
482
924
01-02am 122 92
19
23
106 106
146 540
393
761
02-03am
93
70
16
19
77
77
100 370
286
536
03-04am
60
45
14
17
54
54
87
322
215
438
04-05am
82
62
19
23
106 106
136 503
343
694
05-06am
110 83
25
30
120 120
176 651
431
884
The highest peak observed is 2330 PCU/hr during 10am to 11 am
IRC- 106-1990
Roads with no frontage access, no
2 way/4 lane
3600 PCU/hr
Standards
standing vehicles very little cross traffic
3.10 Ecological Environment
3.10.1 Introduction
An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference to
recording the existing biological resources in the study area. Ecological studies are one of
the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to conserve
environmental quality and biodiversity. The present objective is to study an area of 10km
radius from the proposed project site. Ecological systems show complex interrelationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition
and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and animal communities,
which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the abiotic
components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment.
3.39
Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors.
Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact
Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment includes
terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
The animal and plant communities co-exist in a well-organized manner. Their natural
settings can get disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities or by
naturally occurring calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it sometimes
is either practically impossible or may take a longer time to come back to its original state.
Hence, changes in the status of flora and fauna are an elementary requirement of
Environmental Impact Assessment studies, in view of the need for conservation of
environmental quality and biodiversity. Information on flora and fauna was collected
within the study area. Relevant details on aquatic life within the study area were
collected from related government offices.
3.10.2 Terrestrial Ecological Studies
3.10.2.1 Objectives of Ecological Study
The objectives of the present study are intended to:
 Generate baseline data from field observations from various terrestrial and
aquatic ecosystems;
 Compare the data so generated with authentic past records to understand
changes; and
 Characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and fauna.
3.10.2.2 Methods Adopted for the Study
To accomplish the above objectives, a general ecological survey covering an area of 10km
radius from the proposed project boundary was done as follows:
 Reconnaissance survey for selection of sampling sites in and around the site on
the basis of meteorological conditions;
 Generation of primary data to understand baseline ecological status, important
floristic elements;
 Generation of primary data to understand baseline fauna structure; and
 Collection of secondary data from Forest Working Plan and Gazetteers.
3.10.2.3 Criteria adopted for Selection of Sampling Locations
Reconnaissance survey was conducted to identify the phyto-sociological sampling
locations on the basis of following criteria:
 Proximity to the proposed IA;
 Downwind direction of the proposed IA ; and
 Upwind direction of the proposed IA.
3.40
3.10.3 Review of Secondary Data and environmental setting of the project site
With reference to the vegetation of the district, dry deciduous type of forests is observed
in the study area. Natural factors include factors such as the altitude, the soil conditions,
the quantity and regularity of the rainfall.
The land in question is along the Kittur-Dharwad stretch of the Pune-Bangalore National
Highway-4, about 3km from Kittur town and 15km from Circuit Bench of the Karnataka
High Court on the outskirts of Dharwad city. These are hilly terrains, tilled and
transformed into cultivable land. Farmers are cultivating paddy, soyabean, maize, sesame
seeds, sugarcane, green gram, cotton and vegetables. Along with it, most of them have
planted mango trees, which are three to 15 years old. The environmental setting of the
proposed project site is given in Tabe 3.19
Figure 3.9
Planning and inputs with KIADB personal
Figure 3.10
Start proofreading at proposed site with KIADB pesonals
3.41
Table 3.19
Details of Environmental Setting
S. No.
1
2
3
Particulars
Present land use at the site
Topography at site
Reserved/Protected
Forest/Plantations
Details
Agricultural & Barren land
Terrain with undulations
Kulvalli RF (Eucalyptus Plantation) around 1km(SW)
Lingadalahalli RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 6km (SW)
Mommigatti RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around 7km (SE)
Figure 3.11
Proposed project site near NH-4, Kittur
Figure 3.12
Natural vegetation near proposed project site, Kittur
3.42
Figure 3.13
National Highway number-4, just adjacent to proposed project site, Kittur
Figure 3.14
Groups of herbivorous are grasing at the proposed project site, Kittur
3.10.4 Phytosociological Studies
For the purpose of the study, the proposed site area is considered as the core area. The
outside core area within 10km radius study area acts as the buffer zone.
A preliminary survey was made and five locations for detailed study within 10km radius
were selected.
The proposed project is allotted in the Kittur IDA. The crops grown are Kharif and Rabbi,
however, the crop Kharif dominates over Rabbi. The crop yield is moderate to good based
on the rainfall and irrigation facilities. Biogeography of the area has very undulating
topography with steep to moderately steep sloping hills with black soil type and sandy loam
texture.
The primary data was generated through:
3.43
 Preparing a general checklist of all plants encountered in the study area. This would
indicate the biodiversity for wild and cultivated plants. The plants so encountered
were classified into life form spectrum according to the classification of Raunkiaer's
(Braun Blanquet) classification of life form spectrum;
 Phytosociological studies were carried out by using list count quadrate method.
Sufficient number of quadrates of 100 m2 size was employed for trees. The number
of quadrates depended on actual field requirements;
 Estimating basal areas of trees and shrubs at breast height [132 cm from ground or
above buttresses];
 Herbaceous flora was studied by taking 10 quadrates in each location, each
quadrate having 10 m2;
 Determining frequency, abundance, relative frequency, relative density, relative
dominance and importance value indices using Mueller-Dombois-Ellenberge [1974]
Method;
 Determining the bird population of migratory and local birds by taking 10 random
readings at every location;
 Observing mammals, amphibians and reptiles, noting their calls, droppings, burrows,
pugmarks and other signs;
 Noting impact of industrial activities on fauna, flora and crops. Effects on status
and/or quality of growth on plants and any symptoms like defoliation, deformities,
chlorosis, necrosis, warping, reduced vigour and infection by parasites and attacks
by predator insects were noticed; and
 Local inhabitants were interviewed for uses of plants and animals and to get
ethnobiological data.
Flora:
As per primary survey details, fair agro-vegetation cover in the study area. Growth of
grasses in the study area is more in rainy season. Apart from rainy season, study area
looks dry as most of the trees shed their leaves and it starts from December to May.
Only reserve forest blocks are present in the study area, which comes under buffer zone
of the study area.
The reserve forest blocks found in the study area are found to be 6, 8 &10km (SE),
9&15km (SSE), 8km (SW), 7km (SSW) and 5km (WSW) respectively. Apart from reserve
forest blocks, eucalyptus plantation is being observed along agriculture bunds and both
sides of the road.it is found to be around 3.5 &7.5km(S), 7.5 & 8.5km(SSE), 7.2km(SW),
7.5km(WSW), 10km(N) respectively. However, there are no reserve forests, protected
forests or revenue forest within the core zone.
3.44
Figure 3.15
Eucalyptus plantation at the proposed project site
The common trees in the study area are Tamarindus indica, Pithoclobium dulsi, Prosopis
julifera and Eucalyptus species. The shrub vegetation consists of Zizyphus xylopyra,
Adathoda vassica, Carisa sp, and Randia dumentorium. The common species of grasses in
the study area are Fimbryostylus ovata, Aristida funiculata, Pennisetum and Heteropogon.
On the basis of distribution of Trees, Shrubs and Herbs, the proposed plant site (core
zone) is having following vegetation as given in Table 3.20.
Table 3.20
Flora/Vegetation in the Study Area (Core Zone)
S. No.
Trees
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Common/ Local name
Botanical name
Family
Asana
Amalatash
Bakul
Behda
Bibba
Char/charoli
Email
Jambhul
Jungle jalebi
Kanchan
Karanj
Khair
Kinjal
Kumbhi
Neem
Noni
Pangara
Kate savar
Pterocarpus marsupium
Cassia fistula
Mimusops elengi
Terminalia bellerica
Semecarpus anacardium
Buchanania lanzan
Tamarindus indica
Syzigium cuminii
Pithocelobium dulsi
Bauhunia purpurea
Pongamia pinnata
Acacia catechu
Terminalia paniculata
Careya arborea
Azadirachta indica
Morinda citrifolia
Erythrina stricta
Bombax ceiba
Euphorbiaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Sapotaceae
Combretaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Mimosaceae
Myrtaceae
Leguminaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Leguminosae
Mimosaceae
Combretaceae
Barringtoniaceae
Meliaceae
Rubiaceae
Leguminosae
Bombacaceae
3.45
19
Shewga
20
Shivan
21
Surangi
Shrubs
22
Devari
23
Ghaneri
24
Kala kuda, Indra jau
25
Karvanda
26
Murudsheng
27
Nivdung/ cactus
28
Ranbhendi
29
Ratanjyot, Ranayerandi
30
Rui
31
Safed kuda
32
Toran
Herbs
33
Anantmul
34
Takla
35
Dash muli
Climbers
36
Gunja
37
Chambvel
38
Vasanvel
39
Gulvel
40
Bedkicha pala
41
Pusar, Ranmogra
42
Kewanch, khajkhujli
43
Shatawar
44
Ghotvel
45
Asthmavel
Grasses
46
Bharyel
47
Huda
48
Kusali, Gante gavat
49
Marvel grass
50
Phoolar
Moringa oleifera
Gmelina arborea
Mammea longifolia
Moringaceae
Verbenaceae
Guttiferae
Ixora coccinea
Lantana camera
Wrightia tintoria
Carissa congesta
Helicterus isora
Euphorbia ligularia
Thespesia lampas
Jatropha curcas
Calotropis procera
Holarrhena antidysenterica
Zizyphus rugosa
Rubiaceae
Verbenaceae
Apocynaceae
Apocynaceae
Sterculiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Malvaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Apocynaceae
Rhamnaceae
Hemidesmus indicus
Cassia tora
Eranthemum roseum
Asclepiadaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Acanthaceae
Abrus precatorius
Phanera vahlii
Cocculus hirsutus
Tinospora cordifolia
Gymnema sylvestre
Jasminum malabaricum
Mucuna prurita
Asparagus racemosus
Smilax ovatifolia
Tylophora dalzelli
Fabaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Menispermaceae
Menispermaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Oleaceae
Leguminosae
Liliaceae
Liliaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Dendrocalamus strictus
Oxytenanthera ritchey
Heteropogon contortus
Andropogon annulatus
Themeda quadrivalvis
Gramineae
Gramineae
Gramineae
Poaceae
Gramineae
On the basis of distribution of vegetation in the study area, following Trees, Shrubs and
Herbs are observed/recorded in the buffer zone (out side core zone and within study
area) is given in Table 3.21
3.46
Table 3.21
Flora/Vegetation With in Buffer Zone in the Study Area
S. No.
Trees
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
31
33
34
35
37
Shrubs
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Common/local name
Botanical name
Family
Ain
Anjan
Aonla
Asana
Bahava
Bakul
Behda
Ber
Bibba
Bivla
Char/charoli
Chinch
Hirda
Jambhul
Kajra
Kanchan
Karanj
Khair
Kinjal
Kumbhi
Mango
Neem
Noni
Pangara
Kate savar
Shewga
Shivan
Surangi
Tirphal
Umbar
Undi, Nagchampa
Dudla
Terminalia tomentosa
Memecylon umbellatum
Emblica officinalis
Bridelia siry-shawii
Cassia fistula
Mimusops elengi
Terminalia bellerica
Ziziphus oenoplia
Semecarpus anacardium
Pterocarpus marsupium
Buchanania lanzan
Tamarindus indica
Terminalia chebula
Syzigium cuminii
Strychnos nux-vomica
Bauhunia purpurea
Pongamia pinnata
Acacia catechu
Terminalia paniculata
Careya arborea
Mangifera indica
Azadirachta indica
Morinda citrifolia
Erythrina stricta
Bombax ceiba
Moringa oleifera
Gmelina arborea
Mammea longifolia
Zanthoxylum rhetsa
Ficus glomerata
Calophyllum inophyllum
Sapium insigne
Combretaceae
Melastomataceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Sapotaceae
Combretaceae
Rhamnaceae
Anacardiaceae
Leguminosae
Anacardiaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Combretaceae
Myrtaceae
Loganiaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Leguminosae
Mimosaceae
Combretaceae
Barringtoniaceae
Anacardiaceae
Meliaceae
Rubiaceae
Leguminosae
Bombacaceae
Moringaceae
Verbenaceae
Guttiferae
Rutaceae
Moraceae
Clusiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Adulsa
Devari
Ghaneri
Kala kuda, Indra jau
Karvanda
Murudsheng
Nivdung/ cactus
Ranbhendi
Ratanjyot, Ranayerandi
Rui
Safed kuda
Justicia adathoda
Ixora coccinea
Lantana camera
Wrightia tintoria
Carissa congesta
Helicterus isora
Euphorbia ligularia
Thespesia lampas
Jatropha curcas
Calotropis procera
Holarrhena antidysenterica
Rubiaceae
Verbenaceae
Apocynaceae
Apocynaceae
Sterculiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Malvaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Apocynaceae
3.47
49
50
51
Herbs
52
53
54
55
Climbers
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
Grasses
68
69
70
71
72
Toran
Tulasi
Ukshi
Zizyphus rugosa
Ocimum sanctum
Calycopteris floribunda
Rhamnaceae
Labiatae
Combretaceae
Anantmul
Takla
Dash muli
Salmul
Hemidesmus indicus
Cassia tora
Eranthemum roseum
Desmodium angulatum
Asclepiadaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Acanthaceae
Leguminosae
Gunja
Chambvel
Vasanvel
Gulvel
Bedkicha pala
Pusar, Ranmogra
Karonda
Kewanch, khajkhujli
Shatawar
Shikakai
Ghotvel
Asthmavel
Abrus precatorius
Phanera vahlii
Cocculus hirsutus
Gymnema sylvestre
Jasminum malabaricum
Dioscorea bulbifera
Mucuna prurita
Asparagus racemosus
Acacia sinuata
Smilax ovatifolia
Tylophora dalzelli
Fabaceae
Caesalpiniaceae
Menispermaceae
Menispermaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Oleaceae
Dioscoreaceae
Leguminosae
Liliaceae
Mimosaceae
Liliaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Bharyel
Huda
Kusali, Gante gavat
Marvel grass
Phoolar
Dendrocalamus strictus
Oxytenanthera ritchey
Heteropogon contortus
Andropogon annulatus
Gramineae
Gramineae
Gramineae
Poaceae
Gramineae
Natural vegetation in the study area: - The natural vegetation in the study area is
summarized with the help of secondary data collected from the DFO, Dharawad,
horticulture department, identification of forest officials, agriculture department found
in the study area. The natural vegetation found in the area based on the secondary data,
is given in Table 3.22.
Table 3.22
Flora/Vegetation Found in the Area Based On Secondary Data
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
I. Commercial Crops( Including Vegetables)
1.
Abelomoschus indicus
2.
Allium cepa
3.
Allium sativum
4.
Annona squamosa
5.
Arachis hypogia
6.
Brassica oleracea var botrydis
7.
Brassica oleracea var capitata
8.
Cajanus cajan
Family
Life form
Malvaceae
Liliaceae
Liliaceae
Annonaceae
Fabaceae
Cruciferae
Cruciferae
Fabaceae
Therophyte
Geophyte
Geophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
3.48
Sr. No.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
Scientific Name
Carica papaya
Catharanthes pusillus
Cicer arietinum
Citrus lemon
Colacasia esculenta
Coreandrum sativum
Daucus carota
Gossypium sp
Lycopersicum esculentus
Mangifera indica
Memordia charantia
Saccharum officinarum
Pisum sativum
Psidium guava
Raphanus sativa
Solanum tuberosum
Trichosanthes anguina
Family
Caricaceae
Compositae
Fabaceae
Ruataceae
Areaceae
Umbelliferae
Umbelliferae
Malvaceae
Solanaceae
Anacardiaceae
Cucurbitaceae
poaceae
Fabaceae
Myrtaceae
Cruciferae
Solanaceae
Cucurbitaceae
II. Plantations
Acacia nilotica
Mimosaceae
Albizia lebbeck
Mimosaceae
Albizia odorattissima
Mimosaceae
Albizia procera
Mimosaceae
Anacardium occidentale
Anacardiaceae
Azadirachta indica
Meliaceae
Bauhinia variegate
Caesalpinaceae
Bauhinia purpuria
Caesalpinaceae
Bambusa arundanaceae
Poaceae
Butea superba
Caesalpinaceae
Eucalyptus sp
Myrtaceae
Casuarina equisetifolia
Casuarinaceae
Delonix regia
Caesalpinaceae
Leucena leucophloe
Caesalpinaceae
III. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type
Abrus precatorius
Fabaceae
Abutilon indicum
Malvaceae
Acacia Arabica
Mimosaceae
Acacia auriculiformis
Mimosaceae
Acacia fernacea
Mimosaceae
Acacia leucophloe
Mimosaceae
Acalypha ciliate
Mimosaceae
Acalypha lanceolata
Euphorbiaceae
Acanthospermum hispidum
Compositae
Achras sapota
Sapotaceae
Achyranthes aspera
Amaranthaceae
Adathoda vasica
Acanthaceae
Adina cordifolia
Rubiaceae
Aegle marmelos
Rutaceae
Life form
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Geophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Geophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicrptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Geophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanorophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
3.49
Sr. No.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
Scientific Name
Aerva lanata
Agave wightii
Ageratum conyzoides
Ailanthes excela
Alangium salivus
Albizia odoratissima
Albizia procera
Aloe barbedensis
Alstonia scholaris
Alternanthera sessilis
Alysicarpus hamosus
Alysicarpus monilifer
Ammania baccafera
Andrographis paniculata
Anoegeissus latifolia
Anogeissus latifolia
Anogeissus serica
Argemone mexicana
Arthraxon prionoites
Asparagaus racemosus
Atalantia monophylla
Azadirachta indica
Barleria prionoites
Bidens biternata
Blepharis asperima
Blepharis madaraspatens
Blumea lacera
Boerheavia chinensis
Boerheavia diffusa
*Bombax ceiba
Borassus flabellifera
Borreria hispida
Borreria stricta
Boswellia serrata
Brassica camprestris
Bridelia retusa
Bridelia superba
Caesalpina pulcherima
Calotropis gigantia
Canna indicda
Canthium diddynum
Capparis aphylla
Capparis deciduas
Capsicum annulatum
Careya arborea
Carissa carandus
Carissa spinarium
Family
Compositae
Agavaceae
Compositae
Simaroubaceae
Alangiceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Agavaceae
Apocyanaceae
Amaranthaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Lytharaceae
Acanthaceae
Combretaceae
Combretaceae
Combretaceae
Papavaraceae
Poaceae
Liliaceae
Rutaceae
Meliaceae
Acanthaceae
Compositae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Compositae
Nycataginaceae
Nyctaginaceae
Bombacaceae
Palmae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Burseraceae
Cruciferae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Cannaceae
Rubiaceae
Capparidaceae
Capparidaceae
Solanaceae
Palmae
Apocyanaceae
Apocyanaceae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Geophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
3.50
Sr. No.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
Scientific Name
Casearia graveolens
Cassia absus
Cassia absus
Cassia auriculata
Cassia obtuse
Cassia occidentalis
Cassia pumella
Cassia tora
Ceiba pentandra
Cestrum diurnum
Cestrum noctrunum
Chloris varigata
Chrysanthemum sp
Cissus quadrangularis
Citrus limon
Citrus media
Cleome gynandra
Cleome viscose
Clitoria ternate
Cocculus villosa
Cocos nucifera
Combretum ovalifolium
Commelina benghalensis
Cordia dichotoma
Cordia myxa
Cordia rothri
Crataeva adsoni
Crotalaria burhia
Crotalaria medicagenia
Croton bonplandinum
Cryptostegia grandiflora
Cuscuta reflexa
Dalbergia paniculata
Datura alba
Datura fastulosa
Datura metal
Delphinium ajacus
Dendrophthe falcate
Desmodium triflorum
Diospyros melanoxylon
Diospyros Montana
Echinops echinatus
Eclipta alba
Eclipta prostrate
Eichhornia cressipes
Emblica officinale
Emilia lajerium
Family
Samydiaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Bombacaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Poaceae
Compositae
Vitaceae
Rutaceae
Rutaceae
Capparidaceae
Capparidaceae
Fabaceae
Cucurbiataceae
Palmae
Rubiaceae
Commelinaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Capparidaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Amaryllidaceae
Orchidaceae
Cuscutaceae
Fabaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Ranunculaceae
Loranthaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Lythraceae
Lythraceae
Compositae
Compositae
Compositae
Pontederiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Compositae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Theophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Epiphyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
3.51
Sr. No.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
Scientific Name
Erythrina indica
Euphorbia geniculata
Euphorbia hirta
Euphorbia nerifolia
Euphorbia neruri
Euphorbia nivula
Euphorbia piluliflora
Euphorbia thymiflora
Euphorbia tricauli
Evolvulus alsinoides
Evolvulus numalaris
Feronia elephantum
Ficus benghalensis
Ficus carica
Ficus glomerata
Ficus hispida
Ficus racemosus
Ficus relisiosa
Ficvus gibbosa
Flacourtia indica
Flacourtia latifolia
Flacourtia Montana
Fumaria indica
Gardenia latifolia
Gardenia lucida
Garuga pinnata
Gloriosa superba
Glossocardia bosvellia
Gmelina arborea
Gomphrena globosa
Gossypium herbaceum
Grewia abutifolia
Grewia salivifolia
Grewia subinaqualis
Gynandropis gynandra
Haplanthus tentaculatus
Haplanthus verticillatus
Helictris isora
Heliotropium indicum
Hemidesmus indicus
Hibiscus gibbosa
Hibiscus micronthus
Hibiscus ovalifolia
Hibiscus rosa-cianensis
Hibsicus caesus
Holarrhena antidycenterica
Holostemma annularia
Family
Papillionaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Rutaceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Flacourtiaceae
Flacourtiaceae
Flacourtiaceae
Papillionaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Burseraceae
Liliaceae
Compositae
Rubiaceae
Amaranthaceae
Malvaceae
Tiliaceae
Tiliaceae
Tiliaceae
Capparidaceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Aslepiadaceae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
3.52
Sr. No.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.
Scientific Name
Hygrophylla auriculata
Hyptis suavalens
Ichnocarpus frutens
Impatiens balasamania
Indigofera cordifolia
Indigofera limnacea
Indigofera tinctoria
Ipomea aquatica
Ipomea carnea
Ipomea coccinea
Ipomea tuba
Ixora arborea
Ixora parviflora
Ixora singapuriens
Jacarandra jacquimontii
Jasmimum arborens
Jatropha gossypifolia
Jusrtia simplex
Jussiaea suffraticosa
Justia diffusa
Justicia diffusa
Kyllinga trceps
Lactuca punctata
Lagestromia indica
Lannea asplenifolia
Lannea coramandalica
Lannea grandis
Lannea procumbens
*Lantana camara
Lathyrus sativus
Lawsonia inermis
Lemna minor
Lepidogathis cristata
Leptodenia pyrotechnica
Leptodenia reticulate
Leucas aspera
Leucas longifolia
Leucas stelligera
Leucena leucophloe
Linderbergia indica
Lindernbergia ciliate
Lophophora tridinatus
Loranthus sp
Luffa acutangularia
Lycopersicum esculentus
Lygodium flexosum
Madhuca latifolia
Family
Acanthaceae
Labiatae
Poaceae
Balsaminaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Bignoniaceae
Oleaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Acanthaceae
Onagraceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Cyperaceae
Compositae
Lythraceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Verbinacaee
Papillionaceae
Lythraceae
Lemnaceae
Acanthaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Caesalpinaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Loranthaceae
Cucurbitaceae
Solanaceae
Schiaceae
Sapotaceae
Life form
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Geophyte
Epiphyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
3.53
Sr. No.
242.
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
251.
252.
253.
254.
255.
256.
257.
258.
259.
260.
261.
262.
263.
264.
265.
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.
275.
276.
277.
278.
279.
280.
281.
282.
283.
284.
285.
286.
287.
288.
Scientific Name
Madhuca latifolia
Mallotus philippinus
Malvastrum coramandalicum
Mangifera indica
Marselia quadrifolia
Medicago aureus
Medicago indica
Medicago lymorpha
Medicago polymorpha
Melia azadirachta
Memordica diocea
Memycelon edule
Mentha piperata
Merremia emerginata
Mesua ferrea
Michaelia champaca
Millingtonia hartensis
Mimosa hamata
Mitragyna parviflora
Mollugo cerviana
Mollugo hirta
Moringa oleifera
Moringa olerifera
Morus alba
Mucuna prurita
Murraya exotica
Murraya koenigii
Musa paradisica
Nelumbium nuciferum
Nerium indicum
Nicotiana plubigera
Nymphia sp
Ocimum americanum
Ocimum basillum
Ocimum canum
Ocimum sanctum
Oldenlandia umbellate
Oldenlandiua corymbosa
Oogeinia oojensis
Opuntia dillinii
Opuntia elator
Oxalis corniculata
Panicum milliria
Panicum notatum
Papaver somniferum
Parkinsonia aculata
Parthenium hysterophorus
Family
Sapotaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Malvaceae
Anacardiaceae
Marseliaceae
Papillionaceae
Papillionaceae
Papillionaceae
Papillionaceae
Meliaceae
Cucurbitaceae
Melastonellaceae
Labiatae
Convolvulaceae
Guttiferae
Annonaceae
Bignoniaceae
Mimosaceae
Rubiaceae
Aizoaceae
Aizoaceae
Moringaceae
Moringaeae
Moraceae
Papillionaceae
Rutaceae
Rutaceae
Musaceae
Magnoliaceae
Apocyanaceae
Solanaceae
Magnoliaceae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Labiatae
Convolvulaceae
Rubiaceae
Papillionaceae
Opuntiaceae
Cacataceae
Oxalidaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Papaveraceae
Mimosaceae
Compositae
Life form
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hydrophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyteq
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
3.54
Sr. No.
289.
290.
291.
292.
293.
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
303.
304.
305.
306.
307.
308.
309.
310.
311.
312.
313.
314.
315.
316.
317.
318.
319.
320.
321.
322.
323.
324.
325.
326.
327.
328.
329.
330.
331.
332.
333.
334.
335.
Scientific Name
Paspalum strobilanthus
Passiflora foetida
Pavonia zeylanica
Peltophorum ferrusinum
Peristrophe bicalculata
Phoenix aculis
Phyllanthes asperulatus
Phyllanthes emblica
Phyllanthes nirurii
Physalis minima
Pistia sp
Pithocolobium dulce
Polyalthia longifolia
Pongamia pinnata
Portulaca oleracea
Prosopis cineraria
Prosopis spicegera
Psidium guava
Punica granulatum
Randia dumatorum
Raphanus sativus
Rhus mysoorensis
Rosa indica
Rosa machata
Saccharum munja
Saccharum officinarum
Salmalia malabarica
Sapindus emerginatus
Saraca indica
Scherebera sweitenoides
Schleichera oleosa
Sesamum indicum
Shorea robusta
Sida cordifolia
Sida orientalis
Sida vernanifolia
Solanum nigrum
Solanum suratensis
Solanum xanthocarpum
Sterculia villosa
Stereospermum chelinoides
*Sygygium cumini
Symplocos racemosa
Tagetus sp
Tamarindus indica
Tecomella undulate
Tectona grandis
Family
Passifloraceae
Passifloraceae
Malvaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Acanthaceae
Palmae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Solanaceae
Hydrocaridaceae
Mimosaceae
Annonaceae
Fabaceae
Portulaccaceae
Mimosaceae
Mimosaceae
Myrtaceae
Puniaceae
Rubiaceae
Cruciferae
Rosaceae
Rosaceae
Rosaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Salmaliaceae
Sapindaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Sapindaceae
Sapindaceae
Pedaliaceae
Dipterocarpaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Tiliaceae
Bignoniaceae
Myrtaceae
Styraceae
Compositae
Caesalpinaceae
Bignoniaceae
Verbinaceae
Life form
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophytes
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Phanreophyte
3.55
Sr. No.
336.
337.
338.
339.
340.
341.
342.
343.
344.
345.
346.
347.
348.
349.
350.
351.
352.
353.
354.
355.
356.
357.
358.
359.
360.
361.
362.
363.
364.
365.
366.
367.
368.
369.
370.
371.
372.
373.
374.
375.
376.
377.
378.
379.
380.
381.
Scientific Name
Family
Tephrosia purpuria
Fabaceae
*Terminalia bellarica
Combretaceae
Terminalia chebula
Combretaceae
*Terminalia tomentosa
Combretaceae
Thespesia populanea
Malvaceae
Rhamnaceae
Trapa bispinosa
Trapaceae
Trapa natans
Trapaceae
Tribulus terrestris
Zygophyllaceae
Tridax procumbens
Compositae
Trigeonella foenumgracum
Fabaceae
Trigonella cornuculata
Fabaceae
Tripogon jacquimontii
Poaceae
Triumferta pilosa
Tiliaceae
Vernonia cinera
Compositae
Vicoa indica
Compositae
Vitex Negundo
Verbinaceae
Vitex negungo
Verbinaceae
Vitis vermifera
Vitaceae
Vivevera zizanoides
Poaceae
Wrightia tomentosa
Apocyanaceae
Xanthium strumariumk
Compositae
Yucca gloriosa
Agavaceae
Zizyphus jujube
Rhamnaceae
Zizyphus mauritiana
Rhamanaceae
Zizyphus nummalaris
Rhamnaceae
Zizyphus rotundus
Rhamnaceae
Zizyphus xylophora
Rhamnaceae
Zornia gobbosa
Compositae
IV. Grasslands
Cenchurus ciliaris
Poaceae
Apluda mutica
Poaceae
Chloris dolichosta
Poaceae
Cyanodactylon sp
Poaceae
Dichanthium annulatum
Poaceae
Inpurta cylendrica
Poaceae
Sachharum spontanseum
Poaceae
Poaceae
Aristida adscensionsis
Poaceae
Cenchrus ciliaris
Poaceae
Cenchrus setifgera
Poaceae
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
Cyperaceae
Cyperus aristatus
Cyperaceae
Cyperus triceps
Cyperaceae
Dactylectinium annualatum
Poaceae
Digetaria bicornis
Poaceae
Digetaria indica
Poaceae
Life form
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanrophyte
Therophyte
Hydrophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanrophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Phanerophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Geophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryprophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicrptophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Therophyte
Hemicryptophyte
Hemicryptophyte
3.56
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
382.
Digetaria Segetaria
383.
Digetaria adscendens
384.
Eragrostis biferia
385.
Eragrostis japonica
386.
Eragrostis tenella
387.
Fibrystylis dichotoma
388.
Ischaemum rugosum
389.
Setaria glauca
390.
Themeda ciliata
391.
Eulaliopsis binata
Endemic Species
Family
Life form
Poaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Poaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Poaceae
Therophyte
Poaceae
Therophyte
Poaceae
Therophyte
Poaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Poaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Cyperaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Cyperaceae
Hemicryptophyte
Graminae
Hemicryptophyte
No endemic species recorded/reported as per
BSI records
Endangered Plants
No endangered plant species observed during
study period and also from records of Botanical
Survey of India( Red data of Books of Indian
Plants)
Source:-Divisional Forest Office Dharawad, Karnataka
*observed during primary survey
3.10.5 Floristic Composition- Primary Survey
 Natural vegetation: Natural vegetation is mostly consisting of trees having dry
decideous characteristics. The study area is abundantly occupied by trees apart from
agroforestry types and commercial plantations such as Tamarindus indica, Terminalia
chebula, Eucalyptus sp, carisa carandus, Butea monosperma and terminalia tomentos. Near
village’s agriculture land, along village roads, state highways and major district roads
Eucalyptus species, Dalbergia sisso, Acacia auriculoformis are predominant. Details of
Shannon weinner diversity index and their standards are given in Table 3.23 and Table 3.24
respectively.
 Floristic Richness
Field survey conducted in post monsoon season revealed a total of 89 species of plants of
which almost all were phanerophytes, 4 were therophytes. During the present study all the
plants observed in the field are recorded but there could be many other plants which have
remained unrecorded due to limitation of time.
 Diversity of vegetation
During primary survey, it was observed that density of plants is more in almost all sampling
locations. To formulate the primary data obtained from field study it is concluded that same
or monotonous, group of plants are observed near location at Mahipatgarh Reserve Forest
Block. Rest of the locations show medium impact.
3.57
Table 3.23
Details of Species Diversity Index in Study Area
Code
Name of the Area
TE-1
TE-2
TE-3
TE-4
TE-5
SWDI of Herbaceous Plants
(Herbs And Shrubs)
Kulvalli
1.78
Sagara
2.57
Magvad
2.85
Madanbhavi
2.35
Turkara Sigihalli
2.30
* SWDI: - Shannon weinner diversity index
SWDI of Perennial
Plants (Trees)
1.52
2.69
2.72
2.70
2.65
Table 3.24
Standards of Shannon Weinner Diversity Index for Terrestrial Plant Community
Sr. No
(SWDI) Value
1
< 1.0
2
1.0-2.0
3
>2.0
*Surveillance of rivers by Hellawell
Type of impacts
Maximum Impact of Pollution
Medium impact of pollution
Lowest low Impact of Pollution
Cryptogamic Vegetation
The area shows many algae, fungi, bryophytes and ferns. Algae are present in aquatic
bodies or in marshy places. Fungi, particularly from ascomycetes and basidiomycetes are
located on ground or epiphytically. Lichens of crustose, foliose and fruticose types are
present on different substrates (Lichens, Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes could be
observed near old house walls and agricultural waste dump areas. Bryophytes occur in wet
areas and occasionally on barks of trees and old walls of houses. The commonly observed in
this are Funaria sp and Polypodium sp.
Life Form Spectrum
Raunkiaer defined life forms as the sum of adaptations of plants to climate. Braun-Blanquet
(1951), whose system is adapted in this study, modified the Raunkiaer's system. Following
five of the ten classes created by Braun-Blanquet is present in the study area.
Phanerophytes
Therophytes
Hydrophytes
Hemicryptophytes
Geophytes
:
:
:
:
:
Shrubs and trees
Annuals including ferns
Water plants except plankton
Plants with perennial shoots and buds close to surface.
Plants with parenting parts buried in substratum.
391 plant species (except algae, fungi and bryophytes) were recorded from the study area.
Their analysis is presented in Table 3.25.
3.58
Table 3.25
Class Wise Distribution of Plant Species in the Study Area
Type of Species
Phanerophytes (P)
Therophytes (T)
Hemicryptophytes (He)
Hydrophytes
Geophytes (G)
Total
Number
185
147
51
07
01
391
% of Total
47.3
37.6
13.1
1.75
0.25
100
Comments on the Life Form Spectrum
Life form spectrum is a reflection of plant community. A plant community is governed by
several factors like climatic, edaphic, topographic and biotic. Even local variations in
environment affect components of plant community. Among all these factors, life form
spectrum of an area, which reflects climatic conditions prevailing.
In the study area, maximum number of species are phanerophytes (47.3%) followed by
therophytes (37.6%). These classes are followed by hemicryptophytes (13.1%) and
hydrophytes (1.75%). Geophytes were found in very few numbers (0.25%).
Presence of large number of phanerophytes (shrubs and trees) and therophytes (Annuals or
herbaceous vegetation) indicates tropical and mixed deciduous vegetation structure. The
area shows a rich gene pool of perennial shrubs and trees. This indicates a potentially good
area for their growth.
Hemicryptophytes (predominantly grasses and sedges) were found to be significant in the
area. These indicate fertile and wet soil in upper layer of soil profile. Hydrophytes were
present in both the seasonal or perennial water bodies.
3.10.6 Identification of Local Protected Species
As per Botanical Survey of India records and available published literature pertaining to
the study area and current detailed study of project site, no threatened, endangered and
rare plant species were observed from the study area.
3.10.7 Agriculture
The common crops in the study area are saccharum officinarum, oryza sativa, Triticum
diococcum, Pennisitum glacaum, zia mays which are mainly depend on rainwater and
tube well, borewell in non monsoon season.
In addition to these crop lands, various weeds are entered like Cynodon dictylon,
Euphorbia hirta, Cyperus rotundus, Digitarea species and Alycicarpus are also
contributing to primary production. Apart from that commercial crops like groundnut,
sunflower and several vegetables like, red chillies, brinjal, bhendi, leafy vegetable crops
are also grow in this region.
3.59
3.10.8 Wildlife Studies
Dharwad district was previously rich in wildlife. Among the carnivorous, jackal, sus scrofa,
mongoose, jungle cat and hare are occasionally seen in the forests. The peacock,
elephants are occasionally seen in the nearby forest. Porcupine (Hystrix India), monitor
lizard are also observed. Among avifauna, pear fowl, patridges, quail, rock pigeon and
jungle fowl are found in large numbers.
Fauna in Core Zone
No major fauna observed in core zone. Only some egrets, herons and drongo are
observed in the plant area. Among mammals, only mongoose is observed in the core
zone.
There are no endangered fauna observed in the proposed plant area.
Fauna (Buffer Zone)
An extensive field studies were conducted in post monsoon season to know the present
status of fauna of the study area. Apart from that, secondary data was collected by mode
of interaction of local elderly people and Forest Working Plans of Dharwad district.
As per the Wild Life Act (1972), those animals, which have been enlisted in the schedules
of the Wildlife Act, have been presented below. The schedules are based on the species
namely, rare, endangered, threatened, vulnerable etc. According to the threat of
extinction, Schedule-I contains those species which need topmost priority, while II, III, IV
and V have lesser degree of threat. Most of the avi-fauna has been listed in Schedule–IV.
As per the list of avi-faunal species, these are mostly local migrant species only.
On the basis of field observations, there is no major wildlife in the buffer zone. The
details of animals recorded are presented in Table 3.26. Primary field surveys were
conducted through random observation in the study area and also collected from elderly
persons of the area, forest officials. This area hosts jackal, rabbits, foxes and other
domestic animals. There are no endangered animals in the buffer area. The domesticated
animals include cattles, buffalos, cats, goats, dogs etc. Cows and ducks are also common.
The area is also represented with various species of water birds such as adreols (herons)
ixobrachus etc.
Table 3.26
Details of Fauna in Buffer Zone
Sr. No.
1
2
3
Common Name
Scientific Name
I.MAMMALS
Common Hare
Lepus negrecollis
*Common mongoose Herpestris edwardii
Field mouse
Rattus norvegicus
Schedule
(WPA-1972)
Schedule-IV
Schedule-II
Schedule-III
3.60
Sr. No.
4
5
6
7
8
Common Name
House rat
Indian Porcupine
Stripped squirrel
Wild pig
Jackal
Scientific Name
Rattus rattus
*Hystrix indica
Funumbulus pennadi
*Sus sucrofa
Cannis aureus
II. REPTILES
9
House Lizard
Hemidactylus sp
10
Garden Lizard
Calotes versicolor
11
Rat snake
Ptyas mucosus
12
Cobra
Naja naja
13
Krait
Bungarus candidus
14
Viper
*Vipera russeli
15
Monitor lizard
Varanus bengalensis
III. AMPHIBIANS
16
Common frog
Rana tigrina
17
Common Indian Toad Bufo melanastricus
IV. BIRDS
18
Red vented bulbul
Pycnonotus cafer
19
Bhramny myna
Temenchus pagodum,
20
Indian myna
Acridotheres tristris
21
Jungle crow
Corvus macrorynchus
22
Little egret
*Egretta gazetta
23
Pond heron
*Ardeola gravii
24
Cattle egret
Bubulcus ibis
25
Common kingfisher
Alcedo athis
26
House crow
*Corvus splendens
27
House sparrow
Passer domesticus
28
Weaver bird
Ploceus philippinus
Source:-Divisional Forest Office Dharwad, Karnataka
* observed during primary survey
Schedule
(WPA-1972)
Schedule-III
Schedule-IV
Schedule-III
Schedule-III
part-II Schedule-II
Schedule-II
Schedule-III
Schedule-II
Schedule-IV
Schedule-IV
Schedule-IV
part-II Schedule-I
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
Schedule-VI
There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve within 10km of the study
area. As per Wildlife Protection Act 1972, there is only one schedule-I species observed in
buffer zone i.e. Monitor Lizard (Varanus bengalensis). No critically endangered, endangered,
threatened or rare species of wildlife in the buffer zone.
3.10.9 Aquatic Ecosystems
Protecting the environment and making efficient use of natural resources are two of the
most pressing demands in the present stage of social development. The task of preserving
the purity of the atmosphere and water basins is of both national and global significance
since there are no boundaries to the propagation of anthropogenic contaminants in the
water. An essential pre requisite for the successful solution to these problems is to evaluate
3.61
ecological impacts from the baseline information and undertake effective management plan.
So the objective of aquatic ecological study may be outlined as follows:
 To characterize water bodies like fresh waters;
 To understand their present biological status;
 To characterize water bodies with the help of biota;
 To understand the impact of industrial and urbanization activities; and
 To suggest recommendations to counter adverse impacts, if any on the ecosystem.
To meet these objectives following methods were followed:
 Generating data by actual field sampling and analysis in these areas through field
visits during study period; and
 Discussion with local people to get the information for aquatic plants and aquatic
animals.
To fulfill these objectives and to understand the present status of aquatic ecosystem,
samples were collected from different fresh water system. The lists of aquatic sampling
locations are given in Table 3.27. There are three sources located at north and south
direction in the study area. Amongst the fresh water sources Tamraparni river,
Jangamahatti dam are major. In order to get a clear picture and to assess the various
biological parameters of water, four sampling locations were identified for sampling.
Samples were collected during summer season.
Methodology Adopted for Aquatic Studies
Aquatic ecosystem close to the project area under investigation was considered for a
detailed study. Water samples were considered for their physico-chemical characteristics.
Plankton, aquatic plants, fish fauna of water bodies, and their associated fauna were
collected, identified and estimated. The following methodology has been adopted for
sampling. Lakey drop method has been used for phytoplankton and SR–Cell method was
used for zooplankton respectively. To calculate the statistical accuracy of observed data,
Shannon weinner diversity index and palmar pollution index were used. Palmar pollution
index is used for only phytoplankton study. The diversity index and their standards are given
in Table 3.28&Table 3.29 respectively. List of phytoplankton and zooplankton are given in
Table 3.30and Table 3.31.
3.62
Figure 3.16
Aquatic ecological sampling at surface water source
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton group reported from two locations are basillariophyceae, chlorophyceae,
myxophyceae and euglenophyceae members. About 18 species of phytoplankton were
reported from four locations. Density of phytoplankton group among the four locations was
highest in lentic ecosystem (AE-3) and lowest in (AE-2). The density of phytoplankton group
ranged between 17 to 26 organisms/ml in all studied samples. Dominance of
Bacillariophyceae members followed by myxophyceae was observed in all the locations. The
highest percentage was Ankistrodesmus falcatus and Anabeana sp and the lowest
percentage was Euglena sp during study period was observed. The Shannon Weinner index
for phytoplankton varies between 2.08 to 2.50 for study area.
Zooplankton
There are seven species of zooplanktons observed in the all locations in the study area.
Daphnia, Asplancha, Ceriodaphnia is predominant animal species in studied samples The
Shannon Weiner index for zooplankton varies between 1.1 and 2.24 respectively.
Table 3.27
Sampling Locations for Aquatic Ecological Studies
Station
Code
AE-1
AE-2
AE-3
AE-4
Name of the sampling
location
Matikop
Marigeri
Kervdd
Tumbakari lake
Distance from
Proposed Site (km)
6.5
3.1
9
3.0
Direction w.r.t
Proposed Site
SW
N
SW
NNW
3.63
Table 3.28
Details of Diversity Indices in Study Area
Sr. No.
Code
SWDI for
Phytoplankton
1
AE-1
2.25
2
AE-2
2.08
3
AE-3
2.50
4
AE-4
2.30
SWDI: - Shannon Weinner Diversity Index
SWDI for
Zooplankton
1.23
2.12
1.1
2.24
Table 3.29
Standards of Shannon Weinner Diversity Index for AquaticCommunity
Sr No
(SWDI) Value
Type of impacts
1
0 .0 - 1.0
Eutrophic
2
1.0 - 2.0
Mesotrophic
3
2.0-3.0
Oligotrophic
Table 3.30
List of Phytoplankton Species Identified From Study Area
Sr. No.
1
Family
Bacillariophyceae
2
Chlorophyceae
3
Cyanophyceae
4
Euglenophycea
Algal Species
Cymbella sp.
Cyclotella sp.
Diatoma sp.
Gomphonema sp.
Navicula sp.
Nitzschia sp.
Ankistrodesmus sp.
Chlorococcum sp.
Chollera sp.
Closterium sp.
Eudorina sp.
Anabaena sp.
Anacystis sp.
Lyngbya sp.
Merismopedia sp.
Phormidium sp.
Euglena sp.
Phacus sp.
Table 3.31
List of Zooplankton Species Identified From Study Area
Group
Copepoda
Rotifera
Zooplankton Species
Cyclops sp
Nauplius larva
Brachionus sp
3.64
Cladocera
Keratella quadridantatus
Trichocera sp.
Daphnia sp.
Diaphnosoma sp.
Conclusions on Aquatic Ecology
Surface water samples were collected for biological analysis from lentic and lotic water
bodies during study period. Biological samples were analysed and estimated diversity index.
Plankton diversity Index for phytoplankton and zooplankton varies from 2.08 to 2.50 and 1.1
to 2.24 respectively. Physico-chemical, biological parameters and diversity index reveals
that the studied water bodies are slightly mesotrophic in nature.
3.11 Socio Economic Details
3.11.1 Objective
Any developmental activity will have impact on the socio-economic conditions of the
population in the region and on the quality of life. Socio-Economic Impact Assessment helps
to get an idea of changes on social, economic and cultural status. Keeping in view the
commitment of the organization towards social responsibility as well as to honor the
sentiments and developmental needs of the local population, sample survey was done to
collect qualitative information about the socio economic environment of the area.
3.11.2 Approach
In order to prepare a comprehensive report, few villages were visited for conducting sample
village survey containing questions about all socio-economic aspects, including questions on
the aspirations and requirements of the people for a better living. The village schedule was
filled in order to capture the overall condition of the village with respect to community land,
major crops produced, sources of irrigation, availability of potential earning opportunities in
the vicinity, community institutions (schools, Anganwadi center, health sub-center,
community center, places of worship, etc.), availability of electricity, provision of drainage
and toilet facility etc.
3.11.3 Conditions at the Proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area Site and
Surroundings
The Study area is mostly inhabited by economically weaker section people. Lack of
amenities such as roads, drinking water, dwellings, lavatories, education, employment,
medical and electricity facilities was evident during the site visit.
The main occupation of people in this area is agriculture. Only few are working as daily wage
laborers in the Belur industrial area. When asessors visited the local villages and conducted
a village wise Focused Group Discussion (FGD), many intresting facts were revealed. The
main source of livelihood of the population in the study area is agriculture and Coolie. The
3.65
increased industrialization is affecting the crop production, which is indirectly affecting the
livelihood of the local people. There is no electricity and irrigation facility for agriculture.
The natural surroundings of this area are likely to be altered which affects the livelihood and
biodiversity of the region due to the proposed project. The basic emininty like public
lavatories are absent. The basic facilities like education, medical, transportation, roads and
infrastructure are developed to some extent and still have to be developed further. When
the survey team consulted the people of this area they said that they have no hopes of any
development as promised by industries owners. People are expecting that facilities like
professional training centers, self-employment schemes for women and unemployed
educated youth.
The secondary data obtained from Census 2011 data for the three villages is presented
below
Table 3.32
Secondary data of the visited villages (2011 census data)
Panchayat villages
HH
Total
Male
Population
Female 0-6
SC
ST
SC&ST
years Total Total Total
age
Nichanaki
Dombarkoppa
646
265
2920
1162
1444
569
1476
593
333
127
544
116
10
24
554
140
Tegur
172
744
387
357
82
74
29
103
Total
1083 4826
2400
2426
542
734
63
797
3.11.4 Primary Data Collection
Villages and hamlets visited: Nichanaki, Dombarkoppa and Tegur
Panchayats: Nichanaki, Tegur.
3.11.4.1 Research Instruments Used
The village visits, survey and discussions were carried out in March 2014. Asesseors have
collected the relevant data and also held Focus Group Discussions. It was a descriptive
type of research study. Three types of research instruments were used in this study.
 Field Visit
 Village Survey Schedule
 Village meetings and Focused Group Discussion on the environment and CSR
activities
Socio-economic analysis of the villages namely Nichanaki, Dombarkoppa and Tegur were
taken up as a part of the study. The detailed village level information was collected
during primary survey to understand the social conditions, the needs and aspiration of
3.66
the people and to draw a plan for development. The data was collected from panchayat
leaders and local village people.
3.11.4.2 Community Structure
In the three surveyed villages, majority of the villagers are Hindus, and only few Muslim
family and very few of Christian community family was found during the sample survey.
Regarding the community all the villages have OBC, SC and General. The backward
community is represented by Harijans/Girijans, Kuruba etc. The villages have more OBC’s
and General Caste’s they belong to Lingayahth and Brahmin caste.
3.11.4.3 Occupation
Though agriculture is the main occupation in these villages, only 40.5% of the people are
involved in agriculture having lands in the nearby villages over an extent of 2-4 acres of
land. Other workforce of the area is a labourer which is the second main occupation
source of around 25.4% population which include both agriculture (18.7%) and factory
(6.7%).
Similarly 18.42% of people are engaged in private services which include staff and officers
in the nearby project. The number of people working in government services is 3.87%
and the people working as others include house-hold workers, business, driving, child,
old aged, un-employed and students are 11.76%.Thus it is clear that the project provide
the small employment opportunities to the people in the study area. The dtetailed count
of workers in different categories is given in Table 3.33.
Village
Nichanaki
(%)
Dombarkoppa
(%)
Tegur
(%)
Total
(%)
Table 3.33
Occupational details of the villages
Agriculture Industrial Labors Others Govt
Labors
Sec
595
5
207
188
32
(50)
(0.42)
(17.43) (15.84) (2.69)
109
135
49
32
47
(19)
(23.6)
(8.56) (5.59)
(8.2)
154
2
140
29
3
(43.01)
(0.5)
(39.1)
(8.1)
(0.8)
858
142
396
249
82
(40.5)
(6.7)
(18.7) (11.76) (3.87)
Private
sec
160
(13.5)
200
(34.96)
30
(8.3)
390
(18.42)
Total
1187
(100)
572
(100)
358
(100)
2117
(100)
3.11.4.4 Income: In all the villages, 45% of the people are living below poverty line, 35%
of the people fall in low income group while only 20% of the people come under middle
income group.
3.11.4.5 Education
All the three villages have Anganwadi’s, Primary School and Middle School. Except
Nichanaki, Dombarkoppa and Tegur have high school. All the three villages lack college
3.67
and the children from these villages are going to Kittur/Dharwad/Hubli for college studies.
The education details of villages are given in Table 3.34.
Village Name
Table 3.34
Education Facility Details of the villages
Anganwadi
P.S
M.S
High School
Nichanaki
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Dombarkoppa
Tegur
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3.11.4.6 Health
Health care facility is mainly lacking in Dombarkoppa Village, Nichanaki and Tegur have
the dispensaries and Primary Health Care Centre (PHC) among these villages. For getting
medical facility, people have to go to Kittur (4-5km), Dharwad and Hubli PHC (30-40km).
None of these villages have ANM visits. The details of health facilities in these villages are
given in Table 3.35.
Table 3.35
Health Facilities in the Villages
Village
RMP
PHC/dispensary
Village
Range
(Alternate)
ANM
Nichanaki
Yes
Yes
---
---
No
Dombarkoppa
No
No
Kittur
4-5km
No
Tegur
Yes
Yes
---
---
No
3.11.4.7 Infrastructure Facilities:
 Post office: All the three villages have post offices.
 Electricity: All the villages have electricity facilities.
 Drinking Water Source: Borewell, Self-hand pump, water tankers and public hand
pump are the main source of drinking water. Few over-head water tanks (OHT)
and mini water tanks are available in these villages.
 Transport Facility: Among all the surveyed villages except Dombarkoppa, people
of remaining two villages have good transport facility through bus.
 Cremation Ground: Nichanaki and Tegur have the cremation ground facility but
Dombarkoppa Village donot have cremation facility.
 Community Hall: Only Nichanaki village do not have the Community Hall facility,
and rest of villages have community hall.
 Industries:Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited, Telco Construction Equipment
Company Limited, Asian Steels, Kandula Ginning And Pressing Mills, Proline
Engineers, Innovative Concepts, Devas Engineering Company, Lihala Packaging
Private Limited, Lambodhara Industries Private Limited, BB Chemical Pvt. Ltd. etc.,
3.68
 Recreational Facility: From three surveyed villages, none of them have the
recreational facility like library or village level playground.
 Temples: As majority of the people belong to Hindu religion, the villages have
many Hindu temples altogether.
 Banks: Regarding bank facility, the surveyed villages, only Tegur Village has KVG
Bank and rest villages do not have bank facility.
 Toilet Facility: Toilet facility is not available in all the villages; this is the most
basic felt need of the people, which needs to be addressed immediately.
3.11.4.8 Cropping Pattern
Among the studied villages, namely Nichanaki, Dombarkoppa and Tegur villages have red
soil.
Regarding the cropping pattern, it was observed during the sample survey cultivating
land is available and it was totally single crop land, almost all the villages people are
cultivating Sugarcane, Jowar, Wheat and Cotton. The farmers are using chemical
fertilizers, insecticides and pesticides. They use meager amount of natural manure.
3.11.4.9 Food Pattern
In all the villages, generally they cook food two times, that is in the morning and evening
and the food consists of mainly of Roti and rice (Semi solid watery dish with dhal and
vegetables in it). Only 20% of the people consume Tiffin items – such as awalakki,
uppitetc. Regarding the fuel use pattern 60% of the people are using firewood, 10% of
the people use kerosene and 30% of the people use the LPG.
3.11.4.10 Live Stock Details
The types of livestock common in these villages are cows, goats, sheep, and chicken and
are hardly to account.
3.11.4.11 Employment Opportunities
Though agriculture is the main occupation, in the studied villages it has provided
employment opportunities to only 50-60% of the families.The remaining population is
depending on the other type of employment opportunities mainly as laborers. These
opportunities are provided by surrounding small industries are Bharat Petroleum
Corporation Limited, Telco Construction Equipment Company Limited, Asian Steels,
Kandula Ginning And Pressing Mills, Proline Engineers, Innovative Concepts, Devas
Engineering Company, Lihala Packaging Private Limited, Lambodhara Industries Private
Limited, BB Chemical Pvt. Ltd. Etc., are functioning, in the nearby area. In each village 1015 people are getting employment opportunities as daily wage earners. The proposed
Kittur Industrial Area Project by KIADB will facilitate the direct employment opportunities.
3.69
3.11.5 Secondary Data
The secondary information on population of villages in the study area has been collected
from 2011 census while the amenities details of the study area are taken from 2001
census data. Summary of 2011 census data is presented in Table 3.36.
3.11.6 Salient Observations
The major part of study area of the proposed project falls in Bailhongal Taluk in Belgaum
District and remaining part is falls in Dharwad Taluk & District of Karnataka. The total
number of house holds within the study area is 22,234 and total population as per census
is 1, 05,218. The literates in the study area are 66,187 consisting of around 63% of the
total population. The SC and ST population in the all the villages falling in study area are
8,244 (7.8%) and 7,085 (6.7%) of the total population respectively.
The total number of workers in the study area is 45,024 coming to 42.8%, most of the
worker population in the study area belongs to the category of Main workers (78.9%),
which includes Cultivators, Agricultural labors, and workers those engaged in household
activities, Construction activities, Forestry and other allied activities.
3.70
Table 3.36
Socio Economic Details of the Study Area – Census 2011
Agricultural
workers
Main Workers
Marginal
Workers
Non Workers
Main
Marginal
Main
Marginal
Main
Marginal
3017
3790
1142
421
1118
1526
1939
597
215
564
1491
1851
545
206
554
331
421
143
60
137
177
425
161
34
129
54
380
50
5
38
1737
2510
770
275
725
1534
1607
526
119
501
1490
967
422
95
181
44
640
104
24
320
1483
2183
616
302
617
624
295
228
18
4
13
513
64
14
294
787
457
99
25
112
15
68
7
1
15
67
185
86
45
64
15
53
27
6
7
265
1162
569
593
127
116
24
754
572
325
247
590
109
232
49
9
32
6
350
264
538
1798
1829
2259
917
506
1169
881
1323
1090
226
104
270
94
222
137
255
74
5
1031
1502
1526
881
429
1143
716
419
813
165
10
330
917
1400
1116
349
168
124
146
1
298
274
81
425
8
0
29
85
169
253
11
9
3
193
299
172
3389
360
726
834
1271
705
16144
1971
3456
440
654
347
8151
990
1778
394
617
358
7993
981
1678
86
132
86
2077
273
604
65
70
108
1391
136
275
338
28
0
428
47
782
533
785
416
11868
945
1689
416
435
281
5633
811
1778
245
400
265
3897
735
1631
171
35
16
1736
76
147
418
836
424
10511
1160
1678
18
130
157
452
359
862
135
23
4
310
51
113
204
218
83
449
319
608
9
5
5
58
22
19
22
50
22
2709
38
157
22
6
7
1253
3
11
Lingadahalli
Mallapur Kariyat
Ambadagatti
Mallapur Kariyat
Nesargi
Marigeri
Mattikoppa
Metyal
216
1124
578
546
160
93
129
715
474
463
11
650
271
8
138
0
51
3
321
1407
709
698
201
89
99
830
607
597
10
800
372
3
135
3
84
4
480
204
469
163
2149
1032
1877
897
1043
523
953
461
1106
509
924
436
277
186
215
123
105
71
154
42
919
23
15
27
1300
558
1315
511
1080
460
796
410
994
232
778
397
86
228
18
13
1069
572
1081
487
530
87
392
178
64
212
12
1
305
126
316
199
6
15
2
5
142
15
62
17
13
1
4
3
Mohare
511
2365
1168
1197
289
178
1062
1457
1091
380
711
1274
61
440
168
147
144
108
Dombarkoppa
Giriyal Kariyat
Bagewadi
Giriyal-Kariyat
Hirenandihalli
Honnidibba
Jamalur
Kallur
Kittur
Kotabagi
Kulavalli
No. of House
holds
Total Workers
Others
Literates
Cultivatiors
605
875
253
93
256
Name
Belgaum district
Awaradi
Bailur
Basarkhod
Channapur
Degulhalli
Population
Total
Male
Female
0-6
SC
ST
3.71
Nichanaki
Shivanur
646
220
2920
1007
1444
536
1476
471
333
137
544
78
10
0
1930
616
1187
446
995
415
192
31
1733
561
595
316
125
18
207
52
15
1
188
35
45
8
Tegur
Tigadi
Tigadolli
Timmapur
172
1006
930
145
744
5035
3877
668
387
2547
1942
336
357
2488
1935
332
82
614
475
93
74
189
433
228
29
354
188
59
29
292
89
36
12
88
45
0
1464
354
126
58
416
59
410
87
127
38
Turamari
787
3639
1782
1857
457
157
92
338
385
405
57
144
40
Ugarkhod
Yettinkeri
Dharwad district
Agasanahalli
486
298
2401
1418
1239
757
1162
661
288
188
146
4
7
58
959
489
757
451
386
2926
2185
383
185
0
221
2
144
2
929
17
41
59
2
1575
33
550
609
4
18
9
51
2
20
2
38
140
509
576
60
3039
325
1559
1083
281
100
0
3
404
496
2
540
358
2109
1692
285
118
9
142
7
154
741
394
185
Turakarshigihalli
491
3098
2624
422
172
7
220
6
143
2
950
228
174
130
22
449
206
53
5
72
60
18
4
37
168
84
84
29
0
19
74
91
86
5
77
68
4
9
0
9
1
Bogur
Dubbanamardi
Guledakoppa
Hale Tegur
Hosatti
Hosawal
225
139
414
245
227
95
1099
594
1844
1378
1346
489
573
310
963
720
723
266
526
284
881
658
623
223
160
110
229
172
172
82
174
43
36
184
31
6
50
121
87
8
26
0
603
290
1204
798
812
241
630
344
845
657
661
242
573
335
805
652
471
240
57
9
40
5
190
2
469
250
999
721
685
247
286
221
369
242
225
0
53
8
18
2
92
0
251
58
237
339
178
238
0
1
1
0
84
2
34
44
193
61
68
1
4
0
15
3
14
0
Kallapur
Kotur
Madanabhavi
Mugali
Ramapur
Shedbal
267
1025
749
253
362
45
1209
4790
3690
1236
1777
238
639
2453
1877
624
933
133
570
2337
1813
612
844
105
147
650
488
192
249
29
73
102
272
122
26
38
127
152
173
68
274
0
776
2914
2170
797
971
152
708
1817
1610
635
958
129
661
1493
1094
572
903
127
47
324
516
63
55
2
501
2973
2080
601
819
109
385
335
297
305
289
33
13
207
448
57
15
1
214
351
594
228
497
72
31
13
21
6
28
0
58
804
147
29
82
22
3
99
41
0
5
1
Shinganahalli
Tegur
Veerapur
Venkatapur
Total
744
626
207
342
22234
3284
3010
962
1588
105218
1654
1558
495
815
53162
1630
1452
467
773
52056
481
375
125
307
13546
133
110
20
623
8244
31
214
92
6
7085
1607
2073
565
892
66187
1408
1455
601
508
45024
1302
1133
493
358
35521
106
322
108
150
9503
1876
1555
361
1080
60194
520
336
134
133
13507
63
213
19
87
5895
420
268
279
150
12974
30
50
82
3
1137
344
515
80
74
8136
12
59
7
57
2194

915
Source- 2011 Census
3.72
Table 3.37
Amenities Available
Name
Belgaum district
Awaradi
Bailur
Basarkhod
Channapur
Degulhalli
Dombarkoppa
Giriyal Kariyat Bagewadi
Giriyal-Kariyat
Hirenandihalli
Honnidibba
Jamalur
Kallur
Kittur
Kotabagi
Kulavalli
Lingadahalli
Mallapur Kariyat Ambadagatti
Mallapur Kariyat Nesargi
Marigeri
Mattikoppa
Metyal
Mohare
Nichanaki
Shivanur
Tegur
Tigadi
Tigadolli
Timmapur
Turakarshigihalli
Turamari
Ugarkhod
Yettinkeri
Dharwad district
Agasanahalli
Bogur
Dubbanamardi
Guledakoppa
Hale Tegur
Hosatti
Hosawal
Kallapur
Kotur
Madanabhavi
Mugali
Ramapur
Shedbal
Shinganahalli
Tegur
Veerapur
Venkatapur
Post office
Electricity
Banks
Education
Health
Recreation
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Source – 2001 Census
3.73
The basic Amenities that are available in the villages of the study area as per census 2001
(Post Office, Electricity, Banks, Education, Health, Recreation) are given in Table 3.37. It is
observed that all villages in the study area have access to Electricity. Except in one Village
(Shedhal) remaining all villages in the study area has educational facilities. Out of 49
villages in the study area, 98% of villages have primary schools, 63% have middle schools
and 18% have secondary schools. Only Kittur town has an established college in the study
area. Only 39% villages have access to Post Office and 8.2% villages have banking
facilities. 61% villages are having medical facilities while no villages in the study area have
allopathic, unani, ayurvedic, and homeopathy hospital. Only 4 villages have Primary
health centre (PHC) and 14 villages are having Primary Health Sub-centers. Only four
villages have Maternity and Child welfare centre namely Bailur, Kittur, TIgadi, and
Agasanahalli.
3.11.7 Suggestions for improvement of CSR activities
 The future CSR activities can be planned on the need of the locals assessed during
the survey. Some of the salient activities are listed below
 Construction of Village level tanks for domestic consumption of water for villagers.
 Proper medical aid through regular health camps are conducted in the villages.
 Self-employment schemes, vocational training institutes such as computers, tailoring
and instrumental based on the local requirement for both unemployed educated
youth as well as women in the villages.
 Construction of Public/Private toilets which will improves the hygienic conditions in
the villages
 Health awareness meetings for women on the reproductive health and anemia
will give lot of qualitative improvement in the health of women.
 Construction of recreational facilties like parks, play grounds and library.
3.11.8 Social Services needed
Tegur village requires medical facility either through regular or through mobile health
services. The three villages namely Nichanaki, Dombarkoppa, Tegur needed the following
services.
 Proper Drinking water facility in village.
 Continues availability of Electricity.
 Arrange for public toilet & Taps.
 Road Improvements
3.12 Land Utilzation
The satellite based remote sensing is a sustainable global information system because it has
the potential to meet the needs and demands of the present and future. The synoptic
Average, which provides capability for integaration of real time information on regional and
global scales, is a unique characteristic of this information system. Its versatility lies in its
3.74
inherent capability to conceptualize situation to give clear perceptions for defining short
term and long term objectives.
An activity could bring about changes in the Land use and Land cover in the vicinity. A data
based on Land use and Land cover indicates ecosystem existing in and around the center of
an economic activity, to safeguard to allow comparision at a future date to draw conclusions
on the nature. The objective of the study of the land environment is to define the present
environment in which the developmental activity is proposed, to evaluate all possibilities to
ensure that the proposed project has no negative impacts and if any, are definetly
minimized.
The methodology adopted in analysis and interpretation of FCC-LISS-III data of Indian
Remote Sensing(IRS) satellite covering the study area. The data was analyzed adopting a
man-machine interactive approach through an interactive process of combining field
observations and data interpretation. The base map information such as forests, major
roads, drainage networks were extracted from the available survey of India (SOI)
Toposheets on 1:50,000scale vectorized using “ARC/Info” (Geographic Information System)
Software.The Land Use details are given in Table 3.38.
Table 3.38
Land Use Details
S.No Type of Land Use
1
Build up area
Land use in Ha % of land use
1042.84
3.31
2
Agricultural
21249.16
67.40
3
Current fallow
1895.67
6.01
4
5
6
Open Forest
Scrub forest
Scrub Land
5545.41
702.91
172.71
17.59
2.23
0.55
7
Scrub without land
328.35
1.04
8
Water bodies
589.79
1.87
31526.85
100.00
Total
The land use/ land cover of the study area i.e 10km buffer zone is given in Figure 3.17. The
satellite imagery of the study area is given in Figure 3.18
3.75
Figure 3.17
Land use/Land cover Map
3.76
Figure 3.18
Satellite imagery
3.77
Chapter-4
Anticipated Environmental Impacts &
Mitigation Measurements
Chapter 4
Anticipated Environmental Impacts
&Mitigation Measures
4.1 Introduction
In this chapter the environmental impacts associated with the proposed development of
Kittur Industrial Area are identified, characterized and evaluated systematically. The
extent of impact on air, water, soil, flora, and fauna will be evaluated in relation to the
environmental pollution. The impacts will be distinctly direct and indirect, positive and
negative, reversible and irreversible. The prediction of impacts on various environmental
parameters during pre-operational, operational, and post-operational activities assists in
effective identification of mitigation measures to minimize the adverse impacts on
environmental quality. The prediction of impacts on different sectors has been studied
using scientific tools and the results are anticipated. Such predictions are superimposed
over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to develop the ultimate
(post-project) scenario of the environmental conditions. The successful environmental
impact assessment process requires proper identification, prediction, assessment, and
also communication of the significant environmental impacts to the public. The details on
impact of the project activity on each of the disciplines mentioned above are discussed
below.
The environmental impacts associated due to the proposed development of Kittur
Industrial Area are classified into two phases and the possible impacts are assessed.
1. Impacts during constructional phase
2. Impacts during operational phase
4.2 Impact during Construction Phase
Activities during constructional phase include site clearance, site formation, building
works, infrastructure provision, and any other infrastructure activities.
4.2.1 Impact on Air Quality
Up gradation of existing roads and construction of new roads approaching the proposed
development of Kittur Industrial Area involves cutting and filling of the earth. Within the
proposed IA, cutting and leveling activity would be required for providing roads, sewage
network, storm water system, administrative buildings for proposed project.
4.1
The potential source of air quality impact arising from the establishment/construction of
the proposed project is fugitive dust generation. The dust, measurable as Particulate
Matter (PM<2.5µm, PM<10µm), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) oxides of nitrogen (NOx), would be
generated as a result of construction activities. During construction, the existing houses
nearby may be subjected to the potential dust impacts.
The potential dust sources associated with the constructional activities are loading and
unloading of the materials, top soil removal, vehicular movement over unpaved roads,
and wind erosion, etc. The possible constructional activities that contribute to the
environmental impacts broadly given below:





Dust Generation during leveling of earth
Dust generation due to the movement of vehicles on unpaved roads
Emission of pollutants from vehicular exhaust
Unloading of raw materials and removal of unwanted waste material
Accumulation of excavated earth material
4.2.1.1 Proposed Mitigation Measures
The impact of the above mentioned activities would be temporary and will be restricted
to the constructional phase. However, the impact is generally confined to the proposed
development of Kittur Industrial Area and is expected to be negligible outside the
boundary. Nevertheless, the following mitigation measures will be adopted to limit the
environmental impact during constructional phase for development of Kittur Industrial
Area
 Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid the dust materials entering into the
atmosphere. Furthermore, during windy days, the frequency of the water
sprinkling will be increased.
 The vehicular movement will be minimized, with a planned scheduling, to reduce
the emission of pollutants.
 Temporary thin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the
proposed site for development of Kittur Industrial Area as a barrier for dust
control.
 The excavated material shall be reused within the boundary from the Kittur
Industrial Area and the movement of cut and fill material will be limited.
 Plantation of trees around the proposed boundary of Kittur Industrial Area and it
will be initiated at the early stages by plantation of 2 to 3 years old saplings using
drip irrigation so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.
 All the vehicles carrying raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin/plastic
sheet; unloading and loading activity will be stopped during windy period.
4.2
4.2.2 Impact on Water Quality
The proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area project involves various construction
activities and the impact on water quality associated with each of these construction
activities are described below:
Site formation
The preparation of land required for the subsequent development activities generates a
significant amount of construction waste. The site formation may produce large
quantities of run-off with high suspended solids in the absence of appropriate mitigation
measures. This potential problem will be intensified during rainy season.
Construction of buildings
During rainy season, due to the construction of various civil structures, the site runoff
results in significant pollution in the receiving water bodies and washing of various
construction equipments will also result in water pollution.
Site workshop
The storage of used engine oil and lubricants as waste materials has a potential to create
impacts if spillage occurs. Waste oil may infiltrate into the surface soil layers or in the
form of runoff into local watercourses which increases the hydrocarbon levels.
Presence of workers
Wastewater will be generated from eating areas and the sewage will be generated from
temporary sanitary facilities. Significant impact on water quality is envisaged if the
sewage is discharged directly into the receiving waters without any prior treatment.
4.2.2.1 Mitigation Measures
During site development necessary precautions will be taken, so that the runoff water
from the site gets collected in a working pit. If any over flow occurs, the excess water will
be diverted to nearby greenbelt/plantation area.
The domestic wastewater, generated from cleaning of equipment and from eating areas,
will be collected and diverted to the working pit in which the suspended solids, if any, will
be separated. The settled water will be reused for constructional purposes and for
sprinkling on roads to control the dust emissions.
The domestic wastewater generated from temporary toilets used by the work force will
be diverted to septic tank followed by soak pit. If the wastewater generation is high a
mobile STP will be hired from the local suppliers. Therefore, impact on water quality due
to proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area would be insignificant.
4.3
The waste generated from the site work shop will be segregated like used oil, lubricants,
etc and disposed to authorized recyclers. The waste like soiled cotton, paper, etc will be
disposed to municipal bins.
4.2.3 Impact on Noise Levels
The major activities, which produce periodic noise, during construction phase, are as
follows:
 Foundation works
 Fabrication of structures
 Plant erection
 Operation of construction equipment
 Movement of vehicles
The impact on noise environment can be made insignificant by adopting the following
mitigation measures
 Noise generating equipment will be used during day time for a brief period as per
requirements.
 Where ever possible the noise generating equipment will be kept away from the
human habituation.
 Temporary thin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the
proposed site for the development of Kittur Industrial Areaas barrier for
minimizing the noise travel to surrounding area.
 All the vehicles entering into the proposed site for the development of Kittur
Industrial Area will be informed to maintain speed limits, and not to blow horns
unless it is required.
 The workers involved in operating major noise generating equipments will be
provided with ear plugs/ear muffs.
4.2.4 Impacts due to Solid Waste Generation
During the constructional stage, the solid waste generated is required to be disposed in
an appropriate and environmentally acceptable manner. The waste generated from
different activities of constructional phase include following







Vegetation and demolition waste from site clearance
Excavated materials from earthworks like cuttings, grading, & foundation works
General construction waste like wood, scrap metal, & concrete debris
Domestic waste generated by site workers
bricks, tiles
cement plaster
steel (from RCC, door/ window frames, roofing support, railings of staircase etc)
4.4




rubble, sand
stone (Marble, granite, sand stone)
timber/wood
paints/varnishes
Besides above there are some major and minor components namely conduits, pipes,
electrical fixtures, panels, etc in all the proposed projects. In addition the packing
material used for packing of various items used in creation of sports infrastructure and
others also constitutes the solid waste.
The solid waste generated during this period being predominantly inert in nature,
construction and demolition waste does not create chemical or biochemical pollution.
Hence maximum effort would be made to reuse and recycle them. The most of the solid
waste material can be used for filing/ leveling of low-laying areas. All attempts should be
made to stick to the following measures.
 All construction waste shall be stored within the proposed site for development
of Kittur Industrial Area itself. A proper screen will be provided so that the waste
does not get scattered.
 Materials, which can be reused for purpose of construction, leveling, making
roads/ pavement will also be kept in separate heaps from those which are to be
sold or land filled.
 The local body or a private company may be arranged to provide appropriate
number of skip containers/ trolleys on hire.
The use of the construction material basically depends on their separation and conditions
of the separated material. A majority of these materials are durable and therefore, have
a high potential for reuse. It would, however, be desirable to have quality standards for
the recycled materials. Construction waste can be used in the following manner.
 Reuse of bricks, tiles, stone slabs, timber, piping railings etc to the extent possible
and depending upon their conditions.
 Sale/ auction of materials which cannot be used at the site due to design
constraint
 Plastics, broken glass, scrap metal etc can be sent for recycling in the industries.
 Rubble/ brick bats can be used for building activity, such as leveling, under coat of
lanes where the traffic does not constitute heavy moving loads.
 Larger unusable pieces can be sent for filing up low laying areas.
4.5
 Fine material such as sand, dust, etc can be used as cover material
 The unearthed soil can be used for leveling as well as for lawn development
 The broken pieces of the flooring material can be used for leveling in the building
or can be disposed off
 The unused or remaining paints/varnishes/wood can either be reused or can be
disposed off
4.2.5 Impact on Land Use
There will not be any adverse impact on the land use as the allotted land falls under
industrial area approved by Govt. of Karnataka State. Furthermore, the impact on
surrounding land use, during the constructional activity, is negligible as all the raw
materials required will be stored in the designated area within the boundary of the
development of Kittur Industrial Area
4.2.6 Impact on Demography and Socio-economics
The impact due to the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area on demography
and socio economic conditions of the study area would be as follows.
 Increase of floating population
 Additional strain on civic amenities like road, transport, communication, drinking
water, sanitation, and other facilities to meet the work force requirement
 Increase in demand for services like hotels, lodges, public transport, etc
 Employment opportunities for construction laborers, skilled and unskilled
workers, etc
 Economic up liftment of the area
 Raising of home rents and land prices and increase in labour rates
 Rapid growth of service sector will result in increase of incomes in the area
 More work to civil construction and transportation companies
 Expanding of services like retail shops, banks, automobile workshop, schools,
hospitals, etc
 Increase in literacy rates
4.3 Impacts during Operation
The major areas identified to assess the environmental impact due to the development
of Kittur Industrial Area are given below
 Topography & Climate
 Ambient Air Quality
 Water Quality
 Soil Quality
 Noise Quality
 Solid Waste Generation
 Ecology
4.6
 Demography and Socio-economics
 Impact on Health
4.3.1 Impact on Topography and Climate
The major topographical changes envisaged would be the manmade structures like
erection of plant sheds, raw material storage space, civil structures, water reservoirs, etc.
However, it will also invite some positive benefits in the form of up gradation of existing
roads, land leveling, tree plantations, greenbelt development, etc., in the proposed IA
vicinity.
Being an Industrial area, the impact on the climate due to the exhaust gas could be
envisaged. However, the impact on the climatic conditions from the proposed
development of Kittur Industrial Area will be marginal which can be nullified / reduced by
developing green belt and by adopting pollution prevention equipment’s like bag filters.
The main raw materials required for the proposed development ofKittur Industrial Area
are water and power. SO2 and NOX are major air pollutant generated from the proposed
development of IA. However, SO2 and NOX emissions are anticipated during the usage of
DG sets & Boilers
4.3.2.1 Emission Details
Emissions generated during process activities will be properly managed by the member
industries. However, the SO2 and NOX emissions are generated from proposed
development of Kittur Industrial Area as DG sets & Boilers are properly dispersed into the
atmosphere by providing the stack at sufficient height.
4.3.2.2 Stimulation Model for Prediction – (AERMOD)
AERMOD(American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory
Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, version 7.0.3 Gaussian dispersion
models for prediction of ground level concentrations (GLC’s) of Sulphur dioxide (SO2), and
oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) from point source emissions of proposed development of
Kittur Industrial Area.
4.7
It should be noted that the Vertical Term includes the effects of source elevation,
receptor elevation, plume rise, limited mixing in the vertical, and the gravitational
settling and dry deposition of particulates (with diameters greater than about 0.1
microns).
AERMOD View dispersion model was developed by Lakes Environmental software. It is
used extensively to assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of
sources. It is a regulatory steady-state plume modeling system with three separate
components: AERMOD View (AERMOD Dispersion Model), AERMAP (AERMOD Terrain
Pre-processor), and AERMET (AERMOD Meteorological Pre-processor). The AERMOD
model includes a wide range of options for modeling air quality impacts of pollution
sources. Some of the modeling capabilities of AERMOD include the following
 The model is used to analyze primary pollutants.
 Source emission rates can be treated as constant or may be varied by month,
season, hour-of-day, or other optional periods of variation. These variable
emission rate factors may be specified for a single source or for a group of
sources. For this project all emission rates were treated as constant.
 The model can account for the effects of aerodynamic downwash due to buildings
that are nearby point source emissions.
 Receptor locations are specified as gridded and/or discrete receptors in a
Cartesian or polar coordinate system.
 Site location involving elevated terrain, the AERMAP terrain pre-processing
program is incorporated into the model to generate hill height scales as well as
terrain elevations for all receptor locations.
 The model contains algorithms for modeling the effects of settling and removal
(through dry and wet deposition) of large particulates and for modeling the
effects of precipitation scavenging for gases or particulates.
 AERMOD requires two types of meteorological data files, a file containing surface
scalar parameters and a file containing vertical profiles. These two files are
provided by AERMET meteorological pre-processor program.
4.8
4.3.2.3 Model inputs and results
The inputs used to run the model are stack details, emission details, and twenty-four
hours mean meteorological data. The meteorological data is shown in Table 4.1; stack
emission details & predictions are shown in the following Table 4.2 and isopleths are
shown in Figures 4.1 &4.2.
The Predicted maximum Ground level concentration of 24 Hour average of SO 2 and NOX
concentrations considering 24 hour mean meteorological data of study season are
superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations obtained during the study
period to estimate the post project scenario, which would prevail at the post operational
phase.
Hour
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Table 4.1
24 Hours Mean Meteorological Data for Post monsoon Season
(September - November 2013)
Avg. Wind
Wind
Relative
Temperature
speed
Direction
Humidity
(C0)
(m/s)
(%)
2.28
45
78
16.6
2.31
225
81
15.6
2.3
60
86
14.8
2.07
45
87
13.6
2.21
45
90
12.8
1.97
45
88
13.2
2.04
45
83
16.3
2.58
225
79
18.9
2.66
90
75
22.3
2.71
90
68
25.9
2.63
90
65
28.7
2.88
90
61
31.6
2.88
270
58
32.6
3.27
45
52
33.5
3.48
90
54
31.6
2.83
45
56
30.5
2.62
45
58
28.4
2.29
90
62
26.0
2.11
45
65
25.0
2.53
135
67
23.0
2.1
360
69
21.4
2.38
45
72
20.3
2.03
90
74
19.6
1.94
45
76
18.5
Stability
Class
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
1
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4.9
Table 4.2
Stack and Emission Details of Proposed DG Set& Boilers for the proposed development
of Kittur Industrial Area
(A)Details of Emissions from proposed DG Sets
Stack
Type
of
Fuel
Quantity
of Fuel
(ltrs/hr)
Height
(m)
Diameter
(m)
Exit Gas
Temperature
(°C)
Kittur
100 KVA
HSD
25
5
0.15
492
250 KVA
HSD
58
7
0.15
435
1000 KVA
HSD
206
30
0.3
536
Note: No of DG Sets 100 KVA=69 nos; 250 KVA=2 nos; 1000 KVA=3 nos
Source: Emissions Regulations: Part IV: COINDS/26/1986-87
DG set Stack Ht (H)=h+0.2 √KVA
H= Total ht of the Stack, h= ht of the building (m) where DG set is installed,
KVA Generator capacity, ht of the building assumed 3 m
SO2 limit 50 mg/kg As per BS-4 HSD Standards
NOx limit 5.1 g/kg
Exit Gas
Velocity
(m/s)
SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
8
10
16
0.0006
0.0014
0.005
0.03
0.07
0.25
Exit Gas
Velocity
(m/s)
SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
0.0008
0.0016
0.006
0.04
0.08
0.32
(B)Details of Emissions from proposed Stacks – Boilers
Stack
Type
of
Fuel
Quantity
of Fuel
(ltrs/hr)
Height
(m)
Diameter
(m)
Exit Gas
Temperature
(°C)
Kittur
1 TPH Boiler
HSD 34
30
0.15
130
16
2 TPH Boiler
HSD 67
30
0.2
145
16
8 TPH Boiler
HSD 268
30
0.3
315
16
Note: No of boilers 1 TPH=69 nos; 2 TPH=2 nos; 8 TPH=3 nos
Source: EPA notification GSR 176 (E), April 2, 1996
Stack Ht: (H)= 14 Q0.3 , H- total stack ht (m), Q- SO2 emission rate in kg/hr
In no case the stack height shall be less than 11 m
SO2 limit 50 mg/Kg As per BS-4 HSD Standards
NOx limit 5.1 g/kg
Table 4.3
Concentrations
24 – Hourly Concentrations
Sulphur dioxide
Oxides of Nitrogen
(SO2)
(NOX)
Baseline Scenario (Max)
18.1
22.2
Predicted Ground Level Concentration
0.2
8.2
Overall Scenario (Worst Case)
18.3
30.4
Distance (m)
550
550
Direction
South West
South West
NAAQ Stds 2009
80
80
Indus. Resd, Rural & Others
** Predicted concentrations at peak levels from all proposed industries in the proposed IA’s
4.10
Figure 4.1
Predicted 24-Hourly Average GLCs of SO2 (µg/m3)
M/s Ramky Enviro Engineers Ltd, Hyderaba
4.11
Figure 4.2
Predicted 24-Hourly Average GLCs of NOx (µg/m3)
M/s Ramky Enviro Engineers Ltd, Hyderaba
4.12
4.3.2.4 Line Source Details
Through Line source modeling the Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of fugitive
emissions emit from the movement of vehicles will be predicted. In order to predict the
GLC in the industrial area input parameters like emission details and a twenty-four hour
mean meteorological data are required to run the model.
The air pollution in the proposed industrial area is arises mainly from the vehicles used
for transportation of men and materials. The main air pollutants like NOx, CO and HC will
be released from the transportation operations. The sources generating these pollutants
are mainly vehicular movements within the site. The line source emission rate for the
proposed industrial area is derived from the following equation:
Total Emissions = Emission Factor* No. of Vehicles* Velocity
The Predicted maximum Ground level concentration of 24 Hour average Oxides of
Nitrogen and Carbon monoxide concentration considering 24 hour mean meteorological
data of study area during Post monsoon season are superimposed on the maximum
baseline concentrations obtained during the study period to estimate the post project
scenario, which would prevail at the post operational phase. The 24-hour mean
meteorological data for winter season is shown in Table 4.1 and the overall post project
scenario is shown in Table 4.4.
Particulars
Table 4.4
Post Project Scenario
NOx
CO*
3
(μg/m )
(mg/m3)
22.2
0.10
15
0.036
15
15
37.2
0.136
80
2
HC*
(ppm)
0.3
0.035
15
0.335
-
Predicted GLC (Max with EMP)
Distance (m)
NAAQ Standards (2009)
* The baseline monitoring for CO & HC were conducted at the site only for 2 days in the monitoring period.
The line source details considered for modeling are given in Table 4.5. The area to be
considered for line source emission is represented in red color and the width of the road
is 30m. The predicted line source GLC results are given in Table 4.5 and isopleths are
given in Figure 4.3, 4.4 and 4.6.
4.13
Figure 4.3
Predicted GLCs of NOx (µg/m3)
4.14
Figure 4.4
Predicted GLCs of CO (µg/m3)
4.15
Figure 4.5
Predicted GLCs of HC (µg/m3)
4.16
S.No Type of Vehicle
Table 4.5
Line Source Details
No.of Vehicles/Day
(Worst Case)
1
2 Wheelers
281
Emission Factor
(BS-II norms), g/Km
NOx
CO
HC
0.15
0.72
0.52
2
3 Wheelers
38
0.51
0.41
0.14
3
4
Cars
Busses
84
3
0.61
6.77
0.66
3.97
0.25
0.26
5
Trucks
100
9.3
6
0.37
The major air pollutants generated from the proposed development of Kittur Industrial
Area are given below.
1 Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from DG set & Boiler stack emissions
2 Nitrogen oxides (NOx) from DG set & Boiler stack emissions
To control SO2 and NOX emissions from DG set & Boiler stacks with sufficient height will
be proposed to meet the MOEF guidelines.
4.3.3 Impact on Odour
The different types of industries that are coming in the industrial area will have an impact
on the odour either by means of its process or product manufacturing. Industries such as
Pulp & Paper, Fertilizer, Tanneries, Chemical, Dye & Dye Intermediates, Bulk Drugs &
Pharmaceuticals etc, Large Livestock operations, Poultry Farms, Slaughter Houses, Food
and Meat processing industries and Bone Mills are among major contributors to odour
pollution. Unscientific design of landfill or improper sewage treatment practices produce
unpleasant odour. Vehicular sector also has its share in odour pollution. Rapidly growing
vehicular population as well as pollutants emitted by them generate harmful and
pungent odour that have marked effects on pedestrians as well as near-by residents.
4.3.3.1 Sources of Odour
Odour-producing compounds are hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, carbon disulfide,
mercaptans, phenols and some petroleum hydrocarbons. Most offensive odour is
created by the anaerobic decay of wet organic matter. Warm temperature enhances
anaerobic decay and foul odour production.
Odour sources can be classified as:
• Point Sources: Point sources are confined emissions from vents, stacks and
exhausts.
• Area Sources: Area sources may be unconfined like sewage treatment plant,
waste water treatment plant, solid waste landfill, composting, household manure
spreading, settling lagoons etc.
4.17
•
•
Building Sources: Building sources of odour like pig sheds and hog confinement
chicken.
Fugitive Sources: In this source of odour, emissions are of fugitive nature like
odour emissions from soil bed or bio-filter surface
Some of the important sources of odour pollution with specific sources and the odorous
compounds emitted are listed in below Table 4.6.
Table 4.6
Important Sources of Odour Pollution and Odorous Compounds Emitted
Sources
Pulp & Paper
Fertilizers
Pesticides
Tanneries
Sugar & Distillery
Chemical
Dye & Dye
Intermediates
Bulk Drugs &
Pharmaceuticals
Sections
Digester
Black Liquor Storage Tank
Evaporator
Recovery Boiler
Smelt Dissolving Tank
Lime kiln
Nitrogenous
Phosphatic
Raw hides and skins storage /
waste fleshing
Beam house operation
Finishing operation
ETP: Collection Tanks
ETP: Primary Treatment Units
ETP: Sludge Dewatering System
ETP: Anaerobic Lagoons
Bio-methanation
Aeration Tank
-
Odorous Compounds
CH3SH
CH3SH, CH3,2S
H2S, CH3,2S2, CH3,2S
CH3SH, CH3,2S
H2S, CH3SH
CH3SH, SO2
NH3,
SO2, F2
CH3CHO, NH3, H2S
Putrification of Hides & Skins
NH3, H2S
Volatile organic compounds
H2S
H2S
H2S
H2S, CH4
H2S
NH3
NH3 H2S, Cl2, Mercaptans &
Phenols
NH3, H2S, SO2, Mercaptans
Biological extracts and wastes
spent
termination liquors
Anaerobic decomposition
H2S, SO2, Mercaptans
Municipal Solid Waste
Anaerobic decomposition
H2S, Mercaptans
Slaughter Houses
By-product / Waste Storage
Effluent Treatment Plant
CH4, H2S, Mercaptans
Waste Water Treatment
Plant
H2S & Mercaptans
4.18
Though foul odour may not cause direct damage to health, toxic stimulants of odour may
cause ill health or respiratory symptoms. Secondary effects, in some, may be nausea,
insomnia and discomfort. Very strong odour can result in nasal irritation, trigger
symptoms in individuals with breathing problems or asthma.
4.3.3.2 Odour Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measure for Odour related impacts depends on type of sources – Area source
or Point source.
Some of the control measures from odour emitting from Area Source such as holding
ponds, lagoons and effluent treatment plants are:
1. Developing green buffer around source
2. Nozzles and Sprayers containing chemicals (eg. Chlorine dioxide)
3. Rotary water atomizers
In case of Point Sources such as that of industries, the odour-causing gas stream can be
treated after collecting through piping and ventilation system. Different treatment
technologies are available for control of odour from gas streams collected through
process ventilation systems. These include:
1. Dispersion method - release odorous gases from tall stack is the simplest of the
methods that can be adopted for odour abatement. It results in normal dispersion in
the atmosphere and consequent decrease in ground-level concentration below the
threshold value.
2. Mist filtration - While gases cause most odour, problem may also result from
aerosols in the fumes. Odorous air streams frequently contain high concentration of
moisture. If the vapour discharge can be cooled below 40°C, a substantial quantity of
the water vapour will condense thereby reducing the volume of gases to be
incinerated. Mist filters can be used for this purpose.
3. Thermal oxidation/ Incineration – It is the oxidation of the odour into carbon dioxide
and water by the combustion of the odour with fuel and air. The reaction takes place
at temperatures ranging from 750OC to 850OC. This is generally above the autoignition temperature of most solvents and other VOCs. In this regime, the destruction
efficiency is almost 100%, assuming adequate oxygen supply.
4. Catalytic oxidation – is a reaction taking place at much lower temperatures (e.g.
200OC) in the presence of a catalyst. Thus, the advantage of this process over thermal
oxidation is the reduction in required energy input. A number of transition and
precious metal catalysts can be used in catalytic oxidizer to destroy various VOCs over
a wide range of process conditions.
4.19
5. Bio filtration - This method is a natural process that occurs in the soil that has been
adopted for commercial use. Bio-filters contain micro–organisms that break down
VOC’s and oxidize inorganic gases and vapours into non–aromatic compounds such as
water and CO2. The bacteria grow on inert supports, allowing intimate contact
between the odorous gases and the bacteria. Bio-filters can be constructed using
various materials such as compost, straw, wood chips, peat, soil, and other
inexpensive biologically active materials. Another type of bio-filter is the soil-bed
filter wherein the odorous gas stream is allowed to flow through porous soil with
depth of 60 cm and the bacteria in the soil destroy the odorous compounds.
6. Adsorption – Adsorption on to activated carbon is a method that is suitable for
controlling odorous substances, even at low concentrations. However, the
contaminated air stream must be free from dusts and particulates that might clog the
carbon particles. Regeneration of carbon for re-use will produce either waste water,
which will require further treatment before disposal, or a concentrated vapour
stream, which can be easily incinerated.
Activated alumina impregnated with potassium permanganate can be used as
Adsorption system. The alumina absorbs the odorous substances and the
permanganate in it oxidizes them to carbon dioxide, water, nitrogen and sulfur
dioxide, depending on their composition. This is more economical method over
carbon because no further treatment is needed.
7. Wet scrubbing/Absorption - Wet scrubbing of gases to remove odour involve either
absorption in a suitable solvent or chemical treatment with a suitable reagent.
Absorption is applicable when the odorous gases are soluble or emulsifiable in a
liquid or react chemically in solution. Wet scrubbing is a useful process to handle acid
gas streams, ammonia or streams with solids that might foul other equipment. Liquid
scrubbing is economical compared to incineration and adsorption on activated
carbon when the volume of odorous gas to be treated is greater than 5000 m 3/hr.
Wet scrubbing or absorption systems can be either Venturi system or Packed tower
system. Venturi systems are co-current scrubbers that accelerate the gas stream into
a high density liquor spray. Packed Towers are typically counter current scrubbers
that utilize high surface area media as a contact zone for the gas stream with suitable
scrubbing liquor.
8. Chemical treatment - Injecting controlled quantities of chemicals such as chlorine,
chlorine dioxide or hydrogen peroxide into process-gas stream can control odour.
Chlorine dioxide destroys the odour at source and is several times more effective
than chlorine and other commonly used treatments. Due to this versatility, chlorine
4.20
dioxide can be used in all aspects of odour control process, from air scrubbers and
wastewater treatment. However, Hydrogen Peroxide may be preferred over Chlorine
Dioxide due to toxicity of organo-chlorides, a byproduct formed during chlorine
reactions.
9. Irradiation – UV applications for odour control require high expenditure involving
chambers to hold odourous gases for 3-4 minutes and react with Ozone which
exchanges electrons with target molecules. Nowadays, Neutrapol is used instead of
ozone which is harmless and non-toxic and carry a positive charge. As the molecules
of target gases and surfaces are negatively charged, the Neutrapol molecules attach
to the target molecules. Neutrapol is able to deodorize wide range of gases - acidic,
neutral and alkaline.
10. Condensation – It is a process of converting gas or vapour to liquid. Any gas can be
reduced to a liquid by sufficiently lowering its temperature and / or increasing
pressure. Condensers are simple, relatively inexpensive devices that normally use
water or air to cool and condense a vapour stream. Through this process, high
removal efficiencies of most gaseous pollutants are not obtained unless the vapours
will condense at high temperatures. Condensers are typically used as pretreatment
devices in order to reduce the cost of the control system. They can also be used
ahead of adsorbers, absorbers to reduce the total gas volume to be treated.
11. Green belt development - Green belts are used to form a surface capable of sorbing
and forming sinks for odorous gases. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown,
sorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce their concentrations in the
ambient air and source emissions. Weightage is to be given for native species while
developing greenbelt. Few plants which counteract odour are:

Acacia farnesiana is Needle bush with yellow coloured fragrant flowers. It
does not have rich canopy but very effective for counteracting smell.

Melaleuca species have sweet fragrance and thin canopy.

Pine, Cedar, Junipers have excellent canopy and protection.

Eucalyptus can be used as green belt and also as per odour source.

Tulasi, Turmeric etc. can also be used for counteracting odour.

Vetiver is king of perfumes for inactivating other odours.
4.3.4 Impact on Water Quality
4.3.4.1 Wastewater Generation
The main source of water for the proposed project is Malaprabha River.The details of
water balance showing wastewater generation are given in Table 4.7. 1.4 MLD CETP
(2X0.7MLD) and 1 MLD CSTP (2X0.5 MLD) is proposed for treatment of industrial and
4.21
domestic wastewater respectively. The characteristics of wastewater generated and
treated water is provided in Table 4.8 & 4.9.
Table 4.7
S.No
Utility
1
Industrial Units
2
Potable/ Domestic
3
Total
Water Requirement
Fresh Treated Total
1358
428
1786
770
-
770
-
1454
1454
2128
1882
4010
Wastewater Remarks
generation
Treated by MBBR
1250
technology
Treated by ASP
732
technology
1982
Table 4.8
Parameter
Units
Industrial Wastewater
CETP
pH
6.5 – 8.0
6.5 – 8.5
Oil & Grease
mg/l
<10
<10
TSS
mg/l
50
<100
TDS
mg/l
4000 - 4500
<2100
COD
mg/l
3000 - 3500
<120
BOD
mg/l
2000 - 2500
<30
Table 4.9
Parameter
Units Domestic wastewater
CSTP
pH
6.5 – 8.0
6.5 – 8.5
Oil & Grease
mg/l
15
<10
TSS
mg/l
150 - 200
<100
TDS
mg/l
400 - 450
<2100
COD
mg/l
300 - 400
<120
BOD
mg/l
200 - 275
<30
4.22
Figure 4.6
Schematic Flow Diagram of Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP)
Collection
Well
Equalization Tank
Flash
Mixture
Screens
Nutrient, H3PO4,
Urea
Back Wash Water
ACF
Aeration
(MBBR)
Clarifloculator
MMF
Clarified Water
Holding Tank
Hypo Dosing
Secondary
Clarifier
Sludge
Treated Water
Storage Tank
Sludge Storage
Tank
Flushing/ Floor
Wash/ Green belt
Filter Press
To TSDF
Dry Sludge Cake
4.23
Figure 4.7
Schematic Flow Diagram of Common Sewage Treatment Plant (CSTP)
Screens
O&G Trap
PST
Sludge
Clarified Water
Holding Tank
SST
Aeration
Tank
Sludge
Filtrate
Excess Sludge
Back Wash
Water to PST
ACF
MMF
Ozonation/ UV
Sludge Drying Beds
Treated Water Storage
Tank (Guard Pond)
Manure for
Green belt
Green Belt/ Floor Wash
4.24
4.3.4.2 Wastewater Treatment Scheme
Wastewater is generated from different sources of the proposed development of Kittur
Industrial Area, which were observed as the industrial wastewater as well as domestic
wastewater from various different industries within the industrial area. The industrial
wastewater and domestic wastewater, collected through separate drains, and treated in
CETP & CSTP as shown in Figures 4.6 & 4.7. The treated water will be reused for Green
belt development and for industrial activities (floor washing, dust suppression and
cooling etc.).
4.3.4.3 Rainwater Harvesting & Storm Water Runoff
All along the road network of the proposed site for Kittur Industrial Area, storm water
drains would be provided to collect water during rains. They would adequately sized to
prevent flooding of the site. It is proposed to have rainwater harvesting structures for
recharge of roof top rainwater and rain water of paved surface at respective buildings.
Treatment for silt, oil & grease removal will be provided to rainwater harvesting
recharging pit. Overflow from the harvesting pit and storm water of road / open space
will be collected through road side storm water drains.
Table 4.10
Rain water Harvesting Details
Description
Area (Sq.m)
Co-efficient
Rainfall (m/hr)
Total (m3/hr)
Roof area
661627
Roads, etc
196358
Greenbelt, etc
189286
0.8
0.6
0.15
0.03
15879
0.03
3534
0.03
852
The rainwater harvesting pits will be provided near major built up areas, so that the roof
water can be directly sent to nearest Rainwater harvesting pit. The excess water if any
from the rainwater harvesting pits is diverted to storm water drains.
The storm water drains will be acting as recharge trench as the bottom will not be lined
and intermittent check dams will be provided in the storm water drains, so that
maximum amount of rainwater infiltrate into the ground. The excess water will be
diverted into the common storm water drain. The width and depth of the main storm
water drain is 0.50 m and 0.60 m respectively and the remaining internal storm water
drains are planned accordingly.
4.3.5 Impact on Traffic
The impact on traffic during operation phase of the proposed industrial area is depends
upon the type of activities and industries that are coming in the industrial area. The
4.25
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial area is adjacent to the NH4 (MumbaiChennai). The impact of the traffic is assessed on the basis of
1. Incremental traffic due to the proposed project;
2. Impact on air quality;
3. Adequacy of the existing highway road network;
4. Adequacy of the existing internal road network; and
5. Adequacy of parking facilities
The transport demand is a function of land use. The land use will be developed in phases
and it has been taken from the approved plan of Industrial area and it will be used for
traffic demand projections. Some broad assumptions have also been made about trip
generating potential of the various land uses in different horizon years. The attraction to
the study area from surrounding areas is based on assumptions. Some of the broad
assumptions are given in Table 4.11
Table 4.11
Traffic Details
Type of Shift
Type of Vehicle
Daily 3 Shifts
Two wheeler
Auto
Car
Bus
Total
General Shift
Total
Two wheeler
Auto
Car
Bus
No.of
Persons
450
225
113
338
1125
563
113
338
113
1125
Persons Per
Vehicle
2
3
4
40
No.of
Vehicles
225
75
28
8
337
281
38
84
3
406
2
3
4
40
PCUs
169
150
28
31
378
211
75
84
10
381
Note:
 Total estimated manpower is 4500 which will come by company, Govt & other private vehicles.
 Out of 4500 work men, 75% (3375) will come in 3 shifts in a day and 25% (1125) will come in general
shift (Managers and Admin staff).
 In Daily Shift out of1125, 40% are coming by Two-wheelers, 20% are coming by Auto, 10% are coming
by Cars, and 30% are coming by Buses.
 In General Shift out of1125, 50% are coming by Two-wheelers, 10% are coming by Auto, 30% are
coming by Cars, and 10% are coming by Buses.
Table 4.12
V/C ratio details
Road
NH 4
Towards
Dharwad
Volume (V)
PCU’s/hr (Worst
case)
Existing
2330
Proposed
2330 + 381 (2711)
Capacity
(C)PCU’s/hr
Existing V/C
Level of
service
3600
0.65
D
3600
0.75
D
4.26
V/C
0.0 – 0.2
0.2 - 0.4
0.4 - 0.6
0.6 - 0.8
0.8 – 1.0
Level of service
A
B
C
D
E
Performance
Excellent
Very good
Average
Poor
Very Poor
There is an addition of 381 PCUs (worst case) in a day during General shift by Kittur
Industrial Area to the existing traffic (2330 PCU/hr) on NH4. The total PCUs in future will
be 2711 PCUs in peak hour of the day and which is within the IRC-106-1990 Standards for
2 way/4 lane (Roads with no frontage access, no standing vehicles very little cross traffic).
Hence, there will be no impact on the existing road (NH 4) due to the proposed
Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
The level of service of the existing road is remains same after the commencement of
industrial activities. The industrial area is proposing a service road parallel to the NH4 in
order to decrease the load on the existing road and to upgrade its level of service from
‘D’ to ‘C’. All the vehicles coming from the industrial area will enter NH4 only through a
30m wide internal road.
4.3.6 Solid Waste Management
The present section presents an assessment of solid waste impacts associated with the
operational phase of the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area. The sources of
solid waste generation at the different phases of the development are categorized as
follows.
 Pre-construction / Construction phase: Construction and demolition waste is
generated during the constructional activity. Activities such as site clearance, site
formation, building works, infrastructure provision and any other infrastructure. It
consists mostly of inert and non-biodegradable materials such as concrete,
plaster, metal, plastics etc.
 Occupational phase: The most common solid waste generated in the proposed
project is used batteries, waste oil, and municipal solid waste containing
biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste.
4.3.6.1 Solid waste generation during Operational Phase
The major solid wastes generated from the proposed development of Kittur Industrial
Area during operation are waste oil and used batteries and domestic waste. The details
of the hazardous and non-hazardous waste generated are given in Table 4.13 & 4.14
4.27
Table 4.13
Category of Wastes
Name of
Quantity
the waste
Batteries (M&H)
Lead acid
460 nos /
Rules 2010
batteries
year
Used oil Category of 5.1
Used oil
1900ltrs
CHWMF (Common Hazardous
of schedule -1
/year
Waste Management Facility) for
appropriate
treatment
and
disposal or any authorised dealer
Bio medical Waste Rule
Bio7.5 Kg /day Bio Medical Waste
2011
medical
Waste
CETP
Sludge
1.2 TPD
CHWMF (Common Hazardous
appropriate
treatment
and
disposal
e-wastes
3000 Kg/
Will be returned back to supplier/
year
E-Waste Facility
Note:
1. Waste battery generation @ 2 batteries/ industry per year (229 industries)
2. Used oil @ 20litres /year for 120 KVA DG set; 40 liters/ year for 250 KVA; 150
liters/year for 1000 KVA (120KVA X 69, 250KVA X 2, 1000KVA X 3)
3. Biomedical waste @ 150 gms/person/day for about 50 persons per day
4. E-waste @ 0.7kg/person/year in India
Table 4.14
Units
Quantity/day Remarks
Kg
72
Disposed to local municipalities /
Kg
3420
Compost plant.
Particulars
CSTP Sludge
Domestic & Canteen
waste
Note:
 As per CPHEEO manual the per capita MSW generation in developed countries is
0.2-0.6kg/d
reuse and recycle.
The domestic waste will be segregated at source, recyclable (metal, paper, glass, plastic,
etc) will be sold to local vendors, biodegradable will be sent to vermin composting and
inert (non-biodegradable) will be disposed to nearest municipal bin are given to local
contractor.
4.3.7 Positive and Negative Socio Economic Impacts in the Study Area
The impacts of the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area, during operation on
demography and socio economic conditions would be both positive and negative some of
them are as follows.
4.28
4.3.7.1 Positive Impacts
 Increase in employment opportunities and Reduction in migrants to outside for
employment.
 Growth in industrial sector of local area
 Increase in consumer prices of indigenous produce and services, land prices,
house rent rates and Labour prices.
 Improvement in socio cultural environment of the study area.
 Improvement in transport, communication, health and educational services.
 Increase in employment due to increased business, trade and commerce and
service sector.
4.3.7.2 Negative Impacts
 The negative impacts would be minimized by allocating the funds for EMP & CSR.
 Annually a minimum of 1% profit from respective industrial areas will be used for
taking up CSR activities.
 From the capital cost of the proposed project, around Rs. 11.3 crores will be
allocated to Environmental Budget for Environmental Management /
Environmental Mitigation Measures.
The overall impact on the socio economic environment will be beneficial.
4.4 Greenbelt Development
Most of the human activities generate pollution of one or other types and of different
magnitudes, to which all the organisms are exposed. More often than not, exposures to
some pollution types are considered unavoidable. Resistance of organisms helps them
overcome the hazards caused by such exposures.
The air pollution emitted by various sources settles on the ground and vegetation of
surrounding area. The plants interact with both gaseous and particulate pollutants and to
great extent absorb them and thus, remove them from the atmosphere. This pollution
removal property of the plants has been known for a long time. For many years tree
planting has been promoted by city planners for the purpose of reducing ground level air
pollution. The details of the land allotted for greenbelt and landscaping works are given
in Table 4.15.
Table 4.15
Particulars Area Ha Area Acre Remarks
@ 1000 plants/Ha will be planted in greenbelt.
Total Land 58.17
143.73
Local species will be identified and planted 15m
along the boundary of the IA and 2m along the road
4.29
4.4.1 Mitigation of Impacts by Green Belt
In the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area the natural vegetation of the
construction site is going to be severely damaged; however in the present case only small
portion of the land will be used for providing civil infrastructure. But none of the plants
or animals of the proposed site (Core area) belong to Rare or Endangered or Endemic or
Threatened (REET) categories occur in the buffer zone. Hence, there are no chances of
losing any valuable biodiversity. When the project is fully operational over a period,
lots of greenery comes up in the form of avenue trees, ornamentals, fruit trees and
lawns. As a result, the loss of carbon sequestration capacity due to the loss of few plants
could be compensated. There is no plan to introduce new exotic species except those
that have become naturalized. Preference will be given to native and local trees. A list of
trees proposed to be included for the development of green belt and avenue plantations
as per CPCB guidelines are given in Table 4.16.
Planting stocks are readily available from the Forest Department as well as from the local
private nurseries. All plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their
growth with suitable horticultural practices. Sufficient space, resources and man power
for development and maintenance are provided in the plan.
4.5 Overall view of impacts due to proposed project
Any developmental activity will have an impact on the surrounding environment. The
possible impacts and the proposed mitigation measures during the construction and
operational phases of the proposed industrial area are given in Table 4.17.
4.30
Table 4.16
List of Plant Identified for Greenbelt
S.No Name
Shrubs
1 Gardenia jasminoides Eills.
Family
Common Name/Local Name Habit
Height
Suggested roles/areas
Rubiaceae
Suvasane Malle
Shrub
3m
Cesalpinaceae
Kenjige
Shrub
3m
3
4
5
6
Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L)
Swartz.
Bougainvillea spectabilis Wild
Hibiscus rosa sinensis
Lawsonia inermis
Nerium indicum
Odour control, Garden and landscape, CETP &
CSTP
Dust control, Roadside
Bischofiaceae
Malvaceae
Lythraceae
Apocynaceae
Nalupumusti
DasavaLa
madarangi
Chandaatha, Kanagalu,
Paddali
Shrub
Shrub
Shrub
Shrub
8m
3m
5m
5m
Dust control, Roadsides
Water logged areas
Carbon locking, Garden and landscapes
Vehicular pollution, roadsides
Trees
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Emblica officinalis Gaertn.
Bauhinia racemosa Lamk.
Bauhinia variegata Linn
Bauhinia purpurea Linn
Pithecellobium dulce
Mimusops elengi
Moringa oleifera Lamk.
Cocos nucifera Linn
Dalbergia sisoo Roxb.
Anona squamosa Linn
Artocarpus heterophyllus
Albizia amara Boiv
Aegle marmelos (Linn) Correa
Cassia fistula Linn
Ficus elastica Roxb
Dendrocalamus strictus Nees
Adina cordifolia Roxb
Ailanthus excela Roxb
Azadirachta indica A Juss
Euphorbiaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Mimosaceae
Sapotaceae
Moringaceae
Arecaceae
Fabaceae
Anonaceae
Urticaceae
Mimoseae
Rutaceae
Caesalpinaceae
Moraceae
Poaceae
Rubiaceae
Simarubaceae
Meliaceae
Betta nelli, Amalaka
Aapta, Aralukadumandara
Arisinantige, Ayata
Devakanchan
Seeme hunase
Ranjal
Nuggekai,
Tenginakayi
Beeti,shista baage
Sitaphala
Halasina Hannu
Sigara
Bilvapatre
Kakke
Goli, Goni
Bidiru
Yettega
Bende, Dodabevu
Turakabevu
Tree
Small Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Small Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Perennial
Tree
Tree
Tree
5m
5m
5m
7m
8m
10m
10m
10-15m
10m
10m
10m
10m
12m
12m
12m
12m
20m
20m
20m
Moderates temperature, parks and Boundary
Dust control, roadsides
Dust and noise control, roadside and boundary
Dust control, roadside
Dust control, boundary
Chemical air pollution, industry specific
Dust control, roadsides and building areas
Adsorption, Boundary
Dust and noise control, Boundary
Dust control, Gardens and landscapes
Dust control, Boundary
Dust control, Boundary
Dust control, roadside
Dust and noise control, Boundary and parks
Gardens, landscapes and boundary
Dust control, Gardens and roadsides
Dust, Odour and noise control, roadsides, CETP &
CSTP, boundary
2
4.31
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Delonix regia (Boijer) Rafin.
Ficus benghalensis Linn
Ficus religosa Linn
Madhuca longifolia (Koen)
Mangifera indica Linn
Polyalthia longifolia
Syzygium cumini
Tamarindus indica
Terminalia arjuna
Pongamia pinnata
Bambusa vulgaris Schrad
Caesalpinaceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Sapotaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anonaceae
Myrtaceae
Caesapinaceae
Combretaceae
Fabaceae
Poaceae
Kempu torai
Aalada mara
Arali, Ashvattha
Ippa
Mavina mara
Ubbina
Neereedu
Hunase
Nirmatti
Honge
Bidiru, Vamsha
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Tree
Perennial
15m
20m
20m
15m
15m
15 or 5m
20m
20m
15m
15m
15m
Building areas, Roadside
Soil binder and dust control, Boundary
Dust control, rotaries and boundary
Air pollution, Industry specific
Dust control, Building areas and boundary
Dust and noise control, boundary
Dust suppression and noise control, boundary
Wind break, roadside
Gardens, landscapes and boundary
4.32
Table 4.17
Overview of Potential Impacts due to the Proposed Project
S.No.
Impacts
1
a
Air Quality & Meteorology
Dust generation during
transportation of raw material
Phase
Construction
Operation

b
Moment of vehicles on unpaved
roads

c

Emissions from process plant/
industry operation

2
a


Odor
Emissions from Specific process
plant/ industry operation


Scope of Impact
F = Frequency
L = Likelihood
E = Extent
D = Duration
M = Magnitude
Effect
&
Action
Mitigation Suggested
F = Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Direct
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Direct
 Covering of raw materials with Tarpaulin during
transportation
 Water sprinkling for dust suppression
 Develop a transport management system for industries.
 Surface access roads and on-site roads cover with aggregate
materials, wherever appropriate.
 Keep soil loads below the freeboard of the truck to minimize
fugitive dust.
 Minimize drop heights when loaders dump soil into trucks.
 Water sprinkling for dust suppression.
 Greenbelt development.
 Inventory of vehicles and establishing pollution loads.
 Establish and enforce speed limits to reduce airborne
fugitive dust.
 Cover dump trucks before traveling on public roads.
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Long term
M = Medium
Negative
Direct
 Determination of ventilation coefficient as a measure of
assimilative potential
 Studying the industries for the pollutant control systems
including its efficiency and reliability.
 Establishment of pollution load from each point source
 Listing of all air pollution industries
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Indirect
 Adopting odor controlling methods for specific process.
 Development of Green belt with odor counteracts species.
4.33
3
a
Noise
Operation
of construction equipment

b
Transportation of equipment and raw
materials

c

Water
Turbidity and suspended solids levels
will increase in near water bodies

b

Noise generation from process plant/
industry operation

4
a


Wastewater generation


 Providing ear muffs to the constructing labors
 Development of wind breakers.
 All equipment should have sound-control devices no less
effective than those provided on the original equipment.
Motorized equipment used should be adequately muffled and
maintained.
 Notify nearby residents in advance if blasting or other noisy
activities are required during the construction period
 Sound proofing of admin buildings and sensitive areas.
 Development of Wind breakers.
 Restricting the movement of vehicles to specific time.
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Direct
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Direct
Negative
Direct
 Providing ear muffs to the workers
 Using less noise generating machines
 Development of wind breakers
 The noise levels in the workspace environment will be
monitored periodically and if necessary corrective action will be
taken.
 All necessary modern noise reducing gadgets will be attached
like silencers, anti-vibration pads; closed room enclosures will
be arranged.
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
F =Regular
L = Likely
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Negative
Indirect
 Fencing with proper material will be done around the site
area to avoid movement of dust or soil to the surrounding areas.
Negative
Direct
 Wastewater generated during construction will be treated in
mobile STP.
 During operational phase industrial and domestic effluents
will be treated separately.
 Treated water will be reused either for green belt
development or for industrial activities like floor washing.
 Homogenization of wastewater.
 Recycling of treated waters for beneficial uses or disposal
through marine outfalls.
4.34
c
6
a
b
7
a
8
a
Decrease in ground water levels
F =Regular
Negative
 Ground water will be used as per the requirement.
L = Likely
Direct
 Proper rain water harvesting structures will be proposed in


E = Local
the industrial area to recharge the ground water levels.
D = Short term
 Treated water from the treatment facilities will be reused in
M = Medium
the industrial area.
Solid waste
Waste generation during land
F =Regular
Negative
 A possible reuse of treated waste for horticultural purposes
clearing, construction and from
L = Likely
Direct
will also explored and attempted.


workers activities
E = Local
 Construction waste will be reused within the site.
D = Short term
 Waste from the workers residence will be send to municipal
M = Medium
bins or handover to authorized dealer.
Waste generation from process
F =Regular
Negative
 Industries proposed in SEZ will generate only small quantity of
specific industries, admin buildings
L = Likely
Direct
hazardous waste which will be disposed as per the Hazardous
and from residential colony
E = Local
Waste Collection, Handling and Disposal Rules at Common
D = Short term
facility.
M = Medium
 Solid waste generated from the admin buildings and
residential colony will be segregated and handover to
authorized disposal facility.
 The System should entail basic segregation (organic /
inorganic in colored coded bins) of waste at source at different


levels, collection and conveyance of segregated waste to
nearest Municipal bins or transfer Stations or possibly to land
fill.
 Develop a waste management plan identifying anticipated
solid and liquid waste streams and addressing determination,
inspection and waste minimization procedures, storage
locations, and waste-specific management and disposal
requirements. Include a recycling strategy to be practiced by
workers during all project phases.
Traffic
Increase in vehicular moment during
F =Regular
Negative
 Level of service of existing road will be improved by proposing
material transport and
L = Likely
Direct
service road adjacent to the existing road.


workers/employees movement
E = Local
D = Short term
M = Medium
Ecology & Biodiversity
Habitat development
F =Regular
Positive
 No reserve forest is present in the study area


L = Likely
Direct
 Aesthetic value of the project area will be increased by
E = Local
developing parks with native species.
4.35
9
a
b
10
a
D = Short term
 Instruct all survey and monitoring personnel on the protection
M = Medium
of ecological resources, laws pertaining to the collection and
removal of these resources, and the purpose and necessity of
protecting them.
 Develop a habitat restoration management plan that
identifies vegetation, soil stabilization, and erosion reduction
measures, and requires that reclamation activities be
implemented as soon as possible following facility construction
activities.
 Monitor the right-of-way (ROW), access roads, and ancillary
facilities regularly for invasive nonnative plant species
establishment, and initiate weed control measures immediately
upon evidence of invasive species introduction or spread.
Socio-economics
Employment
F =Regular
Positive
 Preference will be given to the locals during construction and
L = Likely
Direct
operational phases


E = Local
 Necessary training will be given to the unemployed youth
D = Short term
M = Medium
Infrastructure Development
F =Regular
Positive
 Infrastructure development will be expected in and around
L = Likely
In direct
the proposed project which will increase the livelihood of


E = Local
people.
D = Short term
M = Medium
Land Environment
Site leveling and soil erosion
F =Regular
Negative
 The excavated top soil during site leveling will be restored
L = Likely
Direct
 During site development necessary precautions will be taken,
E = Local
so that the runoff water from the site gets collected in a working
D = Short term
pit.
M = Medium
 Save topsoil which is removed during construction and use it
to reclaim disturbed areas upon completion of construction


activities thus maintaining the constant slope.
 Design runoff control features to minimize soil erosion.
 Construct drainage ditches only where necessary. Use
appropriate structures at culvert outlets to prevent erosion.
 Inspect and maintain project facilities regularly, including
access roads, to ensure erosion levels remain the same or less
than current conditions.
4.36
Chapter-5
Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 5
Analysis of Alternatives
5.1 Introduction
In order to help the concerned authorities and the entrepreneurs, Ministry of
Environment & Forests (MOEF), Government of India (GOI) has framed certain broad
guidelines for siting an industry/proposed projects. The broad environmental guidelines
recommended for siting of industries/proposed project to ensure optimum use of natural
and man-made resources in sustainable manner with minimal depletion, degradation and
or destruction of environment are given in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1
Site Selection Criteria – Areas to be avoided
Land Procurement
Sufficient land to meet the demand of greenbelt
development, reuse of treated water, storing of solid waste
before final disposal
Coastal areas
At least 500 m from high tide line
Estuaries
At least 200 m away from the estuary boundaries
Flood plains of
Riverine system
the At least 500 m from flood plain or modified flood plain, or by
flood control systems
Transport
/ At least 500 m from highway and railway
communications system
Major settlements
At least 25 km from the project growth boundary of the
settlement (3 lakh Population)
Ecologically and or At least 25 km (Archaeological monuments, National parks &
otherwise sensitive area Sanctuaries, Biosphere reserves, Hill resorts, Scenic areas, etc
Ecologically and / or otherwise sensitive areas include: 1) Religious & historic places, 2)
Archaeological monuments, 3) scenic areas, 4) Hills resorts, 5) Beach resorts 6) Health
resorts 7) Coastal areas rich in coral, mangroves, breeding grounds of specific species, 8)
Estuaries rich in mangroves, breeding ground of specific species, 9) Gulf areas, 10)
Biosphere reserves, 11) National parks and sanctuaries, 12) Natural lakes, swamps, 13)
seismic zones, 14) Tribal settlements, 15) Areas of scientific and geological interest, 16)
Defence installations, specifically those of security importance and sensitive to pollution
17) Border areas (International), 18) Airports, 19) Tiger reserves / elephant reserves /
turtle nestling grounds 20) Habitat for migratory birds 21) Lakes /reservoirs / dams
In siting of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area, care would be taken to
minimise the adverse impact of the proposed project on the immediate neighbourhood
as well as distant places. Some of the natural life sustaining systems and some specific
5.1
land uses are sensitive and vulnerable to the outputs. With a view to protect such
sensitive systems, shall maintain the above mentioned guidelines.
5.2 Siting Criteria
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area is located at Kittur Village, Bailhongal
Taluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka and it is around 24 km from Dharwad district. The site
falls in survey of India topographic map no of D43C10, D43C11, D43C14, and D43C15.
The details of siting criteria of the proposed project is as followsTable 5.2
Siting Criteria of the proposed Project
Details
Siting
Guidelines
Proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area
in Belgaum District, Karnataka
Ecologically
Sensitive areas
At least 25 km
Kittur Fort-2.9km (N)
Kulvalli RF (Eucalyptus Plantation) around
1km(SW)
Lingadalahalli RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around
6km (SW)
Galaginamada RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around
5km (S)
Mommigatti RF(Eucalyptus Plantation) around
7km (SE)
Coastal areas
½ km from
high tide line
None
Flood Plain of
Riverine system
½ km from
flood plain
Malaprabha Reservoir around 12km (N)
Renuka sagar Reservoir around 20km (N)
Transport &
Communication
½ km from
highway
& Railway
NH-4 Adjacent to the site, SH-56- 3km (N), SH93-13km (W)
Main Power Line – 2 km (SW) & 3 km (NE),
Telephone Lines – Adjacent, Kumbarganve
Railway Station- 10.5km (S)
Major
settlements
(3 lakhs pop)
at least 25 km
Rehabilitation &
Resettlement
Dharwad- 23.5km (SE), Bailhongal- 28km (N)
KIADB acquired land
as per the statutory norms
5.2
issues
Type of land
Avoid Prime
Agri Land
Govt. / Private land
5.3 Site Selection
Overlooking the Environmental Factors during site selection at the project initiation stage
will generally increase the project costs due to the increase in the compliance to
environmental regulations and also will make the project vulnerable to opposition from
the public. The selected site is best suited for industrial activities. Hence no other
alternative sites have been proposed.
Site selection for the development was made keeping the following points in view:
 Air shed and the topography of the region
 Watershed, drainage patterns and the hydrogeology of the region
 Meteorological conditions that favor the dispersion of the air emissions
 Major water bodies and the downstream users within the study area.
5.4 Mitigation Measures
Appropriate mitigation measures adopted such as CETP/CSTP, Municipal and Hazardous
Waste management, Storm water management and rainwater water harvesting system
etc will mitigate the impacts on air, water and land environment. Hence there will be no
need of alternative site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
5.5 Alternative Energy
Solar energy is proposed as an alternative energy. Solar street lights are proposed to be
used and the member industries would be asked to install solar water heaters to feed pre
heat water to process. This will help in saving the electric energy. However, solar energy
can be utilized only during sunny days.
No alternative site has been proposed for the development of Development of Kittur
Industrial Area the following contents are not covered in the EIA report.




Description of each alternative
Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative
Mitigation measures proposed for each alternative and
Selection of alternative
5.3
Chapter-6
Chapter 6
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Program
The main objective of environmental monitoring program is to check the efficacy of the
EMP (Environmental Management Plan) and implementation and take corrective action
needed. A well defined environmental monitoring program would be followed for the
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area. It would be ensured that trained and
qualified staff supervisors, the monitoring and sampling of ambient air, DG set, Boiler&
incinerator stack gases, common sewage and trade/Industrial effluents, noise etc. to see
that prescribed standards laid down / obtained.
The monitoring plan will be done in two phases

Constructional phase

Operational phase
6.1.1 Constructional Phase
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area envisage the setting up of major
components is mechanical and electrical equipments for common utilities.The
constructional activities involve clearing of vegetation, mobilisation of constructional
material and equipment. However, mobilisation of constructional material & equipment
for excavation of earth etc. will be involved. The constructional activities are expected to
last for a short period. The generic environmental measures that need to be undertaken
during project construction stage are given in the following Table 6.1.
6.1
Table 6.1
Environmental Monitoring during Constructional Phase of Proposed Development
of Kittur Industrial Area
Potential
Detailed actions to be
Parameters for
Frequency of
Impact
followed as per EMP
Monitoring
Monitoring
Air Emissions All
equipments
are Random checks of Periodical
operated within specified equipment
logs/ Monitoring
design parameters.
manuals
Vehicle
trips
to
be Vehicle logs
minimized to the extent
possible.
Periodical
Monitoring
Any dry, dusty materials Stockpiles or open Periodical
stored in sealed containers containers of dusty Monitoring
are
prevented
from materials.
blowing.
Compaction of soil during Construction logs
various
construction
activities
Maintenance of DG set Gaseous emissions
emissions
to
meet (SO2, HC, CO, NOx)
stipulated standards
Periodical
Monitoring
Periodical
Monitoring
Ambient air quality within Gaseous emissions As per CPCB/ SPCB
the premises of the Particulate matter, requirement
proposed Development of SO2, NOx, and CO
Kittur Industrial Area to be
monitored.
Noise
List of all noise generating Equipment
logs,
machinery onsite along noise reading
with age to be prepared.
Night working is to be
minimized.
Generation of vehicular
noise
Working
hour
records
Maintenance
of
records of vehicles
Regular Monitoring
Periodical
Monitoring
Periodical
Monitoring
Implement good working Site
working Periodical
practices
(equipment practices records, Monitoring
selection and siting) to noise reading
minimize noise and also
reduce its impacts on
human health (ear muffs,
safe
distances,
and
enclosures).
6.2
Potential
Impact
followed as per EMP
Parameters for
Monitoring
Frequency of
Monitoring
No machinery running
when not required.
Acoustic
mufflers
/ Mufflers
/ Prior to use
enclosures to be provided enclosures shall be equipment.
in large engines
in place.
of
Noise to be monitored Instant Noise levels As per CPCB/SPCB
within the plant premises.
will be recorded.
requirement
Noise level will not exceed
the permissible limit both
during day & night times.
All equipments operated
within specified design
parameters.
Vehicle
trips
to
be
minimized to the extent
possible
Wastewater
Discharge
Soil Erosion
Drainage and
effluent
Management
Random checks of Periodical
equipment
logs/ Monitoring
manuals
Vehicle logs
Periodical
Monitoring
No direct discharge of No discharge hoses Periodical
wastewater to be made to shall be in vicinity Monitoring
surface
water, of watercourses.
groundwater or soil.
The discharge point would
be selected properly and
sampling and analysis
would be undertaken prior
to discharge
Take care in disposal of
wastewater generated such
that soil and groundwater
resources are protected.
Discharge norms Periodical
for effluents as Monitoring
given in Permits
Minimize area extent of
site clearance, by staying
within
the
defined
boundaries
Site boundaries not Periodical
extended
/ Monitoring
breached as per
plan document.
Protect topsoil stockpile
Effective cover in Periodical
place.
Monitoring
Discharge norms
for effluents as
given in permits
Ensure drainage system Visual inspection of Periodical
and
specific
design drainage
and Monitoring
measures are working records thereof
effectively.
6.3
Potential
Impact
followed as per EMP
Parameters for
Monitoring
Frequency of
Monitoring
The design to incorporate
existing drainage pattern
and avoid disturbing the
same.
Waste
Management
Implement
waste
management plan that
identifies and characterizes
every
waste
arising
associated with proposed
activities
and
which
identifies the procedures
for collection, handling &
disposal of each waste
arising.
Comprehensive
Periodical
Waste
Monitoring
Management Plan
should be in place
and available for
inspection on-site.
Compliance with
MSW Rules, 1998
and
Hazardous
Wastes
(Management and
Handling
Rules),
2003
Non-routine
events and
accidental
releases
Plan will be drawn,
considering
likely
emergencies and steps
required to prevent / limit
consequences.
Employees and migrant
labour health check ups
Mock drills
records of
same
Health
and Periodical
the Monitoring
All
relevant
parameters
Regular checkups
6.1.2 Operational Phase
During operational stage of Development of Kittur Industrial Area, continuous air
emissions (Particulate Matter, SO2, and NOX emissions) and wastewater generation are
expected. The following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the
environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:




Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;
Solid waste characterisation ( HW/MSW/CETP / CSTP sludge);
6.4
 Soil quality;
 Noise levels in and around the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
(equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient
noise levels); and
Table 6.2
Environmental Monitoring during Operational Phase of Proposed Development of
S.
Potential
Parameters for
Frequency of
Action to be Followed
No
Impact
Monitoring
Monitoring
1.
Air Emissions
Air emissions from DG Gaseous emissions As per CPCB/
sets
(Particulate
SPCB
Emissions)
requirement
AAQ within the project PM10
µm,PM2.5
premises and nearby µm,, SO2 & NOx
habitations (3 places at
120º) to be monitored.
All vehicles to be PUC Vehicle logs to be Once in
certificate.
maintained
months
Meteorological data
six
Wind
speed, As per CPCB/
direction,
temp., SPCB
relative humidity and requirement
rainfall.
2.
Noise
Noise generated from Spot Noise
operation of common recording;
utility machinery to be
monitored
Level Periodical
3.
Wastewater
Discharge
(CETP/CSTP)
Compliance
wastewater
standards
4.
Solid waste/
Haz. Waste
Check compliance to Quality & quantity Periodical
HWM rules
monitoring
5.
Ground Water
Quality and
Water Levels
Monitoring
ground Comprehensive
Periodical
water quality, around monitoring as per IS
the proposed project 10500 Groundwater
site and levels
level BGL
6.
Flora and
fauna
Vegetation, greenbelt /
green cover
development
to pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, Periodic or As
discharge COD & Oil& grease
per CPCB/ SPCB
requirement
No. of plants, species
Once in a year
6.5
S.
No
Potential
Impact
Action to be Followed
Parameters for
Monitoring
Frequency of
Monitoring
7.
Soil quality
Checking
& Physico-chemical
Once in a year
Maintenance of good parameters
and
soil quality around the metals.
proposed project
8.
Health
Employees and migrant All
relevant Regular
labour health check ups parameters including checkups
of individual industries HIV
6.2 Environmental Laboratory Equipment
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area may propose and maintain an inhouse environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring / sampling of Air, Water, Soil,
Meteorology, and Noise. For monitoring / sampling/analysis, the member industries /
developer may utilize the services of in-house environmental laboratory and external
laboratories as third party monitoring/sampling /analysis for their compliance. The In
house laboratory equipments required for monitoring / sampling /analysis are listed in
Table 6.3.
Table 6.3
No of
Instruments
Manual or Automatic Weather Station, which can record wind speed, wind
direction Temperature, Relative Humidity
1
Gaseous stack monitoring kit for SO2, NOx, Flue gas volume, Temperature
and conventional monitoring kit for particulates
1
Air samplers with PM<10 µm &<2.5 µm provision
4
Portable Flue Gas Combustion Analyser
1
1
1
1
6.3 Organizational Setup of Environmental Management
A proposal recommending to the project proponent/developer, in setting up of organized
structure for environmental management cell as General Manager (Environment) is
directly responsible for Environmental Management of the proposed Development of
Kittur Industrial Area is given in Figure 6.1 and the educational qualifications are given in
Table 6.4.
6.6
Table 6.4
Manpower for Environmental Management Group
S.
No
1
2
3
Designation
Minimum Qualification
General Manager
Environmental Engineer
Sr. Executive
4
5
Shift Chemist
Shift Lab Assistants
Post Graduate
BE/B.Tech/M.Sc (Env.Sc.)
BE/B.Tech/ M.Sc
(Env.Sc.)
B.Sc (Science)
Intermediate (Science)
Minimum
Experience
5
3
2
Minimum no
of persons
1
1
2
1
1
4
6
Figure 6.1
General Manager
(1)
(1)
Sr. Executive
(2)
Shift Chemist
(4)
(6)
6.4 Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data
The environmental monitoring cell shall co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and
data thus generated shall be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies. The
frequency of reporting shall be done on the basis of statutory requirements to the local
state PCB officials and to Regional office of MoEF. The Environmental Audit reports shall be
prepared for the entire year of operations and shall be submitted to regulatory authorities.
6.5 Budgetary Provision For EMP
In order to comply with the environmental protection measures as suggested in the
above sections, the management has made a budgetary provision for Environmental
Protection and Safety measures in capital cost of the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area. The capital cost of the proposed project, budget for Environmental
Management /Environmental Mitigation Measures and Operation & maintenance cost
are given in Table 6.5.
6.7
Table 6.5
Cost towards Environmental Management Measures
Type
Water
Pollution
Control
Measures
Greenbelt
Air Pollution
Control
Measures
Solid Waste
Management
Strom Water
Drains
Solar lighting
Description
CETP
CSTP
Maintenance (Pumps, Piping )
laboratory maintenance (Equipment,
Chemicals, Glass ware )
Total Greenbelt Area (58.17Ha)
Maintenance
Air Sampler (Upwind, Down wind &
Cross wind)
Other Monitoring Instruments
Maintenance (Filter papers,
Solutions, Calibration)
shed
collection bins
Vehicles (Tri Cycles)
Length (10km)
Maintenance
Street light with 2 x 40W bulbs at 20
m interval for 10 km (30m, 24m and
18m roads)
Maintenance
Capital Cost
In Lakhs
500
200
36
Recurring
Cost In Lakhs
117
1
8
10
2
1
1
10
150
1
10% of Capital
Cost will be
the recurring
cost
200
5
Total
1242
Note: 1.The above cost excludes cost for land required all around the boundary within
the Industrial area for greenbelt development
2. Capital cost of the project is Rs.150 Crores
Type
Manpower
Description
General Manager (1)
Environmental Officer (1)
Sr.Executive (2)
Operator Cum Shift Chemist (4 )
Lab Assistant (6)
Labor (Waste collection)- 10 Persons
Horticulturist- 1 Person
Total
O&M/ Yr Cost
In Lakhs
6
2.4
4.8
7.2
7.2
9.6
2.4
39.6
6.8
Chapter-7
Additional Studies
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
7.1 Safety Management Plan
During construction, erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance, the
men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. The proposed development of Kittur
Industrial Area generally has problems related to occupational health and safety. Hence
management proposes to take steps to minimize the impacts from the proposed
development of industrial area to ensure appropriate occupational health, safety including
fire plans by adapting Occupational Health &Safety measures as per Standard Procedures
&Local Guidelines. All these activities again may be classified based on activities which
needs attention during construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases.
Over-exertion, ergonomic injuries and illnesses caused due to repetitive motion and
manual handling are among the most common during construction of the proposed
development of Kittur Industrial Area. The proper steps for their prevention and control
include:

Training to be given to the workers regarding the lifting of materials &handling,
placement of weight limits, planning of work, selection of tools and implementation
of administrative controls in the site for the development.

Implementation of good house-keeping practices, such as the sorting and placing
loose construction materials or demolition debris in identified areas away from foot
paths.

A fall protection plan will be implemented for the persons who will work in heights
and also depending on the nature and aspects of the fall hazard.

Appropriate techniques and measures will be taken for the prevention and control of
hazards caused by the objects and moving machinery in proposed site for the
development of Kittur Industrial Area during constructional phase.

Suitable dust suppression techniques will be implemented like water spraying to
minimize dust from vehicle movements and also proper Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) used at excessive levels.
a) Policy
Involved and responding employees will
1. Contact their immediate supervisors according to individual department policies. Do
not assume that someone else will follow through with reporting needs. Do not admit
liability for anything that happened or assume that anyone else is responsible for the
7.1
2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
accident or damage. What happened will be sorted out through the accident
reporting and investigation process.
The supervisor or employee should cause the following to be completed:
Obtain the names, addresses, and phone numbers (work and home) of any
witnesses. Interview the witnesses and prepare a report including statements from
the witnesses. The report should include any suggestions to prevent a similar
accident or incident from occurring in the future.
Take photographs of the property damage or defect. A sufficient number of photos
should be taken to fully describe the damage to a person who has not been at the
scene.
Prepare a report of the incident with all necessary information. The reports should be
prepared to reflect the seriousness of the incident.
Fill appropriate forms for future use.
If individual department procedures include all of the information required by this
policy, that document can be utilized to fulfill these requirements.
This policy is in addition to a workers’ compensation reporting requirements.
Appropriate risk management strategies will be implemented to protect the community
from physical, chemical, or other hazards associated with sites through a combination of
Institutional and administrative controls by adopting the community Health and Safety
measures as per Standard procedures & local guidelines provided for community health
and safety.
To control communicable and vector-borne diseases attributable in the proposed site for
the development of Kittur Industrial Area are not potentially serious health threat to
project personnel and residents of local communities. The investigation facilities are
available to monitor all the employees for the occupational health diseases expected due
the production activities in the Industrial Area premises and also maintaining periodical
check-up of our all workers from certified Industrial & Occupational Health Physician. We
adopt certified Industrial & Occupational Health Physician or by the external Industrial &
Occupational Health Physician in company for regular visit twice in a week and also we
will maintain the first aid box with sufficient medicines to face any emergency in the
industrial premises.
The problem of occupational health in the operation and maintenance phase of member
industries is due to noise hearing losses. The personal protective equipments are given to all
the workers.
The working personnel are given the following personnel protective equipments as
appropriate to their working environment.
 Industrial Safety Helmet;
7.2












Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;
Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;
Welders equipment for eye and face protection;
Ear muffs;
Canister Gas mask;
Self contained breathing apparatus;
Leather apron;
Full body Safety harness;
Leather hand gloves;
Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;
Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and
Industrial safety shoes.
Emergency medical facilities are available round the clock for attending emergency arising
out of accidents, if any. All working personnel are medically examined at least once in every
year and at the end of his term of employment.
b) Safety Plan
Safety of both men and materials during construction and operational phases is of concern.
The preparedness in the proposed site for the development of Kittur Industrial Area for the
occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency plan. The disaster in the proposed
site of Kittur Industrial Areamay be possible due to leakage of hazardous fuels like HSD,
collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc.
Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance
phases, developer/common facilitator propose to formulate the safety policy and the same
will be further strengthening after establishment of theproposed Kittur Industrial Area
The safety policy is based on the following regulations:
 To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;
 To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the
design, construction, operation and maintenance of member industries, machinery
and equipment;
 To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;
 To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and
clothing and to ensure their proper use;
 To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work
which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;
 To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and
upto date knowledge;
7.3
 To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and
illness at work;
 To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees
in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these
matters;
 To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate
fire fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this
service;
 To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and
incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective,
remedial and preventive action;
 To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and
safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;
 To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of
employees;
 To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a
proposed Kittur Industrial Area; and to ensure regular safety inspection by a
competent person at suitable intervals of all buildings, equipments, work places and
operations in all member industries in proposed Kittur Industrial Area.
7.2 Safety Organization
 Construction and Erection Phase
A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed by the member industries and
for the entire proposed Kittur Industrial Area. The responsibilities of the safety officers
include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on
corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide
professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is
also responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions. In addition to
employment of safety officer by industry every contractor, who employs more than 250
workers, in the proposed site for the development of Kittur Industrial Area/member
industry shall also employ one safety officer to ensure safety of the worker, in accordance
with the conditions of contract.
 Operation and Maintenance Phase
When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance
with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as
defined thereof.
A training center shall be set up at the proposed Kittur Industrial Area. Safety training shall
be provided by the Safety Officer with the assistance of External faculty members called
from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees,
7.4
contract labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety awareness safety
films shall be shown to workers and leaflets etc.
7.3 Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
A Disaster is called when following one or the other or more incidents occur:
i) Risk of loss of human lives-ten or more in one single situation
ii) A situation which goes beyond the control of available resource of the plant
iii) Loss of property as a consequence of the incident is over Rs. 1 Crore and/or
bears a potential to the above
iv)A situation apparently may not have much loss but its long-term severity can
affect loss of life, production and property.
Disasters occur due to:
i). Emergencies on account of:
- Fire
- Explosion
- Spillage of toxic chemicals
- Electrocution
ii) Natural calamity on account of:
- Flood
- Earth quake / Cyclone / Storm / Cloud burst / Lightning
iii). External factor on account of
- Food poisoning
- Sabotage
The objective of the study is to assess the likely hazards and risk associated with process
and preparation of preliminary Disaster Management Plan (DMP). These guidelines
would be in addition to the Guidelines issued by the NDMA which are available at
http://ndma.gov.in/ndma/guidelines.html. The main objectives of DMP are: To control and contain the incident/accident and if possible, eliminate it
 To minimize the effects of the incident on persons, property and environment
On-site Disaster
If an accident/incident takes place within the Industrial Area and its effects are confined
to the premises, involving only the persons working in the IA and the property inside the
IA, it is called as On-site Disaster.
Off-site Disaster
If the accident is such that its affects inside the Industrial Area are uncontrollable and it
may spread outside the premises, it is called as Off-site Disaster.
7.5
7.3.1 On-Site Disaster Management Plan
Main elements of On-site Emergency plans
- Leadership and Administration.
- Role and Responsibilities of Key Personnel.
- Emergency action.
- Light and Power.
- Source of energy control.
- Protective and rescue equipment.
- Communication.
- Medical care.
- Mutual Aid.
- Public relation.
- Protection of vital records.
- Training.
- Periodical revision of plan.
Action Plan for On-Site Disaster Management Plan
 Designated Control Centre/Room
 Key Personnel
Control Centre
This is the main center from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed
and coordinated. Facilities to be made available in the control centre are:i. Internal and external communication.
ii. Computer and other essential records.
iii. Daily attendance of workers employed.
iv. Storage of hazardous material records and manufacturing records.
v. Pollution records.
vi. Walky-talky.
vii. Plan of the plant showing:a. Storage area of hazardous materials.
b. Storage of safety equipments.
c. Fire fighting system and additional source of water.
d. Site entrance, roadway and emergency exist.
e. Assembly points.
f. Truck parking area.
g. Surrounding location.
viii. Note Book, Pad and Pencil.
ix. List of Key Personnel with addresses, telephone number etc.
7.6
Assembly Points
A safe place should be pre determined as assembly point where in case of emergency
personnel evacuated from the affected areas are to be assembled. The workers, contract
workers and visitors should assemble in assembly point in case of emergency and the
time office clerk should take their attendance so as to assess the missing persons during
emergency.
The Key Personnel for onsite emergency:1. Works Main Controller.
2. Works Incident Controller.
3. Other Key Officers
a. Communication Officer.
b. Security and Fire Officer.
c. Telephone Operators.
d. Medical Officer.
e. Personnel/Administrative Officer.
f. Essential work team leaders.
1. Works Main Controller
The General Manager of the Plant should act as main controller. His duties are to:i. Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether the evacuation of staff from
the plant is needed.
ii. Exercise and direct operational control over areas other than those affected.
iii. Maintain a continuous review of possible development and assess in consultation with
work incident controller and other Key Personnel.
iv. Liaison with Police, Fire Service, Medical Services, Factory Inspectorate and other
Govt. Agencies.
v. Direct and control rehabilitation of affected area after emergency.
vi. Intimate Off-site Emergency controller if the emergency spreads beyond the factory
premises and likely to affect the surrounding area.
vii. Ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiries to be conducted by statutory
authorities.
The Works Main Controller will declare the emergency and he will instruct gate office to
operate the emergency siren after assessing the gravity of the situation.
Work Incident Controller (WIC)
He is the next responsible officer after the Works Main Controller. Generally the
Supervisor is designated as Work Incident Controller. In case of emergency he will rush to
the place of occurrence and take overall charge and report to the Works Main Controller
by personnel communication system like cell phones or walky-talky and inform about the
7.7
magnitude of emergency. He will assess the situation and considering the magnitude of
emergency he will take decision and inform Communication Officer to communicate the
news of emergency to different agencies. He will give direction to stop all operations
within the affected area. He will take the charge of Main Controller till the Main
Controller arrives. He will order for shutdown and evacuation of workers and staffs from
affected area. He will inform all Key Personnel and all outside agency for help. He will
inform security and fire officers and State Fire Services. He will ensure that all nonessential workers/staff are evacuated to assembly point and areas searched for
casualties. He will report all significant development to Communication Officer.
Moreover he will advise to preserve evidence of emergency into the cause of emergency.
Other Key Personnel and their duties
a. Communication Officer. On hearing the emergency siren/alarm he will proceed to the
control center and communicate to Work Incident Controller. He will collect information
from the emergency affected area and send correct message to work main controller for
declaration of emergency. He will maintain a log book of incident. He will contact all
essential departments. He will take stock of the meteorological condition from local
meteorological Department. He will communicate all information as directed by Works
Main Controller.
b. Security and Fire Officer. The Security or Fire officer will be responsible for the fire
fighting. On hearing the emergency alarm/siren, he will reach the incident area with fire
and security staff. Immediately after arrival to the emergency area, he will inform
through telephone or walky-talky to the communication officer. He will inform to the
Work Incident Controller about the situation and requirement of outside help like State
Fire Service and other mutual aid members. At the site, the entire fire squad member will
respond to the advice and information given by the works incident controller. The
security will control the visitors and the vehicle entry.
c. Telephone Operator. In case of fire is discovered but no emergency siren is operated,
he shall ensure the information about the location of the fire/emergency incident from
the persons discovered/notices the above and communicate to different Key Personnel
immediately with clear message.
d. Medical Officer. Medical Officer with his team will report to the Works Incident
Controller on hearing the fire/emergency siren immediately. The ambulance will be
parked nearest to the site of incident. Name of injured and other casualties carried to the
Hospital will be recorded and handed over to Works Incident Controller. The ambulance
will carry the injured to the nearest hospital for treatment.
7.8
e. Personnel/Administrative Officer. He should work as a liaison officer liaisoning with
works main controller and other essential departments such as Police, Press and
Statutory authorities. His responsibilities shall include:- To ensure that casualties receive adequate attention to arrange additional help if
required and inform relatives.
- To control traffic movement into the factory and ensure that alternative transport is
available when needed.
- When emergency is prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and organize
refreshment and catering facilities.
- Arrange for finance for the expenditure to handle the emergency.
Essential Works and Team Leaders:
During emergency the plants immediately affected or likely to be affected, as determined
by the Works Main Controller, need to be shut down for safety. In the area immediately
affected, it may be possible to isolate equipment from which flammable or toxic material
is leaking. This work must be immediately carried out by plant supervisors and essential
operators. Workers/staff need to be nominated to carry out the following essential works
at the time of emergency: Extra first aid personnel to deal with casualties.
 Emergency engineering works, provision of extra or replacement of light, isolation
of equipment, temporary bypass electrical lines etc.
 Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.
 To carry out tests on ambient air quality.
 To act as runner in case of communication system fails.
 The Works Main Controller will require a task force of suitable trained people for
the following works:b. Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated people.
c. Assistance of casualty arrival areas to record details of casualties.
d. Manning the factory entrance in liaison with security to direct emergency
vehicle containing the gate e.g. ambulance, fire tenders etc.
For these essential jobs designated teams should be made available. The responsibilities
of the team and the leader should be given. The essential work teams are:
1. Task Force and repair team.
2. Fire fighting team.
3. Communication team.
4. Security Team.
5. Transport Team.
6. First aid and medical team.
7. Safety team.
7.9
Alarm System
Alarm system varies and will depend on the size of the works area - simple fire bell, hand
operated siren – break open type, fire alarm etc. Automatic alarm may be needed for
highly hazardous nature of industries in the IA.
Communication System
Communication is a key component to control an emergency. The following
communication system may be provided in the IA:





Walky-Talky.
Telephone (internal & external).
Cell phone.
Intercom/paging.
Runners (verbal or written messages).
Siren for Emergency
Siren for emergency should be different from the normal siren. The emergency siren
should be audible to a distance of 5 KM radius. The emergency siren should be used only
in case of emergency.
Escape Route
The escape route from each and every plant should be clearly marked. The escape route
is the shortest route to reach out of the plant area to open area, which leads to assembly
point. This route should be indicated on the layout plan attached to the On-site
Management Plan.
Evacuation
All non-essential staff should be evacuated from the emergency site. As soon as the
emergency siren rings the workers have to shut down the IA and move to the assembly
point. The shutdown procedure in case of emergency should be prepared and kept ready
and responsible persons should be nominated for the purpose.
Counting of Personnel
All personnel working in the IA should be counted. Time office persons should collect the
details of personnel arriving at the assembly point. These should be checked with the
attendances of regular workers, contract workers present in the site on the day of
emergency. The accident control should be informed and arrangement should be made
for searching missing persons in the emergency affected area. The employees’ address,
contact number of next to kin should be maintained in the time office so that during
emergency relatives of those affected due to emergency may be informed accordingly.
Information in respect of emergency should be given to the media and other agency.
7.10
All Clear Signal
After control of emergency the Work Incident Controller will communicate to the works
main controller about the cessation of emergency. The main controller can declare all
clear by instructing the time office to sound “All Clear Sirens”.
Mutual Aid System
Mutual aid scheme should be introduced among industries so that in case of emergency
necessary help from mutual aid partner may be extended. Essential elements of this
scheme are: Mutual aid must be a written document signed by the Chief Executive of the
industries concerned.
 Specify key personnel who are authorized to give requisition of materials from
other industries.
 Specify the available quantity of material/equipment that can be spared.
 Mode of requisition during emergency.
 Mode of payment/replacement of material given during an emergency.
 May be updated from time to time based on experience gained.
Mock drills on emergency planning should be conducted once in 6 months and sequence
of events should be recorded for improvement of the exercise. Exercises on On-site
Emergency Planning should be monitored by the high officials of the organization and the
plan is reviewed every year.
Emergency facilities
The following facilities should be provided to tackle any emergency at any time.













Fire protection and fire fighting facilities.
Emergency lighting and standby power.
Emergency equipment and rescue equipment :Breathing apparatus with compressed air cylinder.
Fire proximity suit.
Resuscitator.
Water gel Blanket.
Low temperature suit.
First aid kit.
Stretchers.
Torches.
Ladders.
Safety Equipment:-
a. Respirators.
b. Gum boots.
c. Safety helmets.
d. Asbestos Rubber hand gloves.
e. Goggles and face shield.
7.11
f. Toxic gas measuring instruments.
g. Explosive meter.
h. Oxygen measuring instruments.
i. Toxic gas measuring instrument.
j. Wind direction indicator.
On-site Emergency Plan should contain1. Site plan and topographic plan.
2. Plan showing the fire fighting facilities.
3. Plan showing hazardous material storage area.
4. Material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals.
5. Facilities available in main control center.
6. List of emergency equipment.
7. List of Safety Equipment.
8. List of important telephone numbers and addresses.
i. Nearest hospitals and ambulance service center.
ii. Nearest fire station.
iii. Govt. Officials.
iv. Transport provider.
9. Names and address & contact telephone number of Key Personnel.
The on-site emergency plan so prepared shall be documented in a printed form in
sufficient copies to give all concerned for knowledge, study and easy follow up. The
emergency plan shall be rehearsed and practiced at regular intervals to test efficiency of
personnel, equipment coordinated efforts and to increase confidence and experience to
operate such plan. The plan so prepared should be updated annually and uploaded in the
factory website for easy reference.
7.3.2 Off-site Disaster Management Plan
The main objectives of the off-site emergency plan are:i. To save lives and injuries.
ii. To prevent or reduce property losses and
iii. To provide for quick resumption of normal situation or operation.
Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996
prescribes for the constitution of the State Crisis Group as apex body at the State Level to
deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling major
chemical accidents. Schedule 7 and Schedule 8 of the Chemical Accidents (Emergency
Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 prescribes for the constitution of
District and Local Crisis Groups.
7.12
The composition of the District Crisis Group has been prescribed under the
chairpersonship of District Collector and Local Crisis Group under the Chairpersonship of
Sub-Divisional Magistrate. The District Crisis Group shall meet every forty five days and
send a report to the State Crisis Group. The Local Crisis Group shall meet every month
and forward a copy of the proceedings to the District Crisis Group.
A. Functions of the State Crisis Group
i) Review all district off-site emergency plans in the State with a view to examine its
adequacy in accordance with the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical, Rules and forward a report to the Central Crisis Group once in three months;
ii) Assist the State Government in managing chemical accidents at a site;
iii) Assist the State Government in the planning, preparedness and mitigation of major
chemical accidents at a site in the State;
iv) Continuously monitor the post-accident situation arising out of a major chemical
accident in the State and forward a report to the Central Crisis Group;
v) Review the progress report submitted by the District Crisis Groups;
vi) Respond to queries addressed to it by the District Crisis Groups;
vii) Publish a list of experts and officials in the State who are concerned with the
management of chemical accidents.
B. Functions of the District Crisis Group
i. Assist the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;
ii. Review all the on-site emergency plans prepared by the occupier of Major Accident
Hazards installation for the preparation of the district off-site emergency plan;
iii. Assist the district administration in the management of chemical accidents at a site
lying within the district;
iv. Continuously monitor every chemical accident;
v. Ensure continuous information flow from the district to the Centre and State Crisis
Group regarding accident situation and mitigation efforts;
vi. Forward a report of the chemical accident within fifteen days to the State Crisis Group;
vii. Conduct at least one full scale mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site each year and
forward a report of the strength and the weakness of the plan to the State Crisis Group.
C) Functions of the Local Crisis Group
a) Prepare local emergency plan for the industrial pocket;
b) Ensure dove tailing of local emergency plan with the district off-site emergency plan;
c) Train personnel involved in chemical accident management;
d) Educate the population likely to be affected in a chemical accident about the remedies
and existing preparedness in the area;
e) Conduct at least one full scale mock-drill of a chemical accident at a site every six
months and forward a report to the District Crisis Group; and
7.13
f) Respond to all public inquiries on the subject.
Central Control Committee
As the offsite plan is to be prepared by the Government, a Central Control Committee
shall be formed under the Chairmanship of the District Collector. Other officers from
Police, Fire Service, Factory Inspectorate, Medical Department shall be incorporated as
members of the Central Control Committee. Under the Central Control Committee the
following committees shall be constituted under the control of the District Collector.
i. Incident and Environment Control Committee.
ii. Fire Control Committee.
iii. Traffic control, Law and order, Evacuation and Rehabilitation Committee.
iv. Medical help, Ambulance and Hospital Committee.
v. Welfare, Restoration and Resumption Committee.
vi. Utility and Engineering Services Committee.
vii. Press, Publicity and Public Relations Committee.
The Off-site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by the District Magistrate in consultation
with the factory management and Govt. agencies. The plan contains up-to-date details of
outside emergency services and resources such as Fire Services, Hospitals, Police etc.
with telephone number. The district authorities are to be included in the plan area.
a. Police Department.
b. Revenue Department.
c. Fire Brigade.
d. Medical Department.
e. Municipality.
f. Gram Panchayat.
g. Railway Department.
h. Telephone Department.
i. Factory Department.
j. Electricity Department.
k. Pollution Control Department.
l. Explosive Department.
m. Press and Media.
Mock exercises on Off-site plan should be carried out at least once in a year to train the
employees, up to date the plan, observe and rectify deficiencies.
Each industrial unit or group of units should prepare separate emergency preparedness
and DMP which will be in sync with the main DMP of Industrial area incorporating details
of action to be taken in case of any major accident/disaster occurring within the unit. The
7.14
plan should cover all types of major accident/occurrences and identify the risk involved in
the industry. Mock drills on the plan should be carried out periodically to make the plan
foolproof and persons are made fully prepared to fight against any incident in the
industry. The plan will vary according to the type of industry and emergency.
7.3.3 Risk Assessment Plan
Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting of an
event or sequence of events. Risk (R) can be mathematically expressed as R = fD where R
is the risk (individual or societal), f is the frequency of occurrence of an undesired event
and D is the expected damage distance due to likely occurrence of that unfortunate
event. The main objectives of the study are as follows:
i.
ii.
iii.
Identification of hazard prone area and estimation of damage distance for the
Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) scenarios visualized for storages.
Computation of frequency of occurrence of hazards and evaluation of risk.
Based on the studies, suggest risk mitigation measures and arrive at guidelines
for Disaster Management and Emergency Preparedness Plan (DMP and EPP).
7.4 Inventory at Site
The inventory at the project site is given in the Table 7.1.
Table 7.1
Storage Capacity in project site for the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area
S.No
1
Name
of
Nature of
Hazardous
Hazard
Materials
&
Location
HSD
Fire
&
(High
Speed Explosion
Diesel)
Stored at Utilities
Department
No. of Storage
Units
Capacity of
storage
(Liters)
1 No
1000
Total
Storage
Capacity
(Liters)
1000
7.5 Hazard Identification and Preliminary Hazard Analysis
7.5.1 Introduction to Hazard Identification
Identification of hazards in proposed site for the development of Kittur Industrial Area is
of primary significance in the analysis, quantification and cost effective control of
accidents involving chemicals and process. A classical definition of hazard states that
hazard is in fact the characteristic of system/plant/process that presents potential for an
accident. Hence, all the components of a system/plant/process need to be thoroughly
examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned
event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.
7.15
7.5.2 Identification of Major Hazardous Units
Hazardous substances may be Flammable substances is given in Table 7.2.
Table 7.2
Summary Table on the Inventories
Chemical
Codes/
Label
TLV
FBP
MP
FP
HSD
(High Speed
Diesel)
Flamma
ble
100
mg/m3TWA
110 - 3750 C
NA
550 C
TLV
MP
UEL
:
:
:
Threshold Limit Value
Melting Point
Upper Explosive Limit
FBP
FP
LEL
:
:
:
UEL
LEL
%
5.0
0.5
Final Boiling Point
Flash Point
Lower Explosive Limit
7.5.3 Classification Based On Inventory Rating
In order to ensure a steady supply of raw materials, process chemicals and fuels,
adequate inventory of all these materials is maintained. The quantities stored and the
degrees of hazard in terms of NFPA ratings are given below. The National Fire Protection
Agency, USA (NFPA), on scale 0 to 4 (least to worst), hazard rating is used as a tool to
assess the preliminary hazard potential of a material shown in the Table 7.3.
S.No
Table 7.3
Properties of Fuel employed
Raw Material
Nh
Nf
Nr
1
HSD (High Speed Diesel)
1
2
0
From the above table it can be inferred that HSD falls under the category of “moderate”
category of flammability index with Nf being 2.
7.5.4 Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on MSIHC Rules 1989 and the
Amended Rules in October ‘1994
Following accidents in industry in India over the past few decades a specific legislation
covering a major hazard activity has been enforced by Govt. of India in 1989 in
conjunction with Environment Protection Act, 1986. This is referred here as MSIHC Rules
1989. For the purpose of identifying major hazard installations the rules employ certain
criteria based on toxic, flammable and explosive properties of chemicals.
 Besides a list of hazardous substances with their threshold quantities are
provided in Part II of Schedule I of the rules
 Schedule II of the rules sets out the threshold quantities for isolated storage units
7.16
 Schedule III gives a list of hazardous chemicals with their threshold quantities. In
this schedule different chemicals are classified into distinct groups viz. Group 1 Toxic substances, Group 2 -Toxic substances, Group 3 -Highly reactive substances,
Group 4 -Explosive substances and Group 5-Flammable substances.
 Schedule IV of the rules indicate various operations which are hazardous during
production, processing or treatment of organic and inorganic chemicals.
A systematic analysis of fuels and their quantities of storage has been carried out, to
determine threshold quantities as notified by MSIHC Rules 1989 and amended rules in
1994 and the applicable rules are identified. Indicative Criteria for Identification of Toxic,
Flammable and Explosive Chemicals (MSIHC Rules 1989) is given in Table 7.4.
Table 7.4
Indicative Criteria for Identification of Toxic, Flammable and
Explosive Chemicals (MSIHC Rules 1989)
a. Toxic Chemicals
Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and which, owing to their
physical and chemical properties, are capable of producing major accident hazards
S.
No.
1.
Degree of
Toxicity
Medium lethal dose
by the oral route
(oral
toxicity) LD
50 (mg/Kg body
weight
of
test
animals)
Extremely
1-50
toxic
2.
Highly
51-500
toxic
b. Flammable Chemicals
Medium lethal dose by
the dermal route
(dermal toxicity) LD
50(mg/Kg
body
weight of test animals)
Medium
lethal
concentration
by
inhalation
route
(four hours) LC50
(mg/L inhalation in
test animals)
1-200
0.1-0.5
201-2000
0.5-2.0
i.
Flammable gases: Chemicals which in the gaseous state at normal pressure and
when mixed with air become flammable and the boiling point of which at normal
pressure is 20oC or below;
ii.
Highly flammable liquids: Chemicals, which have a flash point, lower than 23 oC
and the boiling point of which at normal pressure is above 20 oC.
Flammable liquids :Chemicals which have a flash point lower than 65 0C and
which remain liquids under pressure, where particular processing conditions,
such as high pressure and high temperature, may create major accident hazards
c. Explosives
iii.
Chemicals which may explode under the effect of flame, heat or photo-chemical
conditions or which are more sensitive to shocks or friction than dinitrobenzene.
7.17
Based on the indicative criteria inventory (liquids/fuels) stored in proposed site for the
Kittur Industrial Area has been analyzed for applicability of MSIHC Rules 1989and the
results are summarized in Table 7.5.
Table 7.5
Applicability of MSIHC Rules to Storages
S.
No.
1
Chemical/ Fuel
*Actual
Listed in
Expected
Schedule
Quantity
HSD
3
(2(e)(iii),5
and
6(1)(a) /)
1 MT
Threshold Quantity
for Application of
for Application
Rules 5,7 – 9 and 13
of Rules 10 - 12
- 15
2500 MT
20,000 MT
*Expected Quantity to be Stored for a week
From the above table it can be inferred that HSD tanks does not (with capacity 1 MT )
attract rules 2(e)(iii), 5 and 6(1)(a) and 7-15, as the stored quantities are less than that of
the stipulated threshold quantities
7.5.5 Description of Applicable Provisions of GOI Rules’ 1989
The description of applicable provisions of GOI rules’1989 as amended in 1994 given in
Table 7.6.
Table 7.6
Description of GOI Rules
GOI
rules
1
Description




Identify Major accident Hazards
Take adequate steps to prevent major accidents
Provide information to persons working onsite.
Impart training, provide equipment and antidotes
2
Notification of major accidents to concerned authority
If any major accident occurs, occupier to inform. Concerned authority as listed
in SC-5, and submit report as per the format in SC-6
(applies after commencing of the activity)
3
4
Notification of site to competent authority
Updating of site notification following changes in threshold quantity
5
Transitional provision for the existing activity
6
Preparation of safety reports for commencement of activity
7.18
GOI
rules
Description
7
Updating of safety reports based on modification
8
9
Provision of further information on safety reports to the authority
Preparation of onsite emergency plan by the occupier
10
Preparation of offsite emergency plan by the occupier
11
12
13
Information to be given to persons liable to be effected by a major accident
Collection development and dissemination on hazardous chemicals employed
by the occupier
Occupier shall develop information in the form of safety data sheet as
specified in SC-9
Every container of the hazardous chemical should be labeled with name of
the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous chemical
14
15
Preparation of off-site emergency plan by the authority
Information to be given to persons liable to be affected by a major accident
7.6 Short Listed Hazards
Based on the preliminary hazard analysis, the following scenarios are short-listed for
consequence analysis to quantify the risks involved. The nature of Hazards that could
occur in proposed site forKittur Industrial Area is presented in the Table 7.7 along with
the sources.
Table 7.7
Short listed Hazards
Nature Of Hazards
Fire Hazards
Sources & Location
HSD Storage area. Storage & handling of HSD in DG power house
Explosion Hazard
HSD
Fire / explosions due Spillage / transfer of HSD cause explosion due to leakage
to leakage
Accidents due to Connected with all material handling activities and equipment
material
handling
equipment
Dust hazard
Storage and handling of product concentrate at production block
as well in storage yard
High voltage electrical DG power house, switch yard, HT Motors/ lines
hazard
Fall from height
Civil construction works, welding and other hot jobs done at
height.
7.19
7.7 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis
Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes, causing
possible damage to the surrounding area. This chapter deals with the question of how
the consequences of the release of such substances and the damage to the surrounding
area can be determined by means of models.
A disastrous situation is generally due to outcome of fire, explosion or toxic hazards in
addition to other natural causes, which eventually lead to loss of life, property and
ecological imbalance.
Major hazards posed by hazardous chemical storages can be identified taking recourse to
MCA Analysis. MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques to identify the hazards and
calculate the consequent effects in terms of damage distances of heat radiation, toxic
releases, vapor cloud explosion, etc. A host of probable or potential accidents of the
major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and handling of the hazardous
materials are examined to establish their credibility. Depending upon the effective
hazardous attributes and their impact on the event, the maximum effect on the
surrounding environment and the respective damage caused can be assessed.
Various models for calculating the physical effects of the incidental release of hazardous
substances are detailed subsequently. First, attention is paid to the factors, which are
decisive for the selection of the models to be used in a particular situation, after which
the various effect models are discussed.
7.8 Injuries Resulting From Flammable Liquids
In the case of flammable liquids such as HSD for immediate ignition of a pool fire will
occur. The injuries in this case are mainly caused by heat radiation. Serious injuries as the
result of the shock wave generally do not occur outside the fire ball zone. Fragmentation
of the storage system can cause damage up to distance of over 50m depending on the
capacity of the affected storage tank. If the gas is not ignited immediately, it will disperse
into the atmosphere. If the gas cloud ignites it is assumed that everyone present within
the gas cloud will die as a result of burns or asphyxiation. Outside the gas cloud the
duration of the thermal load will be too brief to cause any injuries. In the event of very
rapid combustion of the gas cloud the shock wave may cause damage outside the limits
of the cloud. Explosive combustion will only occur if the cloud is enclosed to some extent
between buildings and obstacles. The Mathematical models and analytical models for
Hazard Analysis of the flammable liquids in the proposed site for development of Kittur
Industrial Area are as shown in Table 7.8.Damage criteria in Table 7.9.Radiation exposure
and lethality Table 7.10.Damage due to peak over pressure Table 7.11.
7.20
Table 7.8
Mathematical models and analytical models for Hazard Analysis
S. No
EXPLOSIONS
1
Pool fire
Fire ball and physical over pressure models
Table 7.9
Damage criteria
Heat Radiation
Explosions
Incident
Flux
KW/m2
Damage
37.5
100%
lethality,
Heavy damage to
equipment
25.0
12.5
Peak
overpressure
(bar)
Damage
0.3
Heavy 90%
50% lethality, non
piloted ignition
1% lethality, piloted
ignition
0.03
0.01
Damage of
glass
Crack of
windows
1st
4.5
Not
lethal,
degree burns
1.6
No discomfort even
after long exposure
Radiation Intensity
(KW/m2)
Toxic Gas Dispersion
Table 7.10
Radiation exposure and lethality
Exposure Time
Lethality (%)
(seconds)
The extent of damage
depends upon the
concentration of the
toxic compound in the
atmosphere.
The
relation
between
percent of injuries and
the toxic load is
normally given in the
form
of
probity
function.
Degree of Burns
1.6
--
0
No Discomfort even
after long exposure
4.5
4.5
20
50
0
0
1 st
1 st
8.0
20
0
1 st
8.0
8.0
50
60
<1
<1
3 rd
3 rd
12.0
20
<1
2 nd
12.0
12.5
50
--
8
1
3 rd
--
25.0
--
50
--
37.5
--
100
--
7.21
Table 7.11
Damage due to peak over pressure
Human Injury
Peak Over
Pressure (bar)
Structural Damage
Type of Damage
Peak Over
Pressure(bar)
Type of Damage
5.00 – 8.00
3.50 – 5.00
100% lethality
50% lethality
0.3
0.1
Heavy (90% damage)
Repairable (10% damage)
2.00 – 3.50
Threshold lethality
0.03
Damage of Glass
1.33 – 2.00
1.00 – 1.33
Severe lung damage
50% Eardrum rupture
0.01
Crack of Windows
-
-
Source: Marshall, V.C. (1977) ' How lethal are explosives and toxic escapes'.
7.9 Pool Fire Analysis of HSD Tanks
The detailed computations of FETI (Fire and Explosion, Toxicity Index) for HSD (High
Speed Diesel) at proposed Kittur Industrial Area. The capacities of HSD storage tanks are
given in Table 7.5.
The Health (Nh), Flammability (Nf), Reactivity (Nr), and MF (Material Factor) for all the
materials under consideration was derived from NFPA (National Fire Protection
Association) codes. The GPH (General Process Hazard Factor) and SPH (Specific Process
Hazard Factor) was calculated accordingly. Based on F&EI (Fire and Explosion Index), the
HSD fall under light degree of hazard category and nil toxicity.
Thus Risk Assessment and Hazard analysis has been carried out due to fire hazard for HSD
storage tanks by carrying out MCA (Maximum Credible Accident) analysis.
Table 7.12
F&EI and TI of fuels used for the proposed Kittur Industrial Area
Chemical/Fuel
HSD
NFPA Classification
Nh Nf Nr
MF
0
10
2
0
GPH
SPH
*F&EI
F&E
Category
1.1
1.4
50.4
Light
*FEI = MF *(1+GPH) * (1+SPH)
7.9.1 Damage distance computations for MCA (Maximum Credible Accident) analysis
The major hazard scenarios identified for the possibility of occurrence are mainly
concerned with HSD Storage tanks for both phases.
7.9.2 Pool Fire of HSD Storage Tanks
A storage tank of HSD with a capacity of 1000 liters is considered for the proposed Kittur
Industrial Area. Tank fire would occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral
surface of tanks leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire would occur when
7.22
fuel oil collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited. As the tanks are provided within
the dyke the fire will be confined within the dyke wall.
1000 Liters
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Burning Puddle / Pool Fire
Puddle Diameter: 4.5 meters
Puddle Volume: 3.14 cubic meters
Flame Length: 13 meters
Burn Duration: 10 minutes
Burn Rate: 85.3 kilograms/min
Total Amount Burned: 766 kilograms
THREAT ZONE:
Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire is
From Source - 12 meters --- (10.0 kW/ (sq m) (Red Zone)
(100% lethality due to Exposure of Radiation & Heavy Damage (90%) to the
Equipment).
From Source - 18 meters --- (5.0 kW/ (sq m) (Orange Zone)
(1% lethality in 1 min )
From Source - 27 meters --- (2.0 kW/ (sq m) (Yellow Zone)
(No Discomfort even after long exposure)
The damage distance for various lethalities due to HSD tank failure is given below
7.23
Figure 7.1
Threat Zone from the center of the Storage Tank
7.24
7.10 Hydrogeology
7.10.1 Hydrological and Geo-Hydrological Conditions of the Project Area
The proposed Kittur industrial Area at Kittur is having an extent of about 175.31Ha
(433.19 acres). Geological and Hydro geological studies were conducted within the
proposed sites to evaluate the hydro geological setting of the study area. The study is
mainly oriented towards the topographical conditions, rainfall, existing natural drainage,
planning of storm water drains, geological and geo morphological setting along with the
proposal of suitable artificial recharge structures for improvement of ground water in
and around the proposed industrial area.
7.10.2 Topography
Topographically the proposed industrial area is representing an undulated terrain with
well-developed natural drains at several locations. The land elevation is progressively
increasing from site center to towards South and Northwest directions. There are two
prominent uplands present within the site. These two uplands are located in the south
and northwestern part of the site boundaries. It is understood from the topographical
map of the site, that the southern upland is having a maximum elevation value of RL
764m. Similarly another upland located in the northwestern corner of the site is having
maximum elevation value of RL 740m. A natural surface stream is passing across the
industrial area, which is having a seasonal flow from southwest to northeast. The lowest
elevation within the site is observed along this stream with a RL between 697 and 698m.
The overall elevation difference from lowest to highest is about 68m.The detailed
topographical map along with 1m contour interval is given in Figure 7.2.
7.10.3 Geology
The soils present within the study area are dark reddish-brown to dark greyish-brown in
color with silty-clay textures. These soils are derived from existing gneissic rocks. Red
soils having high infiltration characteristics are confined to uplands, whereas, greyishbrown soils of poor to medium infiltration characteristics occurring near the existing
surface streams and low lands.
Below the soil cover the presence of basement rocks is observed. The rock formations
are chiefly granites and gneisses of Archaean age. They are mainly belonging to
Chitradurga group of Dharwar super group. The granites are in equi-granular, medium to
course grained in nature. The surface layers of these rocks are highly weathered. Ingeneral the entire site area is representing low to moderate thickness of soil cover
followed by the weathered rock. Few lineaments are identified within the site which is
following the general pattern with the surrounding structures. The general direction of
these lineaments is NE-SW.
7.25
Figure 7.2
Contour map
7.26
7.10.4 Hydrogeology
Geologically the proposed site and its surroundings are covered with Archaean crystalline
formation comprising Chitradurga group of Dharwar supergroup. Ground water occurs in
the open spaces of weathered fractured gneisses and granites. In these rocks the water
bearing and yielding properties are primarily due to weathering and fracturing. Most of
these rocks have poor capacity of storing and transmitting water, except through
favorable zones and at favorable locations. Aquifer systems encountered are therefore
limited in nature. Ground water occurs both in weathered and fractured zones. In the
weathered zone, it occurs under water table conditions and in the fractured and jointed
formations it occurs under semi-confined conditions.
Water table generally follows the topography of the area and is at greater depths in the
water divides and topographic highs, but becomes shallower in the valleys and
topographic lows and therefore, groundwater moves down and follows the gradient from
the higher to lower elevations, that is, from recharge area to discharge area. Therefore,
locally direction of flow from higher elevations is towards the rivers. Overall, the general
flow direction of ground water within the site will be from southern and north-western
part to site center and further towards northeast.
Due to over exploitation in many pockets, the weathered zone is getting dried up
gradually. Semi confined to confined aquifer is formed due to fractures in hard
formations at deeper depths. This aquifer system is developed by bore wells ranging in
depth up to 100m. The wells are yielding moderate to poor yields. It is observed that the
depth to ground water level during pre-monsoon is more than 20 m bgl and ranges from
18 to 20 m bgl during post monsoon.
7.10.5 Natural Drainage
The drainage network of an area is principally governed by the topography of the land,
whether a particular region is dominated by hard or soft rocks, and the gradient of the
land. Since the study area is located on an upland area with respect to its surrounding
environs, several first order streams originating at this location and forming the most
common form of drainage system called dendritic system. All the existing drains are
moving to the down streams and connecting to the nearest surface streams. There are
several surface tanks existing around the industrial area. Most of them are minor tanks
connected with the nearest surface streams as catchment. The detailed map of natural
and storm water drainage system occurring within the industrial areas is given in Figure
7.3.
7.27
Figure 7.3
Natural and storm water Drainage System
7.28
7.10.6 Rainfall
The proposed site and its environs are falling in the Western dry agro climatic Zone. It
experiences a semi-arid climate, characterized by typical monsoon tropical weather with
hot summers and mild winters. December to April is the very low rainfall months. August
is the wettest month. The rainfall occurs in nearly 45 days in a year. The yearly rainfall of
the study area along with rainfall graph is given in Table 7.13 and Figure 7.4.
Table 7.13
Annual Rainfall for Kittur Industrial Area
Year
2006
Yearly RF
1215.91
1 Year Moving Avg.
2007
2008
1233.71
992.6
1224.81
1113.155
2009
1237.47
1115.035
2010
2011
1173.64
950.67
1205.555
1062.155
2012
699.77
825.22
2013
Avg. Annual RF
965.95
1058.715
832.86
Source: IMD, Pune
Rainfall in mm
Figure 7.4
Annual Rainfall
1300
1250
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Years
7.29
Chapter-8
Project Benefits
Chapter 8
Project Benefits
8.1 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure
Agriculture is the basic sector of employment for the local people in this area. The
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area shall lead to indirect employment
opportunity. Employment desired during drilling period, garbage lifting, sanitation,
afforestation works and other ancillary services. Employment in these sectors will be
primarily temporary or contractual and involvement of unskilled labor will be more. A
major part of this labour will be mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage
themselves for project activities.
The following changes in socio-economic status are expected to take place with this
project.
1. The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area shall have positive impact on
consumption behavior by way of raising average consumption and income through
effective Environmental Management System by Common Sewage / Effluent Recycling
Systems.
2. The development of IA shall bring about changes in the pattern of demand from food
to non-food items.
3. The treated water from CETP/CSTP can be used for land scape development and in
process which influence indirectly for the economic growth of Industrial Area (IA).
4. Due to the corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities of the proposed Development
of Kittur Industrial Area, the socio economic condition of the people will be improved.
5. People perceive that the Development of Kittur Industrial Area will help in the
development of social infrastructures/such as.
 Education facilities
 Post offices and Communication facilities
 Medical facilities
 Recreation facilities
 Plantation and parks
 Community facilities
Kittur Industrial Area development and consequent economic development should lead
to improvement of environment through better living and greater social awareness. On
the other hand, the proposed development of IA is likely to have several benefits like
improvement in indirect employment generation and economic growth of the area, by
way of improved infrastructure facilities and better socio-economic conditions.
8.1
8.2 Improvement In Physical Infrastructure
Due to the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area the following infrastructure
development takes place:
1. Developments of roads
2. Lying of UGD lines.
3. Improvement in transportation facilities such as government buses.
4. Business Establishments.
5. Improvement in street lightings.
6. Improvement in water supply system.
8.3 Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled And Unskilled
Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like
transportations, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and also other
community services will be developed.
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits
 Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase
 Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.
 Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development
and medical facilities.
 The State Government will also benefit directly from the propose Development of
Kittur Industrial Area through increased revenue from royalties, excise duty and
stowing duty.
8.5 Concluded Benefits of the Proposed Project
 The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area is located in the rural
backward region of the state. The site and surrounding is agricultural land. There
are no sanctuaries, archeological important structures or other sensitive locations
in the immediate vicinity of the IA’s.
 The concept of Reduce, Recycle and Reuse shall be practiced in the proposed
Development of Kittur Industrial Area to conserve resources and minimize wastes.
 The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area has taken all the necessary
preventive measures to mitigate even the small effects which may be caused by
industrial activities. Therefore, the proposed project will not have adverse effect
on the environment or the eco system.
 The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area adopted an effective
environment management system and environment management plan to protect
the environment. It includes development of peripheral green belt around the
proposed IA to mitigate the air pollution and Greenery development by the
member industries, storm water management / development of rain water
8.2
harvesting structures for reuse, solid waste pertain to municipal and hazardous
waste; water and wastewater management; safety and health care facility will be
developed.
 Environmental impacts of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
have been thoroughly examined. Based on these impacts the mitigation measures
and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be incorporated along with
establishment of the proposed IA. Considering the positive environmental
conditions as above the authorities can take decision to accord Environmental
Clearance for the proposal.
8.6 Corporate Social Responsibility
8.6.1 Introduction
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), also known as Corporate Responsibility, Corporate
Conscience, Corporate Citizenship, responsible business, Sustainable Responsible
Business (SRB), or Corporate Social Performance, is a form of corporate self-regulation
integrated into a business model. Ideally, CSR policy would function as a built-in, selfregulating mechanism whereby business would monitor and ensure its support to ethical
standards and international norms. Consequently, business would adopt responsibility
for the impact of its activities on the environment, consumers, employees, Communities,
Stakeholders and all other members of the public sector. CSR focused businesses would
proactively promote the public interest by encouraging community growth and
development, and voluntarily eliminating practices that harm the public sector,
regardless of legality.
Public Corporations have legal responsibilities to maximize shareholder profits, but a shift
in corporate mindset led by social expectations and pressure is causing business leaders
to rethink their responsibilities with respect to corporate performance measured in
terms of economic impact, Social Impact and environmental impact-commonly called the
Triple Bottom Line. Essentially, CSR is the deliberate inclusion of public interest into
corporate decision-making, and the honoring of a triple bottom line.
Economic growth is possible only through consumption of inputs available in the
environment and society. The harnessing of natural resources has a direct impact on the
economy, the environment and society at large. CSR is a concept whereby organizations
serve the interests of society by taking responsibility for the impact of their activities on
customers, employees, shareholders, communities and the environment in all aspects of
their operations.
Thus CSR is a management’s commitment to operate in an economically, socially and
environmentally sustainable manner, while recognizing the interests of its stakeholders.
This commitment is beyond statutory requirements. CSR is, therefore, closely linked with
the practice of sustainable Development. It extends beyond philanthropic activities and
reaches out to the integration of social and business goals. These activities need to be
8.3
seen as those which would, in the long term, help secure a sustainable competitive
advantage.
8.6.2 Planning
The planning for CSR starts with the identification of the activities/projects to be
undertaken. CSR projects/activities may be undertaken in the periphery where project
management carries out its commercial activities as far as possible. Where this is not
possible or applicable, than project management may choose to locate CSR projects
anywhere in the country. However, specific CSR strategies will be developed that
mandate the design of CSR Action Plan (Long-term, medium-term and short-term), with a
shift from the casual approach to the project based accountability approach. The
business plan under CSR shall be integrated with the social and environment concerns
related to the business of the proposed project.
Selection of activities under CSR would be made to ensure that the benefits reach the
smallest unit i.e Village, Panchayat, Block or District depending upon the operations and
resource capability of the proposed project. The approach to CSR planning will be shifted
from an ad-hoc charity to a long-term sustainable approach. The Project Management’s
monitoring skills available would be shared as far as possible, with the local
administration by training and setting up required structures and systems. The long-term
CSR Plan will match with the long term Business Plan. This will be broken down into
medium term and short term plans. Each of these plans will be clearly specified the
following
i) Requirements relating to baseline survey
ii) Activities to be undertaken
iii) Budgets allocated
iv) Time-lines prescribed
v) Responsibilities and authorities defined
vi) Major results expected
However, these plans shall also clearly specify the implementation guidelines and the
involvement of the implementing agency. The procedures and methodologies prescribed
for monitoring shall be highlighted as well as the modalities of the concurrent and final
evaluation. Finally, there would be a clear specification will be provided regarding
mandatory documentation of the experience.
8.6.3 Identification
CSR initiatives will be considered in the following parameters for identifications/selection
of schemes/projects as per the stipulated guidelines:
i) Thrust will be given wherever possible to areas related to the business of the
proposed project as a natural corollary to the business.
ii) Investment in CSR would be project based. Mere donations to
8.4
philanthropic/charity or other organizations would not come under the category
of CSR.
iii) CSR activities would generate community goodwill, create social impact and
visibility.
iv) For every project, the time-frame and periodic milestones would be finalized at
the outset.
v) CSR activities also involve the suppliers in order to ensure that the supply-chain
also follows the CSR principles.
vi) CSR activities help in building a positive image of the company in the public
perception.
vii) CSR projects may be closely linked with the principles of sustainable
Development. Based on the immediate and long term social and environmental
consequences of their activities.
viii) Project management would take the shoulder responsibility for
restoring/Compensating for any ecological damage that is taking place as a result
of its operations.
ix) Care will be taken to ensure that work towards fulfillment of the National Plan
goals and objectives, as well as the Millennium Development Goals adopted by
our country, ensure gender sensitivity, skill enhancement, entrepreneurship
development and employment generations by co-creating value with local
institutions/people.
x) Project management will define their business continuity plan to factor in
Hazards, risks and vulnerabilities. They would also create value in innovative
social investments in the community and may focus on the areas of
“Preparedness and Capacity Building” in Disaster Management (DM).
xi) Public-Private Partnership between the Government and the Central Public Sector
could also be encouraged to leverage the strengths of the latter in Disaster
Management. Needs to network with the Ministries in Government of
India/NDMA at the National Level and State Governments/SDMAs at the State
Level to Strengthen and formalize their role in the DM process for ensuring
preparedness of the communities towards disaster resilience.
8.6.4 Implementation and Funding
During primary data collection in the study area it has been noticed that there are good
number of unemployed local youth in the surrounding villages, an action plan will be
proposed to train the local employable youth, so that after relevant training they will be
employed in the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area based on the
requirement of different stages.
Financial help will be provided to local youth (tuition fees, hostel charges, books,
examination fees, etc) of the study area in getting them trained in Industrial training
institutes / centers, Polytechnics in various trades like Electricians, Plumbers, Fitters,
8.5
driving, etc. An approximate amount of Rs. 1.5 Crores equivalent to 1% of the total
project cost i.e., Rs.150 Crores is earmarked towards CSR Activities on annual basis.
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Table 8.1
Activities Covered Under CSR
Fund allocation Year wise
(Rs Lakhs)
st
1
2nd
3rd
4th
Health Camps and health awareness
programs
Education (Vocational training)
Total
(Rs.Lakhs)
5.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
14
13.6
3.5
3.5
3.4
24
Water (Construction of Village level
tanks)
Physically challenged, widows, old
aged persons
Development of Infrastructure
(Construction of Public toilets)
13.5
6.9
6.8
6.8
34
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
14
13.6
13.6
13.6
10.2
51
Sports & culture activities (Parks,
Playgrounds and library)
Miscellaneous
Total
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.2
10
1.2
54
0.6
34
0.6
33
0.6
29
3
150
Annually a minimum of 2-3% profit from respective industrial areas will be used for taking up CSR activities
8.6
Chapter-9
Chapter 9
9.1 Introduction
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area needs to be intertwined with
utilization of natural resources within the limits of permissible assimilative capacity. The
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development
in the proposed Kittur Industrial Area. Hence, it needs proper Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) to meet these objectives.
The Environmental Management Plan is an action plan aiming to control pollution at the
source level to the possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed
by treatment measures before they are discharged. It encompasses the mitigation
measures that are proposed in order to synchronize the economic development of the
study area with the environmental protection of the region.
9.2 Environmental Management During Constructional Stage
The impacts during the constructional Stage of the proposed Kittur Industrial Area on the
environment would be basically of temporary in nature and are expected to reduce
gradually on completion of the constructional activities.
9.2.1 Air Quality Mitigation Measures
For the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area, levelling and grading will be
carried out, where ever possible to maintain the natural elevations they will not be
disturbed, only levelling activity will be carried out for providing roads, sewage network,
storm water system, and places required for providing buildings for administrative,
production/manufacturing plant and other utility erections. According to the engineering
assessment; most of the excavated material shall be reused within the proposed Kittur
Industrial Area.
Most of the construction dust will be generated by the movement of carrying vehicles on
unpaved roads. Unloading and loading of constructional materials shall also act as a
potential source for dust nuisance. The control measures proposed to be taken up are
given below.
1 Water sprinkling on main haul roads in the proposed development of IA will
be done, this activity will be carried out at least twice a day, if need arises
frequency will be increased on windy days, in this way around 50% reduction
on the dust contribution from the exposed surface will be achieved.
9.1
2 The duration of stockpiling will be as short as possible as most of the material
will be used as backfill material for the open cut trenches for road
development.
3 Temporary tin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the
proposed construction site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area as
barrier for dust control.
4 Tree plantations around the proposed Kittur Industrial Area boundary will be
initiated at the early stages by plantation of 2 to 3 years old samplings using
drip irrigation so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.
5 All the vehicles carrying raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin / plastic
sheet, unloading and loading activity will be stopped during windy period.
6 To reduce the dust movement from civil construction site to the
neighbourhood the external part of the building will be covered by plastic
sheets
Given the implementation of proper control measures for dust suppression, no adverse
impacts are expected and compliance with the Ambient Air Quality is achieved at ASR’s
(Air pollution Sensitive Receivers) at all time.
9.2.2 Water Quality Mitigation Measures
During the development of proposed Kittur Industrial Area necessary precautions will be
taken, so that the runoff water from the proposed site gets collected to working pit and if
any over flow is, will be diverted to nearby greenbelt / plantation area.
At the time of construction in the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area, all the
equipments washed water will be diverted to working pit to arrest the suspended solids
if any and the settled water will be reused for constructional purposes, and for sprinkling
on roads to control the dust emission, etc.
The waste generated from the proposed project site work shop of Kittur Industrial Area,
will be segregated like used oil, lubricants, etc and disposed to authorized recyclers the
waste like soiled cotton, paper, etc will be disposed to municipal bins or sold out to the
authorised agencies.
The domestic wastewater generated from temporary toilets used by the work force will
be treated through sewage treatment plant and reused. Therefore, impact on water
quality due to the proposed Kittur Industrial Area would be insignificant.
9.2.3 Noise Mitigation Measures
Noise generating equipment will be used during day time for brief period of its
requirement. Proper enclosures will be used for reduction in noise levels, where ever
9.2
possible the noise generating equipment will be kept away from the human habituation.
Temporary thin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the noise
generating activity as barrier for minimizing the noise travel to surrounding areas.
Therefore, impact on noise environment due to proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area would be insignificant.
All vehicles entering into the proposed site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area
will be informed to maintain speed limits, and not blow horns unless it is required.
Personal protective equipment like earmuffs, helmets covering ears would be provided
to the workers working near noise generating equipment and would see that workers use
the protective gadgets regularly.
9.2.4 Solid Waste Mitigation Measures
The solid waste generated during constructional period being predominantly inert in
nature, construction and demolition waste does not create any chemical or biochemical
pollution. However maximum effort would be made to reduce, reuse and recycle them.
The most of the solid waste material will be used for filing/ levelling of low-lying areas. All
attempts will be made to stick to the following measures.
1. All construction waste shall be stored within the proposed site for the
Development of Kittur Industrial Area itself. A proper screen will be provided
so that the waste does not get scattered.
2. Attempts will be made to keep the waste segregated into different heaps as
far as possible so that their further gradation and reuse is facilitated.
3. Materials, which can be reused for purpose of construction, levelling, making
roads/ pavement will also be kept in separate heaps from those which are to
be sold or land filled.
4. The local body or a private company may be arranged to provide appropriate
number of skip containers/ trolleys on hire.
The use of the construction material basically depends on their separation and conditions
of the separated material. A majority of these materials are durable and therefore, have
a high potential for reuse. It would, however, be desirable to have quality standards for
the recycled materials. Construction waste can be used in the following manner.
1. Reuse of bricks, tiles, stone slabs, timber, piping railings etc to the extent
possible and depending upon their conditions.
2. Sale/ auction of materials which cannot be used at the proposed site for the
Development of Kittur Industrial Area due to design constraint.
3. Plastics, broken glass, scrap metal, used cement bags, etc can be sold out to
the authorised agencies.
9.3
4. Rubble/ brick bats can be used for building activity, such as levelling, under
coat of lanes where the traffic does not constitute heavy moving loads.
5. Larger unusable pieces can be sent for filing up low lying areas.
6. Fine material such as sand, dust, etc can be used as cover material
7. The unearthed soil can be used for levelling as well as for lawn development
8. The broken pieces of the flooring material can be used for levelling in the
building or can be disposed off
9. The unused or remaining paints/varnishes/wood can either be reused or can
be disposed off to the authorised agencies.
9.2.5 Ecological Aspects
For the proposed project site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area, no major
vegetation is present and hence there will not be any negative impact on the existing
plantation. However, the proponent is going for plantation along the boundary during
construction activity. A comprehensive green belt programme will improve the ecological
condition of the region.
9.2.6 Site Security
Adequate security arrangement would be made to ensure that the local inhabitants and the
stray cattle are not exposed to the potential hazards of construction activities.
9.3 Management during Operational Stage
Necessary control measures will be undertaken at the design stage to meet the statutory
requirements and towards minimizing environmental impacts.
The design basis for all member industries will lay special emphasis on measures to
minimize the effluent generation and emission control at source. The specific control
measures related to gaseous emissions, liquid effluent discharges, noise generation, solid
waste disposal etc. are described below:
9.3.1 Air Quality Management
a) Reduction of emissions at source
To control the dust particulates from the stacks to meet the MOEF standards through
appropriate air pollution control equipments are proposed. To control SO 2 and NOX
emissions from DG set of member industries with sufficient height is proposed to meet
the MOEF guidelines.
b) Air pollution Control
The main sources of air pollution from the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial
Area are DG set& Boiler stack emissions. The Diesel Generator (DG) & Boilers are being
proposed & operated by the member industries in the Development of Kittur Industrial
9.4
Area. The appropriate capacity of DG set &Boiler are calculated for total IA and kept as
backup power during power failure & emergency and other purposes. The air pollution
control measures to be adopted are summarized in Table 9.1.
Table 9.1
Air Pollution Control Measures
S.No.
Air pollutant
Source
Control
DG Set
Stack height and air pollution
control equipments meeting MoEF
regulations.
Fugitive in
nature during
material flow
DG sets &
Boilers Of
Member
Industries
Standardization of Equipments and
accessories (Engineering Standards)
As Common Facilities
1
PM10/PM2.5/SO2/NOX
& CO
At Individual Industry
2
3
Process Emissions
Of Member Industries
/
PM10/PM2.5/SO2/NOX
& CO
Stack height and air pollution
control equipments meeting MoEF
c) Particulate Emissions
The Permissible AAQ standard as per Ministry of Environment and Forests for Industrial,
Residential and other areas are 60 µg/m3 for PM - (<2.5 µm ) and 100 µg/m3 for PM - ( 10
µm ) using Respirable/Fine Dust Sampler (RDS) by gravimetric method.
The common DG Set & Boiler activities of member industries operating in the proposed
Development of Kittur Industrial Area, as part of an agreement - must include the
provision air pollution control equipments to attain the prescribed limits of NAAQ Stds
2009 Indus. Resd, Rural & Others for Particulate Matter (<2.5µm & 10 µm ).
d) Control of sulphur dioxide emissions
To minimize the sulphur dioxide emission on ambient air, the stack height for letting of
flue gases at safe dispersion height has to meet the standards laid down by MoEF. The
majority source of SO2 emission will be due to due to DG set and boiler operations by the
member industries.
9.3.2 Water and Wastewater Quality Management
a) Water Management
The source of water for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area is
Malaprabha River and Borewells. The major part of this water will be supplied to the
9.5
member industries used for cooling purpose and the minor part of this water will be used
for domestic requirement.
b) Wastewater Generation
It is necessary /recommended to install full-fledged treatment plant for treating the
industrial effluents and sewage generated by the member industries & from common
utilities in the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area. But all the upcoming
member industries may be small and medium and not having their financial capacity to
install full-fledged treatment plant, they are discharging their substandard effluent on
land and due to that the problems ground water pollution in the said area may be
created. Hence, it is necessary /recommended to install Common Effluent and Sewage
Treatment Plants (CETP/CSTP) for treating the industrial effluents and sewage generated
from such type of small and medium scale industries.
A Common Effluent and Sewage Treatment Plants (CETP/CSTP) has been conceptualized
and recommended for effective treatment and disposal of effluents from the proposed
Development of Kittur Industrial Area to meet the statutory requirements for disposal
and reuse.
9.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management
All along the road network and along the boundary wall of the proposed Development of
Kittur Industrial Area, storm water drains would be provided to collect water during
rains. The storm water drain would be adequately sized to prevent flooding of the site,
the storm water drains would contain check dams at appropriate distances to retain
water for maximum in filtering of the rainwater into ground so that the aquifer can get
maximum recharge. It is also proposed to have rainwater harvesting structures for
recharge of roof top rainwater and rain water of paved surface at adjacent of respective
buildings. Treatment for silt, oil & grease removal will be provided to rainwater
harvesting recharging pit, the required quantity of the treated rainwater will be diverted
into fresh water storage tank. The overflow from the harvesting pit and storm water of
road / open space will be collected through road side storm water drains and left into
natural drain.
Under CSR activity to improve the recharging capacity of the aquifer greenbelt
development and construction of check dams along the natural drains will be taken up.
9.4 Noise Level Management
All the noise generating equipments in the Development of Kittur Industrial Area must be
designed not to exceed the noise levels 85-90 dB (A) as per the OSHA (Occupational
Safety and Health Administration) Standards.
9.6
The equipments shall be provided with acoustic shields or enclosures to minimize the
sound level inside the member industries of the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area. The greenbelt will be developed to prevent noise generation beyond the
IA or boundary.
The following measures are suggested to keep the noise levels within the permissible
standards in member industries.
 Noise barriers will be placed around the stationary noise generating equipment of
the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area and also along the side of
moving objects
 All noise generating machines like pumps, compressors, etc shall be properly
serviced and mounted on anti vibration pads to reduce the noise generation.
 The DG set shall be provided by Acoustic enclosure.
 Proper maintenance of transportation vehicles.
In addition to this, the entire open area and in the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area boundary shall be provided with adequate green belt to minimize the
noise levels.
The proponents of member industries during operation of their plants would monitor the
noise levels within and outside the plant on regular basis to attain national standards for
air quality with respect to noise are strictly adhered to. Corrective action would be
initiated immediately in case of any deviations are found during the course of
monitoring.
9.5 Solid Waste Management
The waste generated by the member industries / manufacturing units can be classified as
 Manufaturing Process Waste – May fall under the hazardous waste category
 Waste from Utilities such as ash, paper & plastic and other packing waste
 Pollution Control facilities- Primary ETP sludge etc.,
All the member industries coming up in the proposed Kittur Industrial Area, With respect
to the category and type of waste, member industries will segregate and store the waste
temporarly in an earn marked area, if required will utilize the services of the Common
Hazardous Waste Management Facility (CHWMF) which is already existing near Dobaspet
on NH 207. All the hazardous waste from member industries will be transported to
CHWMF facility for treatment and for further safe disposal as per the statutory
requirement and procedures. Safe storage and transportation of the produced solid and
hazardous waste is the total responsibility of the member industry.
9.7
Municipal Solid Waste would be collected and stored in an earn marked storage yard and
9.6 Green Belt Development
In order to comply with the MoEF guidelines for greenbelt development within the
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area, KIADB is planning to develop thick green
belt of tall and evergreen plants 15m along the periphery and 2m along the roads within
the individual industrial units of the Kittur Industrial Area and additional greenbelt will be
developed under CSR activity in nearby open areas (Schools, gardens, along the roads,
etc.). The width of the shelterbelt will vary in different areas depending on the availability
of land. The greenbelt with a density of about 1000 plants per hectare will be developed.
If the area is suitable, three storey or three tier plantations are also planned.
KIADB will also instruct and make an agreement (MOU) with member industries to
develop green belt @ 15% inside and along the periphery of the member industries.
All plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their growth with suitable
horticultural practices. Sufficient space, resources and man power for development and
maintenance are provided in the plan.
Green belt development is one of the most effective environmental pollution control
measure. Trees play vital role in the environment in preventing the horizontal dispersion
of the pollutants to the surrounding areas. They are very effective in trapping the
pollution causing agents viz. dust and gaseous pollutants. They are also considered to be
excellent indicators of excessive ground level concentrations. The green belt is being
proposed for the following objectives.





Mitigation of fugitive dust emissions
Noise pollution control
Prevention of soil erosion
Balancing eco environment
Aesthetics
Apart from the bulk plantation in vacant areas, roadside avenue plantations, parks will
also be taken up. The placement of the plants would be designed as follows:
 Trees growing up to 10 m or more in height with thick canopy cover and perennial
foliage would be planted around the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial
Area.
9.8
 Planting of trees would be done in rows with minimum three rows encircling
perimeter of the installation. While planting the trees care would be taken that
the installation structure would be difficult to see through foliage when seen from
a point outside the green envelope. For preventing the horizontal dispersion of
pollutants, if any, the trees planted in alternate rows would fall in straight line.
 Trees would be planted on roadside for containment of vehicular traffic emissions
and fugitive emissions due to the movement of vehicles.
 Tree trunk being free foliage up to a height of 2 to 3 m, it is proposed to grow
shrubs in front of trees so as to give coverage to the open portion.
 Sensitive species like Mangifera indica would be planted in patches along the
entire green belt to work as an indicator of pollution potential.
9.7 Fire Protection Services
Fire protection is one of the most essential services in the proposed Development of
Kittur Industrial Area and Over Head Water Storage Tanks with a required storage
capacity shall be constructed by the member industries of the proposed projects and
maintain as a fire reservoir.
All the member industries within the in the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial
Area are expected to have their own unit/site specific fire protection system and the
common fire protection system as additional backup and support required combating
any eventualities due to fire accidents.
In addition to this, a fire protection station is recommended with adequate fire
protection personnel and other standard fire protection devices to attend to the fire calls
from the industries within the estate.
The fire fighting facilities listed above are planned for combating the emergency in the
Development of Kittur Industrial Area. However during the allotment of lands/approvals
for setting up of the units, the KIADB management shall follow the prospective
unit/industry will comply with the guidelines laid down in the safety policy of the
proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
9.9
Chapter-10
Summary & Conclusion
Chapter 10
Summary & Conclusions
10.1 Brief Description 0f the Nature of the Project
The proposed site for the Development of Kittur Industrial Area comprises of semi urban and
rural environment. The area earmarked for the proposed industrial area is about 175.31 Ha
(433.19 acre) of land. Presently the land is barren with degraded shrub in most of the area,
while some land is also covered by agricultural activity.
Note: The total land area as per ToR is 262.53Ha (648.23 Acre). An area of 87.22Ha (215.43
Acre) is not acquired (Dombrakoppa Village). The present development of industrial area will
be carried out only in 175.31Ha and once the remaining 87.22Ha is acquired, KAIDB will go
for expansion in the future.
10.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
Any activity aimed at development will have repercussions on the environment, both
positive and negative. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is a management tool,
which enables the proponent to identify the negative impacts and to mitigate the negative
impacts through appropriate Environmental Management Plans. Hence KIADB as a part of
the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e. to obtain Environment Clearance (EC)
from the State Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Karnataka, have appointed a
consultant to carry out the studies for the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
10.3 Need of the Project
In order to improve the socio – economic status of the country “Development of Industries is
a Must”. Due to the proposed development of industrial area at Kittur:
1. There will positive impacts on the socio – economic status of the surrounding areas
10.1
3. Physical infrastructure development such as improvement to roads, UGD lines, street
lights etc will take place
General medium and small scale industries etc Keeping the Environmental Management as
the focal issue right from the Industrial Area (IA) Layout stage will definitely herald a new era
in the sustainable industrial growth in harmony with the environment. The proposed project
has a potential to prove that the Industrial development and environment protection can go
hand in hand in contrast to the general feeling that the industrialization leads to pollution.
10.4 Salient Features of Location & Landscape Area Details
The salient features and the latitude and longitude of the proposed Kittur industrial area are
depicted in Table 10.1. The details of the proposed project location, lay out, topographical
map (10 km buffer) are shown from Figure 10.1 to 10.3.
Table 10.1
150 34’ 43”N 740 48’ 15”E
150 34’ 27”N 740 47’ 45”E
150 33’ 37”N 740 48’ 11”E
150 33’ 32”N 740 48’ 20”E
150 33’ 44”N 740 48’ 58”E
D43C10, D43C11, D43C14, D43C15
Elevation
697 to 764 mts
Water Requirement
4010 KLD (Malaprabha River & Ground Water)
Power Requirement
19835 KW
Manpower requirement
Around 4500 Persons
Waste Water Generation
1982 KLD
Nearest Railway Station/Airport
Belgaum Airport 37 km (NW)
Nearest Highway
Nearest Town/City
Kittur- 2.8 km (N)
Dharwad- 23.5 km (SE)
Dombarkoppa- 1.2 km (N)
Nearest Habitation
10.2
Figure 10.1
10.3
Figure 10.2
10.4
Figure 10.3
10.5
10.5 Power Requirement
Power requirement for the industrial area would be met by KPTCL. The details of power and
its source are given in Table 10.2. To meet the emergency requirement of the power during
power failure DG Sets are proposed and operated after establishment of the proposed
industrial units.
Table 10.2
S.No
1
Material
Power Demand (KW)
Requirement
(Proposed)
Source
19835
KPTCL
Note: 110KW per Acre calculated for 67% of Industrial land i.e 147.85Acre
50KW/Acre for 67% of Residential Area (34.7 Acre), 110KW/Acre of Amenities (10.2 Acre)
50KW/Acre of Commercial Area (3.8 Acre), 5KW/Acre of Roads, Parking, Public Utility and Parks (104 Acre)
Around 1000 liters of HSD would be stored at site on weekly basis as for utilization in DG sets
to meet emergency power requirements for CETP/CSTP and utilities (Assuming 40 liters/hr
of HSD for 250 KVA DG set and 80 liters/hr of HSD for 500 KVA DG set for CSTP and CETP
respectively).
10.6 Water and Waste Water Generations
The total water required and wastewater generated for the Development of Kittur Industrial
Area is given in Table 10.3.
Table 10.3
S.No
Fresh
Treated
Total
Wastewater
generation
Utility
Water Requirement
1
Industrial Units
1358
428
1786
1250
2
3
Potable/ Domestic
Green belt
development
770
-
770
732
-
1454
1454
-
Total
2128
1882
4010
1982
Note:
1.20KLD/Ha of Industrial land (89.31Ha)
2.135lpd/ person for residential (4200 persons) and 45lpd/person for industrial workers
(4500 persons)
3.25KLD/Ha for Greenbelt (58.17Ha)
10. 6
10.7 Man Power
The majority of the work force will be employed from the nearby villages for operational
maintenance of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area. The break-up of the
manpower requirement is shown in Table 10.4.
S.No
1
2
Table 10.4
Type
Number of
Persons
Managers, Executive, staff
1116
Skilled / unskilled workers
3349
Total
4465
(4500)
Remarks
Preference will be given to
employ from nearby
villages
10.8 Baseline Environmental Status
The baseline data was collected for various environmental components to compute the
impacts that are likely to be arising out of the industrial activities covering an area of 10km
radius from the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area as the center.
10.8.1 Meteorology (Climate)
Meteorological data was collected for the study area during the months of Post monsoon
(September, October and November (2013)). Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Temperature,
and Relative Humidity were recorded on hourly basis during the study period.
The climate of the study area is classified as warm, humid and tropical. For the Post
monsoon season the winds were predominantly recorded from NE followed by E, SW and SE.
Calm conditions prevailed for 12.04 % of the total time and the average wind speed for the
season i.e. September to November 2013 is 2.46 m/sec. The average maximum temperature
is 36.60C and minimum is 14.10C. The Humidity is highest in the month of August at 93 %.
10.8.2 Air Quality
Ambient air quality in the study area has been assessed through a network of 15 Ambient Air
Quality Monitoring Stations fixed using screening models within 10km radius keeping in view
the Topographical and Meteorological conditions. The monitoring has been performed for
one season.
Different air pollutants namely Respirable Particulate Matter (PM<2.5µm, PM<10µm),
sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and Ozone (O3) were sampled on 24 hourly as
per MoEF guidelines and results are compared with the standards stipulated by CPCB.
10.7
 The 98th percentile of Particulate Matter <2.5µm recorded within the study area
were in the range of 13.7 to 21.7 µg/m3. The 98th percentile of Particulate Matter
<10µm recorded within the study area were in the range of 44.4 to 56.6 µg/m3.
 The 98th percentile of SO2 recorded within the study area was in the range of 12.7 to
18.1 µg/m3.
 The 98th percentile of NOx recorded within the study area was in the range of 15.5 to
21.8 µg/m3.
 The 98th percentile of O3 recorded within the study area was in the range of 14.9 to
20.1µg/m3.
The observed air pollutants were within the limits as per NAAQ standards.
10.8.3 Water Quality Status
About 14 ground and 4 surface water samples were collected from the study area to assess
the water quality during the study period. The ground water samples were drawn from the
hand pumps and open wells being used by the villagers for their domestic needs. Surface
water sampling was carried out from major tanks / ponds within 10km of the proposed
project site.
Ground Water
 The pH was varying from 6.91 to 7.89, indicating that they are in acceptable limits.
 TDS are varying from 364 mg/l to 1592 mg/l, indicating that they are above the
acceptable limit but within the permissible limit.
 Chloride levels are ranging from 83 mg/l to a maximum of 404 mg/l. All are within the
permissible limits.
 Hardness is varying from 135 mg/l to 744 mg/l. One sample is above the permissible
limit and remaining all samples are within the permissible limit.
 The fluoride values are in the range of 0.6 mg/l to 1.13 mg/l indicating all samples are
within the permissible limits
Surface Water
 pH was varying between 7.52 to 7.92.
 The total dissolved solids were in the range of 168 mg/l to 296 mg/l
 The chlorides were in the range of 49 mg/l to 59 mg/l
 The hardness is varying between 68 mg/l to 138 mg/l.
 Fluoride content was in range of 0.31 mg/l to 0.42 mg/l
10.8
Overall all the samples collected from the study area were found to be fit for human
consumption, however the hardness, dissolved solids in most of ground water samples seem
to be above acceptable limits but well within the permissible limits.
10.8.4 Noise Quality
Baseline noise levels have been monitored at 15 locations within the study zone, using a
continuous noise measurement device. The day levels of noise have been monitored during
6 AM to 10 PM and the night levels during 10 PM to 6 AM. The day equivalents during the
study period are ranging between 52.5 to 63.4dB (A) whereas the night equivalents were in
the range of 41.2 to 49 dB (A). From the results it can be seen that the Day equivalents and
the Night equivalents were within the Ambient Noise standards of residential areas
standards.
10.8.5 Soil Quality
The area in particular is generally red sandy with patches of silty loam and red loamy soils.
For studying the soil types and soil characteristics, 15 sampling locations were selected to
assess the existing soil conditions representing various land use and geological features.
Homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene
plastic bag, sealed and sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical
parameter concentrations were determined from all samples.
 pH values in the study area are varying from 6.59 to 8.08indicating that the soils are
falling in normal to saline class.
 Electrical conductivity in the study area is varying from 266 to 335 µMho/cm indicating
that the soils are falling under Normal category and do not indicate any hazard to
soil, agricultutre and ecological balance.
 The Organic Carbon in the study area is varying from 0.15 – 0.28 % that indicating low
range of organic carbon.
 Available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 132 to 163 kg/ha indicating
soils of medium category.
 Available Phosphorus is varying from 5 to 14 kg/ha, which indicates that 4 samples
are falling in low range and 11 samples are in medium range.
 Available Potassium in the study area is varying between 31 to 75 kg/ha which
indicates that all samples are falling in low range.
10.8.6 Flora & Fauna
Ecological survey covering an area of 10km radius from the proposed project boundary was
done for generation of primary data to understand baseline ecological status, important
10.9
floristic elements, fauna structure and collection of secondary data from Forest Working
Plan and Gazetteers.
The study area is abundantly occupied by trees apart from agroforestry types and commercial
plantations such as Tamarindus indica, Terminalia chebula, Eucalyptus sp, carisa carandus,
Butea monosperma and terminalia tomentos. Near village’s agriculture land, along village
roads, state highways and major district roads Eucalyptus species, Dalbergia sisso, Acacia
auriculoformis are predominant. Primary survey revealed a total of 89 species of plants of
which most were phanerophytes and 4 were therophytes.
The common crops in the study area are saccharum officinarum, oryza sativa, Triticum
diococcum, Pennisitum glacaum, zia mays which are mainly depend on rainwater and tube
well, borewell in non monsoon season.
There is no national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve within 10km of the study area.
As per Wildlife Protection Act 1972, there is only one schedule-I species observed in buffer zone
i.e. Monitor Lizard (Varanus bengalensis). No critically endangered, endangered, threatened or
rare species of wildlife in the core and buffer zone.
10.8.7 Socio Economics
Sample survey was done to collect qualitative information about the socio economic
environment of the area. The Study area (10km radius of the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area) is mostly inhabited by economically weaker section people. Lack of amenities
such as roads, drinking water, dwellings, lavatories, education, employment, medical and
electricity facilities was evident during the site visit. Though agriculture is the main occupation, in
the studied villages it has provided employment opportunities to only 50-60% of the families. The
remaining population is depending on the other type of employment opportunities mainly as
laborers.
10.9 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
The SO2 and NOX are major air pollutant generated from the proposed development of IA.
However, SO2 and NOX emissions are anticipated during the usage of DG sets & Boilers. The
Predicted maximum Ground level concentration of 24 Hour average of SO 2, and NOX
concentrations considering 24 hour mean meteorological data of study season are
superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations obtained during the study period to
estimate the post project scenario, which would prevail at the post operational phase. Stack
emission details & predictions are shown in the following Table 10.5 and Table 10.6.
10.10
Table 10.5
Stack and Emission Details of Proposed DG sets & Boilers for the proposed development of
(A) Details of Emissions from proposed DG Sets
Stack
Type
of Fuel
Quantity
of Fuel
(ltrs/hr)
Height
(m)
Diameter
(m)
Exit Gas
Temperature
(°C)
Exit Gas
Velocity
(m/s)
Kittur
100 KVA
HSD
25
5
0.15
492
8
250 KVA
HSD
58
7
0.15
435
10
1000 KVA
HSD
206
30
0.3
536
16
Note: No of DG Sets 100 KVA=69 nos; 250 KVA=2 nos; 1000 KVA=3 nos
Source: Emissions Regulations: Part IV: COINDS/26/1986-87
DG set Stack Ht (H)=h+0.2 √KVA
H= Total ht of the Stack, h= ht of the building (m) where DG set is installed,
KVA Generator capacity, ht of the building assumed 3 m
SO2 limit 50 mg/kg As per BS-4 HSD Standards
NOx limit 5.1 g/kg
SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
0.0006
0.0014
0.005
0.03
0.07
0.25
SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
0.0008
0.0016
0.006
0.04
0.08
0.32
(B) Details of Emissions from proposed Stacks – Boilers
Stack
Type
of
Fuel
Quantity Height
of Fuel
(m)
(ltrs/hr)
Diameter Exit Gas
Exit Gas
(m)
Temperature Velocity
(°C)
(m/s)
Kittur
1 TPH Boiler HSD
34
30
0.15
130
16
2 TPH Boiler HSD
67
30
0.2
145
16
8 TPH Boiler HSD
268
30
0.3
315
16
Note: No of boilers 1 TPH=69 nos; 2 TPH=2 nos; 8 TPH=3 nos
Source: EPA notification GSR 176 (E), April 2, 1996
Stack Ht: (H)= 14 Q0.3 , H- total stack ht (m), Q- SO2 emission rate in kg/hr
In no case the stack height shall be less than 11 m
SO2 limit 50 mg/Kg As per BS-4 HSD Standards
NOx limit 5.1 g/kg
Table 10.6
Concentrations
24 – Hourly Concentrations
Sulphur dioxide
Oxides of Nitrogen
(SO2)
(NOX)
18.1
22.2
Predicted Ground Level Concentration
0.2
8.2
18.3
30.4
Distance (m)
550
550
Direction
South West
South West
NAAQ Stds 2009
80
80
Indus. Resd, Rural & Others
** Predicted concentrations at peak levels from all proposed industries in the proposed IA’s
10.11
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to limit the environmental impact during
constructional phase:
 Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid the dust materials entering into the
atmosphere. Furthermore, during windy days, the frequency of the water sprinkling
will be increased.
 The vehicular movement will be minimized, with a planned scheduling, to reduce the
emission of pollutants.
 Temporary thin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the proposed
site for development of Kittur Industrial Area as a barrier for dust control.
 The excavated material shall be reused within the boundary from the Kittur Industrial
Area and the movement of cut and fill material will be limited.
 Plantation of trees around the proposed boundary of Kittur Industrial Area and it will
be initiated at the early stages by plantation of 2 to 3 years old saplings using drip
irrigation so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.
 All the vehicles carrying raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin/plastic sheet;
unloading and loading activity will be stopped during windy period.
 To control SO2 and NOX emissions from DG sets & Boilers stacks with sufficient height will be
proposed to meet the MOEF guidelines.
10.9.2 Impact on water quality
The main source of water for the proposed project is Malaprabha River. The details of water
balance showing wastewater generation are given in Table 10.7 and the characteristics of
wastewater generated and treated water is provided in Table 10.8 & 10.9.
S.No
Table 10.7
Wastewater
Utility
Water Requirement
Fresh
Treated
Total
generation
1
Industrial Units
1358
428
1786
1250
2
Potable/ Domestic
770
-
770
732
3
Green belt
development
Total
-
1454
1454
-
2128
1882
4010
1982
Remarks
Treated by MBBR
technology
Treated by ASP
technology
10.12
Table 10.8
Parameter
Units
pH
Oil & Grease
TSS
TDS
COD
BOD
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Industrial
Wastewater
6.5 – 8.0
<10
50
4000 - 4500
3000 - 3500
2000 - 2500
CETP
6.5 – 8.5
<10
<100
<2100
<120
<30
Table 10.9
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Domestic
wastewater
6.5 – 8.0
15
150 - 200
400 - 450
6.5 – 8.5
<10
<100
<2100
COD
mg/l
300 - 400
<120
BOD
mg/l
200 - 275
<30
Parameter
Units
pH
Oil & Grease
TSS
TDS
CSTP
10.9.2.1 Mitigation measures
10.9.2.1.1 Common Waste Water Treatment Plants
Wastewater is generated from different sources of the proposed development of Kittur
Industrial Area, which were observed as the industrial wastewater as well as domestic
wastewater from various different industries within the industrial area. The industrial
wastewater and domestic wastewater, collected through separate drains, and treated in
CETP & CSTP. The member industries will also treat their effluents preliminarily to meet the
stipulate standard as prescribed by the CETP/CSTP which are constructing in the industrial
area. The treated water will be reused for Green Belt and for industrial use (floor washing
cooling etc.). Appropriate area of land has been earmarked for CETP & CSTP in the proposed
site of Kittur Industrial Area.
10.9.2.1.2Storm Water Management
All along the road network of the proposed site for Kittur Industrial Area, storm water drains
would be provided to collect water during rains. They would adequately sized to prevent
flooding of the site. It is proposed to have rainwater harvesting structures for recharge of
roof top rainwater and rain water of paved surface at respective buildings. Treatment for
silt, oil & grease removal will be provided to rainwater harvesting recharging pit. Overflow
10.13
from the harvesting pit and storm water of road / open space will be collected through road
side storm water drains.
The rainwater harvesting pits will be provided near major built up areas, so that the roof
water can be directly sent to nearest Rainwater harvesting pit. The excess water if any from
the rainwater harvesting pits is diverted to storm water drains.
The storm water drains will be acting as recharge trench as the bottom will not be lined and
intermittent check dams will be provided in the storm water drains, so that maximum
amount of rainwater infiltrate into the ground. The excess water will be diverted into the
common storm water drain. The width and depth of the drain proposed is 0.50 m and 0.60
m respectively.
10.9.3 Solid Waste Management
All industries coming up in the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area, if required
will utilize the services of the Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility (CHWMF)
which already exists near Dobaspet on NH 207. All the hazardous waste from member
industries will be transported to CHWMF facility for treatment and for further safe disposal
as per the statutory requirement and procedures. Safe storage and transportation of the
produced solid and hazardous waste is the total responsibility of the member industry.
During construction phase, all attempts should be made to stick to the following measures.
 All construction waste shall be stored within the proposed site for development of
Kittur Industrial Area itself. A proper screen will be provided so that the waste does
not get scattered.
 Materials, which can be reused for purpose of construction, leveling, making roads/
pavement will also be kept in separate heaps from those which are to be sold or land
filled.
 The local body or a private company may be arranged to provide appropriate number
of skip containers/ trolleys on hire.
10.14
The major solid wastes generated from the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area
during operation are waste oil and used batteries and domestic waste. The details of the
hazardous and non hazardous waste generated are given in Table 10.10 &10.11
Category of Wastes
Batteries (M&H)
Rules 2010
Used oil Category of 5.1
of schedule -1
Bio medical Waste Rule
2011
CETP
Table 10.10
Name of
Quantity
the waste
Lead acid
460 nos /
batteries
year
Used oil
1900ltrs
CHWMF
(Common
Hazardous
/year
appropriate treatment and disposal
or any authorised dealer
Bio7.5 Kg /day Bio Medical Waste
medical
Waste
Sludge
1.2 TPD
CHWMF
(Common
Hazardous
appropriate treatment and disposal
e-wastes 3000 Kg/year Will be returned back to supplier/
E-Waste Facility
Note:
1. Waste battery generation @ 2 batteries/ industry per year (229 industries)
2. Used oil @ 20litres /year for 120 KVA DG set; 40 liters/ year for 250 KVA; 150
liters/year for 1000 KVA (120KVA X 69, 250KVA X 2, 1000KVA X 3)
3. Biomedical waste @ 150 gms/person/day for about 50 persons per day
4. E-waste @ 0.7kg/person/year in India
Table 10.11
Units
Quantity/day Remarks
Kg
72
Disposed to local municipalities /
Kg
3420
Compost plant.
Particulars
CSTP Sludge
Domestic & Canteen
waste
Note:
 As per CPHEEO manual the per capita MSW generation in developed countries is 0.20.6kg/d
reuse and recycle.
10.9.4 Greenbelt Development
In the proposed development of Kittur Industrial Area the natural vegetation of the
construction site is going to be damaged owing to civil and infrastructure development. But
none of the plants or animals of the proposed site (Core area) belong to Rare or Endangered
10.15
or Endemic or Threatened (REET) categories occur in the buffer zone. Hence, there are no
chances of losing any valuable biodiversity.
10.9.4.1 Mitigation measures
 When the project is fully operational over a period, greenery would be developed in
the form of avenue trees, ornamentals, fruit trees and lawns.
 There is no plan to introduce new exotic species except those that have become
naturalized. Preference will be given to native and local trees.
 Planting stocks are readily available from the Forest Department as well as from the
local private nurseries.
 All plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their growth with
suitable horticultural practices. Sufficient space, resources and man power for
development and maintenance are provided in the plan.
The details of the land allotted for greenbelt and landscaping works are given in Table 10.12.
Table 10.12
Particulars Area Ha Area Acre Remarks
Total Land
58.17
143.73
@ 1000 plants/Ha will be planted in greenbelt. Local
species will be identified and planted 15m along the
boundary of the IA and 2m along the road
10.10 Environmental Monitoring Program
10.10.1 Constructional Phase
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area envisages the setting up of major
components is mechanical and electrical equipment’s for common utilities.
The constructional activities involve
 Clearing of vegetation
 Mobilisation of constructional material
 Mobilisation of equipment.
The constructional activities are expected to last for a short period and dust suppression will
be done by regular sprinkling of water and providing mobile STP for treating waste water at
the site.
10.10.2 Operational Phase
During operational stage of Development of Kittur Industrial Area, continuous air emissions
(Particulate Matter, SO2, and NOX emissions) and wastewater generation are expected. The
10.16
following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and
nature of project activities are listed below:






Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;
Solid waste characterisation ( HW/MSW/CETP / CSTP sludge);
Soil quality;
Noise levels in and around the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area
(equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise
levels); and
10.10.3 Environmental Laboratory Equipment
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area may propose and maintain an in-house
environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring / sampling of Air, Water, Soil,
Meteorology, and Noise. For monitoring / sampling/analysis, the member industries /
developer may utilize the services of in-house environmental laboratory and external
laboratories as third party monitoring/sampling /analysis for their compliance. The In house
laboratory equipments required for monitoring / sampling /analysis are listed in Table 10.13.
Table 10.13
Manual or Automatic Weather Station, which can record wind speed, wind
direction Temperature, Relative Humidity
Gaseous stack monitoring kit for SO2, NOx, Flue gas volume, Temperature and
conventional monitoring kit for particulates
Air samplers with PM<10 µm & PM <2.5 µm provision
No of
Instruments
1
1
4
1
1
1
10.10.4 Organizational Setup of Environmental Management
A proposal recommending to the project proponent/developer, in setting up of organized
structure for environmental management cell as General Manager (Environment) is directly
responsible for Environmental Management of the proposed Development of Kittur
Industrial Area is given in Figure 10.4.
10.17
10.11 Project Benefits
The proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area shall have positive impact on
consumption behavior by way of raising average consumption and income through effective
Environmental Management System by Common Sewage / Effluent Recycling Systems.
10.11.1 Socio-economic benefits
1. The development of IA shall bring about changes in the pattern of demand from food to
non-food items.
2. Due to the corporate social responsibility (CSR) activities of the proposed Development
of Kittur Industrial Area, the socio economic condition of the people will be improved.
3. People perceive that the Development of Kittur Industrial Area will help in the
development of social infrastructures/such as.
 Education facilities
 Post offices and Communication facilities
 Medical facilities
 Recreation facilities
 Plantation and parks
 Community facilities
General Manager
(1)
(1)
(2)
Sr. Executive
(4)
Shift Chemist
(6)
Figure 10.4
10.18
10.11.2 Physical Infrastructure development
1. Developments of roads
2. Lying of UGD lines.
3. Improvement in transportation facilities such as government buses.
4. Business Establishments.
5. Improvement in street lightings.
6. Improvement in water supply system.
10.11.3 Employment Potential –Skilled; Semi-Skilled And Unskilled
Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like transportations,
sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and also other community services
will be developed.
10.11.4 Other Tangible Benefits
 Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase
 Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.
 Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and
medical facilities.
 The State Government will also benefit directly from the propose Development of
Kittur Industrial Area through increased revenue from royalties, excise duty and
stowing duty.
10.12 Budgetary Provisions for EMP
In order to comply with the environmental protection measures as suggested in the above
sections, the management has made a budgetary provision for Environmental Protection
and Safety measures in capital cost of the proposed Development of Kittur Industrial Area.
The capital cost of the proposed project is Rs.150 crores and cost towards investment for
Environmental Management / Environmental Mitigation Measures will be around Rs.13
crores and 10% of this will be the recurring cost.
10.13 Budgetary Provisions for CSR
Financial help will be provided to local youth (tuition fees, hostel charges, books,
examination fees, etc) of the study area in getting them trained in Industrial training
institutes / centers, Polytechnics in various trades like Electricians, Plumbers, Fitters, driving,
etc. An approximate amount of Rs. 1.5 Crores equivalent to 1% of the total project cost i.e.,
Rs.150 Crores is earmarked towards CSR Activities on annual basis as given in Table 10.14.
10.19
Table 10.14
S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Activities Covered Under CSR
Health Camps and health awareness programs
Education (Vocational Training)
Water (Construction of Village level tanks)
Physically challenged, widows, old aged persons
Development of Infrastructure (Construction of
Public toilets)
Sports & culture activities (Parks, Playgrounds and
library)
Miscellaneous
Total
Fund allocation Year wise
(Rs Lakhs)
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
13.6
3.5
3.5
3.4
13.5
6.9
6.8
6.8
4
4
3
3
13.6 13.6
13.6
10.2
Total Rs
Lakhs
14
24
34
14
51
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.2
10
1.2
54
0.6
34
0.6
33
0.6
29
3
150
Annually a minimum of 2-3% profit from respective industrial areas will be used for taking up CSR activities
10.14 Conclusions
It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts in terms of positive and negative
effects on various environmental components that the project activities will not have any
adverse effect on the surrounding environment.
10.20
Chapter-11
Disclosure of Consultants Engaged
Chapter 11
Disclosure of consultants
11.1 About the Group
Ramky, founded in the year 1984, today spans into a specialist multi-disciplinary
organization focused in areas of Civil, Environment & Waste Management Infrastructure
with specific emphasis on ‘Public Private Partnership’ Projects. The corporate office of
the group is located at Hyderabad and the regional offices are located at Delhi, Mumbai,
Ahmedabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Bhopal and Kolkata. The major companies of the group
are 1) RAMKY Infrastructure Ltd, 2) RAMKY Enviro Engineers Ltd, 3) Ramky Estates &
Farms Pvt. Ltd. and 4) Smilax Laboratories Ltd.
11.2 About the Accredited Consultant Organisation
Ramky Enviro Engineers Limited (REEL) is the consulting arm of the group provides vital
function of effectively providing the backward linkage to the project implementation
function in the form of concepts, strategies, structuring, planning and designing
infrastructure projects. It has a multi and cross disciplinary team of professionals,
offering solution at each stage of the life cycle of a project.
It is one of the well-established and leading Environmental Engineering concern in this
country having under taken the duties of project scheduling and budgeting,
Topographical surveying and soil investigation, Environmental and social impact
assessment, market viability, Master Planning, land use Planning, design of Roads, Water
supply system, CETP, Storm Water Drainage, Electrical System, Cost Planning, Financial
Feasibility, Project Structuring and Draft Concession Agreement, Bid Process
Management etc.
Our Company also designs, manufactures and supplies almost the entire range of
equipments required for ETPs, STPs and WTPs. Consultancy Division is one of the
departments of REEL. The services offered by the consultancy division are given below.
11.2.1 Consultancy Services

Facilitating Environmental Clearances from MOEF, New Delhi

Obtaining Consent for Establishment and Consent for Operation from State
Pollution Control Boards Preparing of Environmental Impact Assessment Reports

Environmental Audits to help industries to recycle and reuse resources and plan
for low polluting technologies

Risk Assessment Studies for hazardous chemical storage & process in order to
devise viable onsite and offsite emergency plans
11.1

Identification and evaluation of Hazardous Waste disposal sites

Environmental management systems, training,
implementation as per ISO 14001:1996 Standards

Characterization and quantification of biomedical waste, municipal solid waste
and design of disposal facilities

Environmental management strategies to mitigate adverse impacts arising out of
developmental activities

Effluent treatment plant design after thorough review of process, reaction mass
balance and treatability studies of effluents

Post project Monitoring network design

Consultancy Services for setting up environmental laboratories

Design of Sewage treatment plants

Design of Waste treatment plants

Health and socio- economic surveys

Resettlement and rehabilitation plans

Systems development for ISO 9000, OSHAS 18000, NABL, ISO 17025 Standards
documentation
and
11.2.2 Laboratory services

Analysis of air samples for Ambient Air Quality and those collected from industrial
sources for both routine and industry specific pollutants

Water and Waste Water Analysis for all parameters as for standard methods,
including pesticides and poly hydro carbons

Solid and hazardous waste analysis including TCPL tests

Monitoring of noise levels at source and in ambient air

Development of new methods and quality assurances of results obtained

Design and settings of laboratories
11.2.3 Training services

Monitoring of environmental parameters –Air, Water, Noise, Soil etc.,

Environmental Impact Assessments

Effluent Treatment Plant operations and maintenance

Sewage Treatment Plant operations and maintenance

ISO 9000 & 14000, OHSAS 18000 awareness, documentations, internal auditors

Establishment environmental laboratories

Pollution control in industries

Biomedical waste management
11.2.4 Field Services

Site selection and suitability studies for settling up of Industries
11.2

Ambient Air Quality monitoring for all pollutants

Noise Level Monitoring

Meteorological data collection as per CPCB norms

Stack Emission monitoring for all pollutants and assessment of efficiency of
control equipment

Water, Wastewater and Soil Sample Collection

Assessment of efficiency of ETP and analyzing critical parameters of field

Flora and Fauna assessment through sectorial studies and damage assessment
due to development projects

Damage Assessment studies in case of oil well blowouts, major industrial
accidents, etc.,
11.2.5 Treatment Plant Services

Water Treatment Plants-design, construction, operation and maintenance

Efficiency studies of Effluent Treatment plants

Design, construction, operation and maintenance of ETP

Up gradation/modification of ETP

Sewage Treatment Plants-design, construction, operation and maintenance along
with mechanical equipment erection

Supply of mechanical equipment
11.2.6 Solid Waste Management Services

Industrial Waste Management

Hazardous Waste Management

Municipal Solid Waste Management

Biomedical Solid Waste Management
11.3
Site Photos

Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Kittur Industrial Area

Transcription

Similar documents

ADMISSIONS - Kittur Sainik School

Presentation

High Wave Alert for Karnataka Coast

HEMINGTON, HARDINGTON & FOXCOTE PARISH COUNCIL NOVEMBER 2014 www.hemington-pc.org.uk

hyderabad hearsay

Directions to Ardgillan Travelling north from Dublin

14-2/2015-CD-II

Welcome to Bekonscot Model Village

007 Kardamyli (Wikipedia)